Land Securities Group
Annual Report 2009

Plain-text annual report

We are navigating a through tough conditions, taking effective action today while creating strong foundations for growth tomorrow. Annual Report 2009 to day We have experienced 12 months of diffi cult and unpredictable conditions. Few businesses have been untouched by wider economic and fi nancial issues, and the property sector has certainly been in the teeth of a very sharp downturn. Contents 01 Report of the Directors Covering the most significant strategic, financial and operational developments during the year. 05 Our priorities 06 All you need to know Performance overview 08 09 Key performance indicators 10 Our Chairman’s message 12 Chief Executive’s report Financial review 18 27 Business review 27 — Why conduct a Rights Issue? 28 — Group business review — Our risks and how we 30 manage them 36 — Retail Portfolio 44 — London Portfolio 52 Board of Directors 54 Corporate responsibility 64 Corporate governance 68 Directors’ remuneration report Financial statements Including the independent auditors’ report, the income statement, balance sheets and the notes to the financial statements. 82 83 84 84 Directors’ statement of responsibilities Independent auditors’ report Income statement Statement of recognised income and expense 85 Balance sheets 86 Cash flow statements 87 Notes to the financial statements Investor resource Helpful analysis, summaries and information on business performance and shareholdings. 132 Business analysis 138 Investor analysis 139 Five year summary 140 142 Glossary 143 144 Contact details Investor information Index R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 The essential read Performance overview p08–09 From business and share performance charts to key performance indicators. Chairman’s message p10–11 Alison Carnwath on the Company’s resilient response to an extraordinary market. Chief Executive’s report p12–14 Francis Salway assesses the results of the Company’s clear and decisive actions. Key analysis Business analysis p132–137 Clear, detailed information on operational performance, including portfolio analysis. Investor analysis p138–139 An overview of our institutional investors, together with a five year summary. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 02 to mor row Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Over many years, we have succeeded by being strong in managing day-to-day operations while maintaining a long-term perspective on value generation. This approach continued to guide our actions through a demanding 2008/09. In particular, we kept a tight focus on three priorities – the need to act decisively and protect value today, while planning well ahead for tomorrow. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 03 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 04 to do This annual report outlines our three priorities in more detail. And it discusses the actions we are taking to ensure the Group can compete hard today while preparing for growth tomorrow. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Act decisively 1. We are completing sales to strengthen our balance sheet 2. We are taking tough, pragmatic decisions early 3. We are responding quickly to changing conditions Protect value 4. We are maximising revenue through asset management 5. We are developing even stronger customer relationships 6. We are creating high quality products that meet people’s needs and aspirations Plan well ahead 7. We are managing risk in a changing market 8. We are continuing to lead on sustainability 9. We are creating excellent opportunities for future development The sale of Trillium enhanced our position at a critical point. p15 The Trinity Quarter scheme, Leeds, will be started later, aiming to open for Christmas 2012. p16 We are pioneering new forms of collaboration to generate income. p17 Innovative thinking at Piccadilly Lights, W1, has enhanced income. p24 Across our portfolio, customers are benefiting from a closer working relationship with our teams. p25 The new Cabot Circus shopping centre, Bristol, provides a powerful sense of place. p26 Our mixed-use approach has widened the appeal of One New Change, EC4. p33 The Elements, Livingston, exemplifies sustainable design at its best. p34 Our transformation of Victoria, SW1, is entering an exciting new phase. p35 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 05 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 06 All you need to know Land Securities Group Our strategy Our strategy is simple: we manage our Retail Portfolio and London Portfolio businesses through the property market’s cycles, adjusting key investment and development activities ahead of changing conditions to maximise return and minimise risk. In property investment, we add value through active management of assets and the timing of acquisitions and disposals. In development, we create the right product at the right point in the cycle while keeping a tight focus on cost and timing. The Group’s Board of Directors directs strategy. It also monitors the balance sheet and financial performance to ensure capital is allocated appropriately – both across the two businesses and between investment and development activity. Each business benefits from the Group’s ability to provide operating efficiencies, debt and other shared resources. Retail Portfolio London Portfolio Our strategy Our strategy Using our ability to unlock the potential within properties and places, we provide new and better ways for retailers to connect with customers. The environments we create and manage aim to enable occupiers to increase footfall, grow sales and offer a great leisure experience. We work to spot, unlock and maximise the potential of shopping centres and retail parks throughout the UK. We look for opportunities to move assets up the retail hierarchy through proactive asset management improvements such as refurbishment and reconfiguration. And we look for opportunities to develop new retail locations and urban regeneration projects, with a focus on mixed-use destinations with the potential to perform well over the long term. Our aim is to be the provider and partner of choice for retailers and local authorities. We want to be recognised as a market leader in terms of customer focus, design and innovation. Using our knowledge, understanding and scale, we develop and invest to create high quality space for world-class businesses and brands. The spaces we provide enable organisations to enhance their performance and improve day-to-day life for employees, shoppers and local residents. We focus on developing and managing prime London assets, creating a balanced portfolio that blends strong investment assets with medium- and long-term development opportunities. To meet demand and mitigate risk, we put emphasis on mixed-use schemes providing office, retail and leisure accommodation. We operate in a cyclical market and take early, decisive action on the timing and scope of key portfolio decisions. We increase the return on our development activities by clustering assets in key areas, so our work to create or enhance a new asset increases the attraction and value of our other assets nearby. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 All you need to know 07 About the Group Who we are Our vision Land Securities is a FTSE 100 company and the largest Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) in the UK on the basis of equity market capitalisation. We were founded by Harold Samuel in 1944 when he acquired Land Securities Investment Trust Limited, which at the time owned three houses in Kensington, London together with some government stock. By 1969 Land Securities had established itself as the country’s leading property business. In 2007 we converted to REIT status. We now own and manage more than 2.7 million m2 of commercial property, from London offices to major shopping centres and out-of-town retail parks. In January 2009 we sold our Trillium property outsourcing business and now focus our activities on the London and Retail businesses. Our vision is ‘bringing property to life’. We will go beyond bricks and mortar, through design, community engagement and customer service to create places where people choose to shop, are proud to work and want to live. We judge our progress towards this vision by measuring returns generated for shareholders, customer retention and satisfaction levels, employee satisfaction and third party recognition of our achievements. Our values Our landmark properties Certain core values form the foundation of Land Securities. These embody the way in which we work together to deliver effective customer relationships. By putting these values into action we strengthen our ability to deliver high levels of customer service and business performance over the long term. Our values: We own more than 200 properties across the UK. These include many well-known buildings and places, such as: —Piccadilly Lights, London —New Street Square, London —Bankside 2&3, London —Cardinal Place, London —Queen Anne’s Gate (Ministry of Justice), London —Portland House, London —White Rose, Leeds —Cabot Circus, Bristol —St David’s Centre, Cardiff —Princesshay, Exeter —Gunwharf Quays, Portsmouth —Bullring, Birmingham —Retail World Retail Park, Gateshead R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 08 C6_Small Page Links Performance overview Our performance at a glance Revenue profit is our measure of the underlying pre-tax profit of the Group. This is one of the measures we use within the Company to assess our performance. You’ll find a full definition of revenue profit in the glossary. p142 Pre-tax loss £4,773.2m Total dividend 56.5p Revenue profi t £314.9m This reflects the impact of economic conditions on the property market, and the unprecedented fall in values in our sector over 12 months. We reset the fourth quarter’s dividend payment in line with the current economic and market environment, rebasing it at a robust and sustainable level. The increase is a result of the lower interest charges. See page 20 for more information. Chart 1 Land Securities performance versus IPD – ungeared total property return (%) Chart 2 Dividends and adjusted diluted earnings per share (p) Chart 3 Revenue profi t (£m) . 3 3 2 . 7 0 2 . 7 7 1 . 5 6 1 . 2 6 1 . 8 5 1 8 2 . 9 1 . . 2 9 - . 7 9 2 - . 5 5 2 - . 2 3 - . 5 7 - . 8 7 - 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 5 2 0 6 . 0 5 3 6 . . 7 9 8 3 8 0 2 4 . 6 2 3 6 . 9 7 0 6 . 8 6 7 5 . . 7 5 2 6 . 1 6 1 5 6 7 7 4 . . 3 1 9 3 . 2 2 9 3 . 8 1 6 3 400 300 200 100 0 08 & 09 have been restated to exclude Trillium revenue profit . 9 4 1 3 . 8 4 8 2 05 06 07 08 09 3 years 5 years Land Securities IPD Quarterly Universe 05 06 07 08 09 Dividends per share (restated)1 Adjusted diluted earnings per share2 3 05 06 07 08 09 Chart 4 Combined portfolio value (£bn) Retail Portfolio 4.3 Chart 5 Five year cumulative valuation surplus/defi cit (£m) Chart 6 Net assets per share (p)1 . 4 2 8 5 2 , . 4 7 9 8 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 -1,000 -2,000 -3,000 . 1 5 6 9 3 , . 6 0 6 6 2 , 2,400 2,100 1,800 1,500 1,200 900 600 300 0 1 4 3 1 , 5 6 1 1 , , 6 7 0 3 2 2 7 9 1 3 4 1 , , 5 6 9 1 , 2 6 8 1 , 3 6 7 1 , 9 3 6 3 9 5 . 1 3 8 0 2 - , London Portfolio 5.1 05 06 07 08 09 05 06 07 08 09 Basic Adjusted diluted To put this fall in property values in perspective, during the downturn period between 1990 and 1993 values fell 27% over three years; in 2008/09 values fell 34.2% in 12 months. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Notes: 1. The restated total dividend payable represents the theoretical dividend per share that would have been paid had the bonus shares inherent in the Rights Issue been in existence at the relevant dividend dates. The earnings per share for the years ended 31 March 2008, 31 March 2007, 31 March 2006 and 31 March 2005 have been adjusted for the bonus element inherent in the Rights Issue that was approved on 9 March 2009. The earnings per share for 2005 to 2007 includes the operating results of Trillium. 2008 and 2009 exclude the operating results of Trillium as these have been reclassified as discontinued operations. 2. 3. Note: 1. The net assets per share for the years ended 31 March 2008, 31 March 2007, 31 March 2006 and 31 March 2005 have been adjusted for the bonus element inherent in the Rights Issue that was approved on 9 March 2009. Performance overview 09 Key performance indicators Objective Metric Progress To create sustainable long-term earnings growth for shareholders Sustained real growth in adjusted earnings per share to be at least 3% per annum over rolling three-year periods Annual revenue profit to exceed budget target To maximise the returns from the investment portfolio To manage our balance sheet effectively To complete and let our development programme IPD outperformance in each core sector £31m of development lettings and £11m of pre-construction lettings to be completed Developments to be completed on budget and on time Sell £1.16bn of assets Achieved £1.125bn of disposals including sale of Trillium R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Normalised adjusted earnings per share growth over three years to 31 March 2009 exceeded RPI by 7.0% per annum Annual revenue profit for continuing operations up 10.6% on prior year, and within 0.1% of budget target Outperformed IPD sector benchmarks by 2.0% for our London Portfolio, but underperformed by 4.7% on our Retail Portfolio Developments completed in the year were, on average, 72% let by year end £11m of development lettings achieved All major construction schemes completed within budget and on time, subject to a 10 day delay on one project. Projects at 10 Eastbourne Terrace, W2; Dashwood House, EC2; Cabot Circus, Bristol; and The Elements, Livingston Exceeded targets for shopping centres (score of 4.2 out of 5.0, compared to target of 4.0), and on target for London offices (score of 3.8 out of 5.0, compared to a target of 3.8) Exceeded with grand mean score of 3.06 (classified as excellent by our external survey provider) compared to 3.03 in prior year On a benchmark basis our score was 2.98 against 2.90 This represents a good relative performance, with a substantial level of sales achieved despite fewer buyers and difficult credit markets. Ensure high levels of customer satisfaction Overall customer satisfaction in Retail and London businesses to exceed targets Attract, develop, retain and motivate high-performance teams and individuals Employee engagement to exceed ETS industry benchmark For more on our belief that it is the quality and commitment of our people that sets us apart, see our Group business review. p28-29 Read more about our focus on customer satisfaction and this year’s customer survey results in our CR section. p54-63 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 10 Our Chairman’s message Resilient response to an extraordinary market —A letter from Alison Carnwath Alison Carnwath Chairman “This Company is not fi xed to conventional ways of doing things and we will take all necessary measures to deliver exceptional value for investors over time.” Alison Carnwath We have seen 12 months of high drama in the global economy, the fi nancial markets and the UK business environment. Property asset values suffered steep falls and this trend has continued into the new fi nancial year. As a shareholder you have seen the tangible effects of these straitened conditions – a rapid decline in the share price and a reduced dividend. Demanding and unpredictable circumstances reveal character. Some in our industry have fallen prey to gloom and passivity. Others conduct a feverish search for green shoots. Land Securities has taken a different approach, responding with decisive, pragmatic actions today while positioning the business for growth tomorrow. We believe the current period of transformation will generate attractive opportunities and we will be ready to take advantage. The very positive support shown for our recent Rights Issue speaks volumes for the inherent strength of the Company and its relationship with investors. Our last Rights Issue was 29 years ago, and shareholders recognised this year’s initiative as a common sense response to exceptional times. Before, during and since the Rights Issue the Company has continued to do everything necessary to create a resilient balance sheet, minimise costs and maximise income. From the sale of Trillium to the pause in development at Ebbsfl eet, we have seized every opportunity to strengthen our position. We also cancelled plans to separate the Retail and London Portfolios. Land Securities is, and will remain, a diversifi ed property company. We will use the fl exibility of our funding structure and broad portfolio of prime assets to ensure we emerge from this downturn in excellent shape. While the Company’s long-established qualities of stability and integrity remain widely recognised, I also welcome the openness and creativity I have found. Ultimately, our strengths fl ow from two sources – fi rst, our clear understanding of how to manage our business mix and skills to add value for shareholders; and second, our truly excellent people. Life has been demanding, and I am very disappointed that market dynamics required us to make redundancies, but the robust spirit within this Company is inspiring. I thank our employees for their positive attitude and commitment this year. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Our Chairman’s message 11 Table 7 Total shareholder returns* Land Securities FTSE 100 FTSE 350 Real Estate FTSE All Share Real Estate Over one year to 31/03/09 Over five years to 31/03/09 32.84 69.00 37.60 34.11 53.00 103.22 57.84 47.00 *Historical TSR performance in the value of a hypothetical £100. Source: Datastream In diffi cult times the rationale for extensive investment in corporate responsibility comes under sharp scrutiny. The value of our approach is clear. By developing a leadership position in areas such as sustainability, community relations and employee development, we ensure we are the sort of company people prefer to work with and for. Put simply, our investment in corporate responsibility makes us a more successful and sustainable business, and it will continue. During the year our previous Chairman, Paul Myners, left the Board, as did Rick Haythornthwaite and Trillium Chief Executive, Ian Ellis. I thank them for their contribution to the Board and the business as a whole. The Board is now smaller and well balanced. The Non-executives are playing an active role in all aspects of strategy, performance and oversight. The Executive team, led by Francis Salway, has shown its mettle in the face of the formidable challenges affecting the Company and our industry. However, their dedication and hard work has not been refl ected in the results and therefore as a Board we decided not to pay bonuses or grant salary increases for the Executive Directors this year. The next 12 months will continue to make great demands on us all. The economic outlook remains murky. While there is little we can do about the wider environment, there is an enormous amount we can and will do to strengthen our own position. We will continue to focus on income and lettings to protect asset values. We will sell assets to reposition the portfolio ready for the resumption of economic growth. We will time our developments with precision. And we will be alive to opportunities where we can use our cash, banking support and terrifi c industry relationships to make astute acquisitions. This Company is not fi xed to conventional ways of doing things and we will take all necessary measures to deliver exceptional value for investors over time. I thank shareholders, customers, suppliers and colleagues for their tremendous support during a tumultuous year, and I look forward to reporting back to you in 12 months’ time. Alison Carnwath Chairman For a comprehensive review of our performance this year, please read our Chief Executive’s report p12-14 and the Financial review. p18-23 R R e e p p o o r r t t o o f f t t h h e e D D i i r r e e c c t t o o r r s s P P 0 0 1 1 – – 8 8 0 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 12 Chief Executive’s report A clear and decisive line —Francis Salway, Chief Executive, reports Francis Salway Chief Executive Watch Francis’s overview at: www.landsecurities.com/annualreport2009 “ “Our response to the downturn was guided by two clear priorities – to protect shareholder value today while ensuring we are well positioned to compete and thrive tomorrow. Our actions were decisive and pragmatic.” Francis Salway Land Securities Annual Report 2009 This year the UK commercial property sector saw the sharpest fall in capital values on record. Occupiers and property investors were affected by wider economic, financial and commercial dynamics, and this impacted property values profoundly. We have not been immune to these exceptional conditions, experiencing a write- down on the valuation of our investment properties of 34.2% which created a very substantial pre-tax loss. The reduction in property values was driven largely by yield repricing. However, as the economy moved into recession in the second half of the year, we also saw weaker demand from occupiers and pressure on rental values. Rental values were down 9.3% across our portfolio, ranging from a reduction of 3.8% on our retail assets to 19.8% on our London offices. Our portfolio underperformed our benchmark, the IPD Quarterly Universe, in terms of ungeared total property returns (-29.7% versus -25.5%) Table 8. However, some four-fifths of this underperformance was attributable to our portfolio mix, as shopping centres, retail warehouses and London offices have been the weakest performing segments of the UK market. Our relative performance was also affected by our development projects and pre-development sites which have been hardest hit by the downturn. Our response to the downturn was guided by two clear priorities – to protect shareholder value today while ensuring we are well positioned to compete and thrive tomorrow. Our actions were decisive and pragmatic. We made an early decision to defer key developments. We continued to make disposals, achieving over £500m of property sales in a deteriorating market. And we moved quickly to reduce the Company’s administrative cost base by some 10%. We were not afraid to stop our proposed demerger and we made the tough but correct decision to sell Trillium. At the same time, we used our exceptional asset management skills to maintain revenue, we successfully opened two major retail developments and we laid the foundations for future opportunities as the economy recovers. The tough decisions that we have taken over the year have strengthened our balance sheet and created resilience in a difficult and deteriorating environment. As in previous downturns, the Company sought to navigate a clear and decisive line through the turbulence and we are in sound shape as a result. Rapidly evolving market We had anticipated some degree of slowdown in the commercial property market in spring 2007 and, in response, sold £1.56bn of assets in the year to March 2008. These sales assisted us as conditions weakened further in 2008. In September 2008 we saw an extraordinary acceleration of the decline in the property market and in the economy, and this brought our earlier actions into sharp focus. We recognised that we needed to respond further and we did. First, we continued to make sales despite fewer buyers and anxiety around pricing. These disposals helped to strengthen our balance sheet. Long-term success in our market requires a steady nerve through all points of the cycle, but particularly when selling in a downturn. We will continue to make disposals and recycle our capital effectively, both to maintain balance sheet strength and to ensure that our portfolio is positioned for growth as the market turns and recovers. In January we also sold Trillium for a cash consideration of £444m, to generate total income and capital receipts from this business since April 2008 of £750m (including the buyer’s assumption of Trillium’s debt). Trillium has played a tremendous role in the evolution of Land Securities over recent years, but it was clear that the capital we could realise from the disposal of this specialist business would prove invaluable in current conditions. Relatively few disposals of property businesses went through during the year, so this successful transaction again underlines our ability to complete sales in a challenging environment. Under our management Trillium produced a return on capital materially better than conventional investment property, and I would like to thank the employees of Trillium for their dedication and contribution. Successful Rights Issue Early in 2009 we made the decision to strengthen our financial position further through a Rights Issue. Our effective actions during the year meant we were able to minimise our call on shareholders’ resources, and the issue closed on 24 March 2009 having raised the targeted £756m. This fresh capital has helped to restore the balance of our equity and debt capital, and it will help mitigate the effect on shareholders’ funds of any further falls in property values. It will also ensure we are ready and able to react quickly when we identify opportunities beneficial to shareholders. Given the Rights Issue, the sale of Trillium and the challenging market conditions facing the Group, the Board took the decision to reset the dividend and the final quarterly dividend has been proposed at 7.0p per share. This was done to ensure that our dividend remains realistic and sustainable in light of the factors which will affect our future earnings. We believe the new level will provide a secure platform from which we can work to deliver future growth in dividends over time. Chief Executive’s report 13 Spreading risk through a diverse tenant mix The long-term nature of our contracts with customers provides us with resilience of income even at a time when rental values are falling. This is reflected in our revenue profit for the year of £314.9m, which is up 10.6% with broadly stable income and lower interest payments. It is always regrettable when retailers go out of business and this year proved extremely demanding for many. Like other property owners, we have suffered from retailer insolvencies but, across the Group as a whole, only 3.8% of our total income is in administration. We have been proactive in response, working hard to support our tenants and protect our own position. We have continuing income from approximately 15% of the units currently in administration. For some time we have mitigated risk by developing a diverse mix of customers. Our largest retail customer, Arcadia Group, represents just 1.7% of our total investment portfolio income. Our only substantial exposure to a single occupier is to the counterparty of choice, Central Government, who account for 9.5% of our total portfolio income. By maintaining close relationships with this diverse mix of tenants we kept the increase in underlying voids across our like-for-like investment portfolio to just 1.1% (from 3.5% to 4.6%) – another strong relative performance. Pragmatic timing on development In line with our medium-term planning, we entered the year with a significantly lower level of developments due for completion than at the peak of the market cycle in 2007. However, it was vital to achieve lettings success on the two principal developments completed in the year – the shopping centres in Bristol and Livingston. Here we achieved occupancy levels of 91% and 80% respectively at year-end, which confirms the attractive qualities of the two schemes. Quality was again recognised when Cabot Circus won The British Council of Shopping Centres’ Supreme Gold Award and was named Best Shopping Centre of the Year in the MAPIC EG Retail Awards. Leasing prospects for the developments coming through now – Dashwood House in the City and our St David’s 2 joint venture with Liberty International in Cardiff – have proved more challenging. These were respectively 9% and 47% let or in solicitors’ hands at year-end. It is helpful to put this in context. The projected income on unlet space at Dashwood House represents just 2.1% of our total London office portfolio income. And our share of the projected income on the remaining vacant space at St David’s 2 represents 2.3% of the Retail Portfolio’s total income. The pace of lettings at St David’s 2 is increasing as we move towards opening in the autumn. Our history shows that we are not afraid to take tough development decisions. In summer 2002, for example, we deferred New Street Square by 12 to 18 months and this proved enormously beneficial in terms of the total returns on the project. This year we again took bold decisions on timing, opting to defer the start dates for our schemes such as 20 Fenchurch Street, EC3, Trinity Quarter, Leeds and Ebbsfleet Valley in Kent. We remain ready to take further similar decisions as appropriate, despite their potential impact on earnings in the short term. While we are cautious on timing today, we continue to create excellent opportunities for tomorrow Chart 9. This year we secured planning consent for substantial schemes in the West End, including the landmark Victoria Transport Interchange plan (VTI2), together with Selborne House and Wellington House in Victoria, SW1. The short-term outlook for the London office market remains challenging, but we expect tight development supply constraints in the West End to drive a resumption of growth in the medium term. The success of our office and retail development at Cardinal Place, SW1 confirms our ability to understand and lead the Victoria office market transformation. Adding value for customers Throughout the year we worked proactively to support our tenants and ensure our products are designed to meet the changing needs of businesses. To assist this, we moved our property management teams into the London and Retail Portfolios so they could work in closer partnership with customers and colleagues. In London, we helped existing and prospective tenants respond to tough market conditions by offering flexible lease terms, addressing service charge costs, engaging in discussions on rate levels and offering some short-term cost-effective space opportunities. In Retail, we were one of the first organisations to propose a basis for switching to monthly rents for retailers and we worked in partnership with tenants to reduce service charges. R R e e p p o o r r t t o o f f t t h h e e D D i i r r e e c c t t o o r r s s P P 0 0 1 1 – – 8 8 0 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Table 8 Total property returns (%) 2008 2009 Source: IPD Land Securities -3.2 IPD -9.1 -29.7 -25.5 Chart 9 Timing of completion of development programme (total development cost £m) 1,600 1,400 1,200 1,000 800 600 400 200 0 t e e r t S d o o W e n O - k n a B e d i s e r a u q S t S w e N h g u o r o b r e t e P r e t e x E 3 2 1 n o t s g n i v i L e c a r r e T e n r u o b t s a E 0 1 l o t s i r B - h s a D d o o w 4 f f i d r a C e c a r r e T e n r u o b t s a E 0 3 e g n a h C w e N e n O e n r o b e S l e s u o H t r u o C t a e r G l e d n u r A t e e r t S h c r u h c n e F 0 2 e s u o H k r a P s d e e L y t i n i r T 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013+ Year to 31 March 1 Cambridge. 2 Corby. 3 Thanet. 4 Queen Anne’s Gate. Retail Portfolio – development completions Retail Portfolio – development programme Retail Portfolio – development pipeline London Portfolio – development completions London Portfolio – development programme London Portfolio – development pipeline Land Securities Annual Report 2009 14 Chief Executive’s report Chart 10 Property yield pricing relative to gilt yields (%) 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 -2 -4 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 Property equivalent yield 10 year gilt yield Difference between above yields Of course, we want to do even more, and we continue to focus on removing unnecessary cost for tenants to help them in the current climate. I am pleased that all our efforts on customer service were recognised when we were named Retail Landlord of the Year 2008 in the Property Managers Association awards. Recent independent customer satisfaction surveys have confirmed our standing, with one measure recording a 97% ‘willingness to recommend’ Land Securities as a shopping centre landlord1. Sustainability remains a priority We see no conflict between sustainability and profitability. Quite the reverse. Good practice makes us a stronger business. By combining a long-term view with innovative action today we are able to meet the changing needs and expectations of tenants, local authorities, our employees and the general public. This approach produces clear commercial benefits; helping us gain permission for new developments, reducing property running costs, attracting new tenants and mitigating risks around future environmental legislation. Our work has earned widespread recognition. We have been included in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index each year since its launch in 2000 and are now the global leader for sustainability in the Real Estate sector. This year Cabot Circus became the first major shopping centre to be awarded an ‘Excellent’ rating in the BREEAM environmental assessment scheme, and The Elements in Livingston was the first enclosed shopping centre in the UK to achieve this accolade. We believe the groundbreaking work on energy generation and distribution planned for our new developments, such as the Victoria Transport Interchange plan, will underline our position as a leader on sustainability. Outlook We expect property market conditions to remain challenging, with vacancy rates rising as businesses fail or contract and, as a result, rental values weaken. These trends will put downward pressure on our rental income. Occupational markets will display the full impact of economic conditions relatively late in the cycle, so we expect the period of recovery in our sector to be extended. Investment property pricing may reach a turning point ahead of the rental markets, and the yield gap between property yields Chart 10 and gilts or cash on deposit can be expected to stimulate some buying interest. Indeed, this is just beginning to become apparent for well-let prime properties. Whether the market cycle changes quickly or slowly, we will remain patient, making well-timed transactions that fit with our strategy, skills and strengths. In the meantime, we will continue to take a positive and pragmatic approach to managing through the downturn – acting decisively, protecting value and planning for the future. We will respond to changing conditions quickly. We will take difficult decisions as and when required. And we will use our strengthened balance sheet to address future growth opportunities at the right point in the cycle. This has been an exceptionally turbulent period in our market, but our experience tells us that out of adversity comes opportunity, and that the companies who manage successfully through the downturn emerge even stronger in the upturn. I believe Land Securities’ ability to react to the challenges of today while maintaining a long-term perspective on value generation for tomorrow stands us in good stead. Francis Salway Chief Executive Land Securities Annual Report 2009 1Kingsley Lipsey Morgan Retailer Satisfaction Study 2008. The 2008 figure represents an increase of 3% on 2007. 15 Act decisively 1. We are completing sales to strengthen our balance sheet Corporate transaction, City of London Trillium sale We have not been afraid to sell key assets to protect our long-term financial position. Take the sale of Trillium. We acquired the business in 2000 and it prospered as part of Land Securities, generating value for shareholders. We concluded that Trillium would not be part of the Group in the long term and the sale proceeds strengthened our balance sheet at a critical point in the cycle. ■ ■ ■ Completed on 12 January 2009 We retained Accor hotel portfolio Trillium produced a stronger return on capital under our ownership than conventional investment property Land Securities Annual Report 2009 16 Act decisively 2. We are taking tough, pragmatic decisions early Trinity Quarter scheme, Leeds Trinity Quarter will: Timing the delivery of a major new scheme is challenging at the best of times. In a volatile market it’s even tougher. But that hasn’t stopped us taking a pragmatic approach to pipeline developments, including Trinity Quarter in Leeds. Originally planned for 2011, we now aim to open this retail development for Christmas 2012. That means we can take advantage of a competitive construction market while preparing to open in better economic conditions with an exciting mix of retailers. To mitigate risk we are seeking to secure lettings before we start construction. ■ ■ ■ Address strong demand in one of the UK’s largest cities Create a premier shopping centre in Leeds Integrate with remodelled Leeds Shopping Plaza in the heart of Leeds’ city centre ■ Rejuvenate historic thoroughfares Land Securities Annual Report 2009 17 Act decisively 3. We are responding quickly to changing conditions Gunwharf Quays, Portsmouth Customer Satisfaction The toughest market conditions on record have inspired us to pioneer new forms of collaboration. In Retail this helped us deliver just under 300 new lettings. We also improved tenant satisfaction levels this year, despite the impact of recession. Our approach meant we were one of the first organisations to introduce a basis for monthly rent options. We’ve worked closely with retailers to reduce service charges and simplify lease agreements. And our teams have helped tenants maximise performance through innovative marketing, promotions and flexible formats. Overall performance +18% Communication +17% Understanding retailers’ needs +5% Source: Retail Property Directors’ Customer Satisfaction Study 2009. Independent survey by Real Service. Comparison with 2006 results. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 18 Financial review Martin Greenslade Finance Director Overview —Martin Greenslade discusses this year’s results As we all know, this has been an exceptionally turbulent year for the global economy and the business environment as a whole. The UK commercial property market has certainly endured its share of very tough conditions and our fi nancial results have been impacted signifi cantly as a result, with a loss after tax of £5.2bn largely due to a revaluation defi cit of £4.7bn. With property values suffering sharp falls, we saw our adjusted net assets decline and our gearing rise. We ended the year with adjusted diluted net assets (NAV) per share of 593p, down 66.4%. While our numbers demonstrate the challenging year we have had, they also refl ect a strong and decisive response from management. Rapidly deteriorating market conditions required us to take tough decisions, and by acting quickly we mitigated the very worst effects of the current market. These actions included: the drawing down of our bank facilities, which ensured that funds remained available to us even if property values continued to fall; the disposal of Trillium, which, although at a loss, raised additional cash at a critical time; and the rebasing of our quarterly dividend from 14.9p per share (restated) to a fi nal proposed dividend of 7.0p per share, refl ecting a realistic view of the pressure on income ahead. Through these and other actions we have achieved a substantial reduction in net debt, down 27% over the year. The numbers also refl ect the support provided by our shareholders, with the £755.7m of cash generated from the Rights Issue helping to strengthen our balance sheet. Despite very diffi cult operating conditions, we increased revenue profi t by 10.6% in the year. This is a positive achievement, but it is unlikely to be maintained. This year’s fi gure was driven, in part, by lower interest rates on our fl oating rate debt. Interest rates will not remain at current levels indefi nitely and margins will rise as and when we renew our banking facilities. Rental income is also likely to come under downward pressure from falling rental values and voids from tenant insolvencies, lease expiries, partially let developments and pre-development properties. And some of our actions to maintain liquidity and a sound capital base may also have a negative impact on our income statement. An example of this might be the sale of properties to fund our existing committed capital expenditure. Nevertheless, ensuring we have suffi cient capital and liquidity will enable us to capitalise on opportunities which will undoubtedly arise in the coming years. The pages that follow provide you with a detailed review of our fi gures. Given the scale of events during the year, I hope this overview helps put the results in context and conveys a clear picture of current fi nancial dynamics. Martin Greenslade Finance Director Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial review 19 We completed the sale of Trillium, our outsourcing business, on 12 January 2009. The transaction included all of Trillium’s operations with the exception of the Accor hotel portfolio, which is now included within our Retail Portfolio. As Trillium represented a separate major line of business for the Group, it has been treated as a discontinued operation for the year ended 31 March 2009. The income statement and the relevant notes for the prior period have been restated to assist comparison. Additionally, all financial information on a ‘per share’ basis including last year’s comparatives has been adjusted to reflect the Rights Issue which completed in March 2009. Further details are given below. Headline results The Group’s loss before tax from continuing activities was £4,773.2m, compared to a loss of £988.0m for the year ended 31 March 2008. Revenue profit, our measure of underlying profit before tax, increased by 10.6% from £284.8m to £314.9m. Table 11 Reconciliation of loss before tax to revenue profi t Loss before tax Valuation defi cit – Group – joint ventures Losses/(profi ts) on non-current property disposals – Group – joint ventures Joint venture net liabilities adjustment Mark-to-market adjustment on interest rate swaps Mark-to-market adjustment on interest rate swaps – joint ventures Eliminate effect of bond exchange derecognition Debt restructuring charges Joint venture tax adjustment Demerger costs Profi t on sale of trading properties – Group – joint ventures Long-term development contract profi ts Write-down of trading properties Revenue profi t Year ended 31/03/09 £m Year ended 31/03/08 £m (4,773.2) 4,113.4 630.3 130.8 (2.9) (17.7) 102.1 15.4 11.7 0.7 1.3 10.2 (2.5) (5.5) (3.8) 104.6 314.9 (988.0) 1,158.4 134.2 (57.3) 7.1 – 21.9 – 7.6 1.1 3.1 9.8 (2.8) (8.3) (2.0) – 284.8 The basic loss per share from continuing activities increased from a loss of 188.43p last year restated for the Rights Issue and the reclassification of Trillium to discontinued operations to a loss per share of 918.04p, with adjusted diluted earnings per share showing a 2.9% increase on the comparable period to 62.57p (2008: 60.79p). The loss from discontinued operations for the year all relates to Trillium and amounted to £420.9m, which reflects the loss for the current year of £87.3m and a loss on disposal of £333.6m. The loss for the current year included a goodwill impairment charge of £148.6m and a deficit on revaluation of investment properties of £10.0m, partially offset by underlying profit from the Trillium business. The combined investment portfolio (including joint ventures) decreased in value from £14.1bn to £9.4bn on the back of a valuation deficit of £4,743.7m or 34.2%. Net assets per share decreased by 1223p from 1862p at the end of March 2008 (restated for the Rights Issue) to 639p in March 2009, with adjusted diluted net assets per share decreasing from 1763p at March 2008 to 593p at March 2009. Loss before tax The main drivers of our loss before tax from continuing activities were the change in value of our investment portfolio (including any profits or losses on disposal of properties), impairment of our trading properties and the impact of interest rate swaps. The degree to which movement on these and other items led to the increase in our loss before tax from £988.0m last year to a loss of £4,773.2m this year, is explained in Table 12 below. Table 12 Principal changes in loss before tax from continuing activities and revenue profi t Year ended 31 March 2008 Valuation defi cit Impairment of trading properties Loss on disposal of non-current properties Interest rate swaps Indirect costs Interest on debt and bank borrowings Joint venture net liabilities adjustments Other Year ended 31 March 2009 Loss before tax £m Revenue profi t £m (988.0) (3,451.1) (104.6) (178.1) (95.6) 0.8 28.8 17.7 (3.1) (4,773.2) 284.8 – – – – 0.8 32.6 – (3.3) 314.9 R R e e p p o o r r t t o o f f t t h h e e D D i i r r e e c c t t o o r r s s P P 0 0 1 1 – – 8 8 0 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 20 Financial review Valuation deficit The largest driver behind the increase in the year-on-year loss before tax was the revaluation deficit on our combined investment portfolio (including joint ventures) of £4,743.7m (2008: £1,292.6m). The 34.2% reduction in the market values of our properties is driven by a number of external factors including the overall economic environment and investor demand. Impairment of trading properties Our trading properties are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value. In accordance with our normal practice, a valuation exercise was undertaken by Knight Frank LLP at 31 March 2009 to review the net realisable values of our trading properties and this resulted in a £92.3m impairment (£104.6m including joint ventures). The impairment primarily applied to development land and infrastructure programmes, mainly at Ebbsfleet Valley in Kent. Interest rate swaps We use interest rate swaps to manage our interest rate exposure as described in the paragraph on hedging below. The significant fall in interest rates this year has resulted in a charge to the income statement of £102.1m, representing the change in market value of these swaps over the year (£117.5m including joint ventures). Revenue profit Revenue profit is our measure of the underlying pre-tax profit of the Group, which we use internally to assess our performance. It includes the pre-tax results of our joint ventures but excludes capital and other one-off items. Table 13 shows the composition of our revenue profit including the contributions from London and Retail. Table 13 Revenue profi t Gross rental income1 Ground rents Net service charge and property costs Indirect costs Combined segment profi t Unallocated expenses Net interest – Group – joint ventures Revenue profi t 1. Includes finance lease interest. Retail Portfolio £m London Portfolio £m 31/03/09 £m 374.6 (12.1) (44.0) (38.9) 279.6 352.8 (4.6) (18.6) (35.8) 293.8 727.4 (16.7) (62.6) (74.7) 573.4 (14.2) (217.9) (26.4) 314.9 Retail Portfolio £m 370.6 (11.3) (25.3) (40.7) 293.3 London Portfolio £m 342.5 (5.3) (19.8) (36.0) 281.4 31/03/08 £m 713.1 (16.6) (45.1) (76.7) 574.7 (13.0) (255.9) (21.0) 284.8 Chart 14 Dividends and adjusted diluted earnings per share (p) 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 . 5 2 0 6 . 0 5 3 6 7 9 8 3 . 8 0 2 4 . . 6 2 3 6 9 7 0 6 . . 8 6 7 5 . 7 5 2 6 . 1 6 1 5 . 6 7 7 4 05 06 07 08 09 Dividends per share (restated)1 Adjusted diluted earnings per share2 3 Gross rental income increased by £14.3m over last year, which was mainly due to purchases since 1 April 2007 and development properties, such as our schemes at Exeter, Bristol, Bankside and New Street Square. This was partially offset by a reduction in rental income from the net sales of investment properties. The increase in net service charge and property costs of £17.5m reflected the tougher climate facing our retail customers, with higher void costs and empty rates as well as an increase in our bad debt provisions and write off of pre-development costs. Net interest expense was £32.6m lower than last year, reflecting lower average net debt over the period following disposals and lower interest rates particularly in the second half of the year. (Loss)/earnings per share The basic loss per share from continuing activities was 918.0p, compared to a loss per share of 188.4p last year, the change being predominantly due to the revaluation deficit on the investment property portfolio (791.7p per share). In the same way that we adjust profit before tax to remove capital and one-off items to give revenue profit, we also report an adjusted earnings per share figure. Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing activities increased by 2.9% from 60.8p per share for the year ended 31 March 2008 to 62.6p per share in the current period Chart 14. This increase was largely attributable to reduced interest on borrowings but was lower than the increase in revenue profit due to a prior year tax benefit in last year’s results. Notes: 1. The restated total dividend payable represents the theoretical dividend per share that would have been paid had the bonus shares inherent in the Rights Issue been in existence at the relevant dividend dates. The earnings per share for the years ended 31 March 2008, 31 March 2007, 31 March 2006 and 31 March 2005 have been adjusted for the bonus element inherent in the Rights Issue that was approved on 9 March 2009. The earnings per share for 2005 to 2007 includes the operating results of Trillium. 2008 and 2009 exclude the operating results of Trillium as these have been reclassified as discontinued operations. 2. 3. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial review 21 Property Income Distribution (PID) Who can claim exemption from deduction of withholding tax on Property Income Distributions1? ■ UK companies ■ Charities ■ Local Authorities ■ UK Pension Schemes ■ Managers of PEPs, ISAs and Child Trust Funds Who is unlikely to be able to claim exemption from deduction of withholding tax on Property Income Distributions? Total dividend We are recommending a final dividend payment of 7.0p per share. Taken together with the three quarterly dividends of 14.9p, our full year dividend will be 51.6p per share (2008: 57.8p) which represents a 10.5% reduction. These amounts have been restated to include the bonus factor inherent in the Rights Issue. Table 15 shows the dividend per share at the time of payment as well as the restated amount. Our final proposed dividend of 7.0p is the amount we indicated at the time of our Rights Issue, when we explained that we were resetting our dividend to a lower base. It is also the amount we anticipate paying as our quarterly dividend throughout the next financial year. On an annualised basis, this will reduce our dividend from around £307m to £212m. The table below sets out the percentage of dividends paid and payable which comprise Property Income Distributions (PID) from REIT qualifying activities. The PID element is subject to 20% withholding tax for relevant shareholders. Taking into account the proposed final dividend, the Group is expected to have satisfied its minimum PID requirement for 2008/09. The Company offers shareholders the option to participate in a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP). For further details, please refer to the Shareholder centre within the Investor section of our corporate website www.landsecurities.com. ■ Overseas shareholders2 ■ Individual private shareholders Table 15 Dividends First quarterly dividend (paid on 24 October 2008) Second quarterly dividend (paid on 12 January 2009) Third quarterly dividend (paid on 24 April 2009) Final dividend (payable on 24 July 2009) Total dividend for the year Property Income Distribution (PID) pence Non-property Income Distribution pence 14.85 16.50 16.50 7.00 54.85 1.65 – – – 1.65 Total pence 16.50 16.50 16.50 7.00 56.50 Total pence (restated) 14.87 14.87 14.87 7.00 51.61 Net assets At 31 March 2009, net assets per share was 639p, a decrease of 1223p compared to the year ended 31 March 2008. The reduction in our net assets was primarily driven by the lower value of our investment property portfolio, the impairment of trading properties and the loss on disposal of Trillium. In common with other property companies, we calculate an adjusted measure of net assets which we believe better reflects the underlying net assets attributable to shareholders. Our adjusted net assets are lower than our reported net assets primarily due to an adjustment to our debt. Under IFRS we do not show our debt at its nominal value, although we believe it would be more appropriate to do so, and we therefore adjust our net assets accordingly. At 31 March 2009, adjusted diluted net assets per share were 593p per share, a decrease of 1170p or 66.4% from 31 March 2008. Table 16 summarises the main differences between net assets and our adjusted measure together with the key movements over the year. Table 16 Net assets attributable to equity holders of the Company Net assets at the beginning of the year Adjusted earnings Revaluation defi cits on investment properties Impairment of development land and infrastructure (Losses)/profi ts on non-current asset disposals Other Loss after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company (Loss)/profi t on discontinued operations Dividends paid Rights Issue Other reserve movements Net assets at the end of the year Mark-to-market on interest rate swaps Debt adjusted to nominal value Adjusted net assets at the end of the year Note: To the extent tax is payable, all items are shown post-tax. 2009 £m 2008 £m 9,582.9 10,791.3 325.0 (4,743.7) (104.3) (127.9) (119.5) (4,770.4) (420.9) (302.4) 755.7 (21.4) 4,823.5 150.2 (499.8) 4,473.9 314.6 (1,292.6) – 50.2 (45.1) (972.9) 142.1 (308.4) – (69.2) 9,582.9 12.7 (511.5) 9,084.1 1. 2. See Total dividend information on how eligible shareholders can claim exemption. May be able to reclaim some or all of the withholding tax under relevant double taxation treaty. For further explanation of Property Income Distributions and Dividend Reinvestment Plan. p140-141 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R R e e p p o o r r t t o o f f t t h h e e D D i i r r e e c c t t o o r r s s P P 0 0 1 1 – – 8 8 0 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 22 Financial review Net pension surplus The Group operates a defined benefit pension scheme which is closed to new members. At 31 March 2009 the net surplus was £3.0m. This was £8.0m lower than the surplus recognised at 31 March 2008, primarily due to lower than expected returns on scheme assets. The key assumptions behind this surplus are shown in note 33 to the accounts, together with related sensitivities. Cash flow, net debt and gearing During the year, net debt decreased by £1,460.9m to £3,923.6m. This was primarily driven by proceeds from the disposal of investment properties (£823.0m), the disposal of Trillium (£492.6m) and proceeds of £755.7m from the Rights Issue. Capital expenditure in the year was £515.9m, which was £895.9m below last year, reflecting a decrease in expenditure on developments and very few investment property acquisitions following the slowdown in the commercial property market. We invested a net £117.0m in our joint ventures, mainly on shopping centre developments in Bristol and Cardiff. The development in Bristol was completed and opened in September 2008. The Cardiff development is scheduled to complete in October 2009. Table 18 Gearing Table 17 Cash fl ow and net debt Gearing – on book value of balance sheet debt Adjusted gearing* Adjusted gearing* – as above plus notional share of joint venture debt Group LTV 31/03/09 % 31/03/08 % 81.4 96.4 105.9 52.0 56.2 64.9 67.6 42.6 * Book value of balance sheet debt increased to recognise nominal value of debt on refinancing in 2004 divided by adjusted net asset value. Chart 19 Funding structure The Security Group (Total property assets £7.5bn3) Land Securities PLC Subsidiaries of Land Securities PLC Unsecured loans1 and commercial paper Secured loans/ notes etc2 Other lenders Secured lenders t o s e c u r e a l l s e c u r e d d e b t o v e r S e c u r i t y G r o u p a s s e t s F i x e d a n d f l o a t i n g c h a r g e s C L P p u o r G s e i t i r u c e S d n a L Asset transfers and inter-company funding permitted Non-restricted Group Joint ventures and other assets Dedicated third party funding or loan from Secured Group 1. Limited to the higher of £150m or 2% of total collateral value. 2. The borrower under the Secured Bank facility is LS Property Finance Company Limited. Notes are issued from Land Securities Capital Markets PLC. Commercial paper is issued from Land Securities PLC. 3. Source: Knight Frank LLP Valuation Report for 31 March 2009. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Operating cash infl ow after interest and tax (excluding REIT conversion charge) REIT conversion charge Dividends paid Non-current assets: Acquisitions Disposals Investment in fi nance leases Capital expenditure Trillium disposal: Gross proceeds Net debt divested Loans advanced to third parties Receipts from discontinued activities Receipts from the disposal group (part of Trillium’s PPP activities) Joint ventures and associates Purchase of own share capital Proceeds from the Rights Issue Fair value of interest rate swaps Other movements Decrease/(increase) in net debt Opening net debt Closing net debt Year ended 31/03/09 £m Year ended 31/03/08 £m 367.2 – (302.4) (86.1) 823.0 – (429.8) 307.1 444.0 48.6 492.6 (50.0) – 113.5 (117.0) – 755.7 (105.6) (0.2) 315.4 (316.2) (308.4) (1,192.1) 1,080.7 (82.1) (545.7) (739.2) – – – – 424.9 441.0 (0.2) (87.6) – (21.0) (5.3) 1,460.9 (5,384.5) (3,923.6) (296.6) (5,087.9) (5,384.5) Our interest cover, excluding our share of joint ventures, has increased from 1.65 times in 2008 to 1.91 times in 2009. Under the rules of the REIT regime, we need to maintain an interest cover in the exempt business of at least 1.25 times to avoid paying tax. As calculated under the REIT regulations, our interest cover of the exempt business for the year to 31 March 2009 was 1.62 times. Although net debt has decreased, gearing has increased, principally due to the impact of falling property values on our equity. Details of the Group’s gearing are set out in Table 18, which also shows the impact of joint venture debt, although the lenders to our joint ventures have no recourse to the Group for repayment. Adjusted gearing, which recognises the nominal value of our debt, increased from 64.9% at 31 March 2008 to 96.4% at 31 March 2009. Adjusted gearing including our share of joint ventures increased from 67.6% to 105.9% over the same period. In common with other property companies, we also show our Group LTV ratio. Financing strategy The Group monitors and adjusts its capital structure with a view to promoting the long-term success of the business and maintaining sustainable returns for shareholders. A key element of the Group’s capital structure is that the majority of its borrowings are secured against a large pool of our assets (the Security Group) Chart 19. Our secured debt structure provides for different operating environments which apply in ‘tiers’ determined by levels of LTV and Interest Cover Ratios (ICR), although it is LTV which is the more likely determinant of which operating environment applies. These ratios do not trigger an event of default until LTV exceeds 100% or historic or projected ICR is less than 1.0 times. However, our operating environment becomes more restrictive at higher levels of LTV/lower levels of ICR. There are minimal operational restrictions on the Group in Tier 1 (LTV below 55%) and Tier 2 (LTV: 55% to 65%). The main additional operating restriction in Tier 2 is the requirement to maintain a level of prescribed liquidity or pre-pay debt by amortisation (includes actual repayment and collateralisation), calculated on a 25-year mortgage annuity basis. In Initial Tier 3 (LTV: 65% to 80%), our operating environment would be more restrictive with provisions designed to encourage a reduction Financial review 23 in gearing including mandatory debt amortisation. Furthermore, none of the Group’s credit facilities permit the drawing of additional funds if the Group is in Initial Tier 3. As there was a risk of our moving into Initial Tier 3 if property values continued to decline rapidly, we took the decision to draw down our available facilities in early 2009 as outlined in more detail below. The last two years have seen an unprecedented period of instability in the financial markets which has severely impacted investor confidence, the availability and pricing of credit, and the pricing of property investments. During the last quarter of 2008, the pace of valuation decline exceeded the pace at which assets could be sold to counteract the impact of falling values on the Group’s balance sheet position. This deterioration had an adverse effect on the Group’s LTV ratios and lay behind the decision to raise £755.7m through a Rights Issue. Rights Issue On 19 February 2009, the Group announced its intention to raise £755.7m (net of expenses) by way of a Rights Issue of 290,773,925 new ordinary shares at 270 pence per share on the basis of five new ordinary shares for every eight existing ordinary shares. The Rights Issue was approved by shareholders in a General Meeting on 9 March 2009, nil-paid rights began trading the following day and proceeds were received shortly before the year end. As the Land Securities closing share price on 9 March (380p) exceeded the subscription price of 270p, the Rights Issue is deemed to include a bonus element of 11.0%. As a result, all ‘per share’ information which pre-dates the Rights Issue is reduced by 9.0% (ignoring the restatement of the 2008 results due to the disposal of Trillium). Financing and capital Over the last 12 months, we continued to focus on our cash flows, the level of available bank credit facilities and the maturity of our debt Chart 20. During the year, we refinanced and extended our three existing committed bilateral facilities totalling £825m and established three new committed bilateral facilities totalling £115m. All the bilateral facilities, with the exception of a £40m facility, mature in the period from July to December 2010, with an option to extend the maturity for a further year. The ability to refinance existing facilities and negotiate new facilities against the current financial and economic backdrop, owes much to the quality and level of assets within the Security Group against which these facilities and Group bonds are secured, as well as the importance we place on our bank relationships. The average duration of the Group’s debt is 9.7 years with a weighted average cost of debt of 4.1%. In January 2009 the Group drew down £1.1bn of available credit facilities to ensure liquidity and provide operational flexibility by holding the funds outside the Security Group. At 31 March 2009 our net borrowings (including joint ventures) amounted to £4,732.6m, of which £2,298.6m was drawn under our syndicated and bilateral bank facilities and £57.8m related to finance leases. Committed but undrawn facilities amounted to £489.2m of which £300m cannot be drawn if we are operating in Initial Tier 3. In the Security Group, £5,720m of debt was secured against £7,453.3m of assets, giving a Security Group LTV ratio of 76.7%, up from 50.5% at 31 March 2008 Chart 21. As a result, we will enter Initial Tier 3 when the Security Group valuation report for 31 March 2009 is submitted. Although the March valuation report shows a sharp decline in property values, it was the decision to draw down existing bank facilities and to hold high levels of cash outside the Security Group for liquidity reasons, which will result in this tier change. At 31 March 2009, the Group had cash and short-term instruments of £1,596.5m outside the Security Group. This cash is available to be injected into the Security Group to maintain its LTV at less than 80% to prevent it entering Final Tier 3. Our current cash holding provides the Group with protection against further valuation declines and the option to deploy capital should suitable opportunities arise. If all our cash and cash equivalents at 31 March 2009 had been injected into the Security Group, the Security Group LTV would have been 55.3% (Tier 2 regime). It is our intention to migrate back to a Tier 1 or 2 covenant regime in the medium term. Hedging We use derivative products to manage our interest rate exposure, and have a hedging policy which requires at least 80% of our existing debt plus our net committed capital expenditure to be at fixed interest rates for the coming five years. Specific hedges are also used in geared developments or joint ventures to fix the interest exposure on limited-recourse debt. At 31 March 2009, we had £2,672.0m of hedges in place. Our debt (net of cash and cash equivalents and including joint ventures) was 107% fixed. The slightly over-hedged position at the year end arose due to the receipt in March 2009 of the Rights Issue proceeds of £755.7m. Without the Rights Issue proceeds, we would have been 93.0% hedged. Taxation As a consequence of the Group’s conversion to REIT status, income and capital gains from our qualifying property rental business are now exempt from UK corporation tax. The tax charge for the year of £0.5m (2008: £15.1m credit) comprises a prior year corporation tax charge of £0.3m and a net deferred tax charge of £0.2m. The tax loss arising on the write-down of trading properties below cost has eliminated taxable profits on all residual taxable activities in the period. No tax charge arose in respect of the disposal of Trillium. R R e e p p o o r r t t o o f f t t h h e e D D i i r r e e c c t t o o r r s s P P 0 0 1 1 – – 8 8 0 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Read more about the Rights Issue. p27 Chart 20 Expected debt maturities (nominal) (£m) 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 0 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 2 2 0 1 3 2 0 1 4 5 - 1 0 1 5 + 1 0 - 1 5 years Security Group year ending March Joint ventures Non-restricted Group Chart 21 Security Group LTV history (%) 90 75 60 45 30 15 0 . 9 5 4 . 7 8 4 . 5 0 5 . 4 3 5 . 9 1 2 . 8 4 5 Mar 07 Sept 07 Mar 08 Sept 08 Mar 09 Underlying LTV Effect of holding cash outside the Security Group Land Securities Annual Report 2009 24 Protect value 4. We are maximising revenue through asset management Piccadilly Lights, London We are getting more from existing assets by combining experience with innovation. Take Piccadilly Lights. This year we’ve enhanced income by enabling Barclays Bank to open a new flagship branch and upgrading conventional neon signage to flexible LED displays. We’re also pioneering trials of Bluetooth technology to help retailers connect with the one million people who visit the site each week. We expect to gain significant rent increases as more global brands recognise the unique value of this iconic London asset. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 25 Protect value 5. We are developing even stronger customer relationships New Street Square, London Customer satisfaction We have streamlined property management across the Company, so local teams now work directly with customers. This means we can respond faster and provide support services based on a deeper understanding of our tenants’ business needs. Value for money remains critical, and we’re working with customers to ensure we maintain high levels of service while minimising cost. We’re also introducing cost-effective space options, increasing investment in retail promotions and providing guidance on sustainability issues. ■ ■ London Portfolio achieved an overall customer satisfaction rating of 3.8 Retail Portfolio achieved an overall customer satisfaction rating of 3.85 The team at New Street Square make a final check before opening the doors to the public. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 26 Protect value 6. We are creating high quality products that meet people’s needs and aspirations Cabot Circus, Bristol Cabot Circus was 91% occupied on opening this year, a remarkable feat in the current economic climate that highlights our ability to identify and satisfy demand for great new retail destinations. The centre inspires a powerful sense of place, with a gigantic glass roof connecting seven distinctive sites, and a wonderful open-air piazza integrating with the historic buildings of Quakers Friars. The development has become the beating heart of the city – a vibrant, welcoming environment that provides people with opportunities to shop, eat, relax and socialise. The new Cabot Circus shopping centre ■ ■ Developed by the Bristol Alliance, our 50:50 joint venture with Hammerson Created 92,000m2 of city centre retail and leisure space ■ Won BREEAM Award for Sustainability Won British Council of Shopping ■ Centres’ Supreme Gold Award Won ‘Best Shopping Centre of the Year’, MAPIC EG Retail Awards ■ Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Business review Why conduct a Rights Issue? In February 2009 we announced a Rights Issue to raise fresh capital to support the Company. Here we examine the reasons for the issue and assess its results. Why we needed to raise fresh capital The current economic and financial environment has resulted in an unprecedented downward repricing of commercial property assets in the UK. We have taken decisive action in response. Since April 2007 we have sold more than £3.4bn of assets, including the disposal of Trillium, and we have repositioned our development programme. However, the pace of decline has exceeded the pace at which assets could be sold to counteract the impact of falling values on the Group’s balance sheet position. This represented an ongoing risk to the Company’s ability to operate flexibly in today’s market, and its ability to take advantage of any opportunities that may arise during current and future market conditions. In response, we announced the Rights Issue in February 2009 and shareholders approved the measure at a General Meeting on 9 March 2009. The key benefits of the additional capital The additional capital has improved our ability to preserve and create shareholder value through the downturn and into the next cycle. It helps protect us against the downside and gives us flexibility ahead of the next upturn. In particular, the capital raised has strengthened the Group’s balance sheet and enabled us to minimise the impact of the risk of prolonged falls in property values. It has reduced refinancing risks for debt facilities maturing in our 2010/11 financial year, putting us in a much stronger position to refinance as and when we need to. And it has ensured that we are able to respond quickly to the turning point in the cycle, particularly in relation to the acquisition of assets and the start of development opportunities. The positive effect on debt As our gearing increases our financial and operational flexibility is reduced, particularly our freedom to make acquisitions and disposals – and progress development – at the right time. This can impact our ability to protect and create shareholder value. By raising additional capital through the Rights Issue we have been able to reduce gearing and so maintain flexibility. This freedom to take action is invaluable as we navigate our way through the current downturn and market volatility, and prepare to act on new opportunities. Size of Rights Issue We calculated the total figure with great care. We wanted to minimise our call on shareholders’ funds during such difficult economic conditions. On the other hand, we had to ensure we gained the right level of capital to ensure we could meet our commitments fully, over a reasonable period of time, and through an unpredictable business environment. Management took action to strengthen the Company’s finances before the Rights Issue, including the execution of asset sales, such as the disposal of Trillium. We continue to prioritise these measures. How the Rights Issue affects the numbers You will see two particularly significant changes. First, our balance sheet reflects the fact that we are holding a substantial amount of cash. This includes both the capital raised by the Rights Issue and the credit facilities we drew down during the year. Second, the Rights Issue has required us to restate previous years’ figures, and you will see that this has affected both earnings per share (EPS) and net asset value (NAV) per share. You will find further explanation of these effects on page 23 of the Financial review. Successful issue underlines investor confidence The five shares for every eight owned Rights Issue attracted 94.81% acceptances for the £755.7m placing, with 290.8m shares issued at 270p a share. The fundraising was fully underwritten. Given very difficult market conditions, economic uncertainty and the announcement of Rights Issues by a number of other companies in the Real Estate sector, this represents a strong indicator of investors’ confidence in Land Securities. In short, the Rights Issue has: ■ Strengthened our balance sheet ■ Helped protect against downside risk Positioned us to be able to respond quickly to opportunities ■ The Rights Issue offered shareholders the right to acquire fi ve shares for every eight shares that they held, for an issue price of 270p. As the issue price was below the market price of the ordinary shares, a bonus share element of 11% was inherent in the Rights Issue. In order to allow comparability to prior years, the EPS and NAV per share figures for the year ended 31 March 2008 have been restated as if these bonus shares had always existed. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 27 R R e e p p o o r r t t o o f f t t h h e e D D i i r r e e c c t t o o r r s s P P 0 0 1 1 – – 8 8 0 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 28 Business review Group business review In this Group business review we outline our business model and our approach to a number of key areas, from our customers to employees to sustainability. Table 22 Top 10 global REITs Rank Company 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Westfield Group Unibail-Rodamco Public Storage Simon Property Group Annaly Capital Management Vornado Realty Trust Equity Residential Trust Properties SHBI Plum Creek Timber Land Securities Group 10 Nippon Building Fund Source: Datastream, as at 31 March 2009 Our business model We are the ninth largest Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) in the world and the largest in the UK Table 22. We own, develop and manage commercial property through two business divisions – the Retail Portfolio and the London Portfolio. Our customers Our business divisions work with a wide range of organisations and you will find more coverage of key customers and current market trends in the two business review sections that follow. Across the Group, Central Government remains our largest customer. In London, Government represents a total of 21% of the portfolio rent roll. In Retail, our largest retail customer, Arcadia, accounts for just over 3% of our portfolio rent roll. In response to the economic environment, we have worked very closely with customers to find new and better ways to mitigate the effects of tough commercial conditions. This has included pioneering work on service charges, lease arrangements, marketing and promotions, and flexible space planning. We have also worked proactively with key customers to ensure we understand their immediate business issues and provide support wherever possible. We provide office space for many types of businesses and organisations Chart 23. Every day thousands of people work in a building owned or managed by us, and thousands visit our shopping centres, retail parks and other properties. Mkt cap £m 11,006 8,044 6,532 5,590 5,267 3,605 3,492 3,343 3,306 3,239 Table 24 Group development activity Retail Portfolio Programme Proposed development Total Retail Portfolio pipeline London Portfolio Programme Proposed development Total London Portfolio pipeline Number of projects Floorspace m2 4 1 5 5 4 9 252,940 92,000 344,940 164,300 157,070 321,370 TDC1 £m 812 375 1,187 1,457 1,165 2,622 ERV2 £m 44 28 72 95 98 193 1. TDC: Total Development Cost – land, capital expenditure and capitalised interest. 2. The net ERV represents headline annual rent payable on let units plus Estimated Rental Value (ERV) at 31 March 2009 on unlet units. Our people The quality and commitment of our people helps to set Land Securities apart and provides us with an invaluable competitive advantage. Our objective is to attract, retain and develop the brightest and best people in our industry, and to maximise the contribution they make to the Company. We are very proud of the expertise, ambition and sheer energy of our employees and their resilient response to current difficult market conditions. This year, key areas of employee development included: ■ Communication and engagement Each year we carry out an employee engagement survey and the responses to this provide a clear indicator of engagement levels within the Company. Despite an uncertain economy and substantial changes within the Company, this year saw a very positive overall response rate of 82%, while more than 88% of employees who responded were in agreement with the statement ‘Overall I am satisfied working for the Land Securities Group’. Chart 23 Floorspace under management (’000m2) 193 129 419 1,084 46 63 799 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 0 Retail London Shopping Centres Retail Warehouses Other Retail Accor London Offices Central London shops Other London Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Business review 29 The improvement in engagement levels reflects additional investment in learning and development, culture and communication throughout the year. We continue to encourage and enable excellent communication throughout the Company. Our Business Exchange programme has created a new way for employees to provide input and raise questions, while our popular ‘Ask Francis’ and Board question time sessions have enabled employees to ask questions directly to our Chief Executive and Board directors. ■ Reward and recognition Our challenge is to ensure our packages remain competitive against a range of comparable organisations and professions while reflecting the financial performance of the Company. We believe current levels of reward and recognition have achieved that balance and will continue to serve us well in terms of recruiting and retaining excellent employees. This year the Board and Remuneration Committee took a proactive approach to bonuses by announcing there would be no bonus payments to Executive Directors. Across the Company we did pay bonuses, focusing on rewarding employees for their individual contribution against agreed personal targets. This is a fair approach that ensured we rewarded exceptional contributions by individuals. For further information on pay and rewards please see pages 68-79. ■ Employment policies We work with a diverse range of communities, organisations and individuals, and we are committed to ensuring that Land Securities is a diverse and vibrant place where everyone is respected, valued, encouraged and treated fairly. Our policy is to ensure there is equal opportunities access for all and we always give full and fair consideration to applications from all parts of the communities in which we work. Our focus is on developing a diverse workforce, all of whom have access to learning and career development opportunities. Full consideration is given to application for employment from disabled persons, having regard to their particular aptitudes and abilities. The Group has continued the employment wherever possible of any person who becomes disabled during their employment. Opportunities for training, career development and promotion do not operate to the detriment of disabled employees. In line with economic conditions, we have had to reduce employee numbers this year – a difficult but necessary commercial measure. We supported every individual, providing full outplacement support and as much notice as we could. We also successfully managed the complex task of transferring around 1,000 Trillium employees to the acquiring company, and communicated promptly and clearly during the hand-over – something many Trillium employees greatly appreciated. Our approach to corporate responsibility Responsibility is at the heart of the way we work. Our aim is to maintain a leadership position across areas such as sustainability, community relations and employee development so we continue to be recognised as a great company to work with and for. Given the physical and social effect of our work, particularly development, it is important that we take into consideration the views of the communities affected by our actions. Keeping good and open relationships with all stakeholders remains a central principle behind our approach Table 25. We have a long history of addressing environmental issues and improving the way we operate to support sustainability. This has been important to the business for many years, and it is increasingly important to those we work with and rely upon – customers, local authorities, central government, business partners, suppliers and the public. You can find further coverage of our approach to corporate responsibility on pages 54-63 of this annual Report and in our Corporate Responsibility Reports, which are available at www.landsecurities.com. Given the sale of the Trillium business, we are redefining our corporate responsibility strategy to ensure it fully reflects the needs, commitments and ambitions of the London and Retail Portfolios. Our new strategy will be published during 2009. Table 25 Development stakeholder groups Stage Site assembly Design Public consultation Planning Construction Letting Stakeholder ■ Adjacent owners ■ Local authorities ■ CABE ■ Energy consultants and BREEAM ■ Heritage bodies ■ Local authorities ■ Businesses ■ Local authorities ■ Residents ■ Schools and other community organisations ■ Transport ■ Department for Communities and Local Government ■ Local authorities ■ Local communities ■ Contractors ■ Design team ■ Local communities ■ Agents ■ Occupiers R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 30 Business review Our risks and how we manage them Financial risks We achieved over £500m of property sales in a deteriorating market. Risk description Impact Mitigation Capital structure ■ Pace of valuation decline continues to exceed the pace at which assets can be sold. ■ ■ Unable to counteract the impact of falling values on the Group’s balance sheet. Unable to progress investment opportunities. Credit risk Investment counterparty risk ■ Failure of bank and financial institution counterparties. ■ Loss of cash and deposits. Liquidity risk ■ Restrictive covenant regime. ■ Inability to fund operations and capital expenditure programme. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ The Rights Issue strengthened the Group’s balance sheet and will reduce the potential impact of prolonged falls in property values and position the Group to respond quickly to the turning point in the cycle. Rights Issue strengthened the Group’s position in refinancing its debt facilities. Liquidity and gearing kept under constant review. Wide variety of assets and knowledge of investor appetite ensure best possibility of achieving disposals. Development commitments matched to sales. Only use independently-rated banks and financial institutions with a minimum rating of A. Weekly review of credit ratings of all financial institution counterparties. Group Treasury ensures that funds deposited with a single financial institution remain within the Group’s policy limits. As at 31 March 2009, £1.6bn of cash and short-term deposits were held outside the Security Group. This balance is available to be injected into the Security Group to maintain its LTV at less than 80% to avoid entering Final Tier 3 with its additional financial and operational restrictions. No financial covenant default is triggered until the applicable LTV ratio exceeds 100% or the ICR is less than 1.0. Assets available within the Security Group to sell/raise new debt. ■ Limited market debt capacity. Inability to raise sufficient new funding. ■ Ongoing monitoring and management of the forecast cash position. ■ Commitments are not taken on if funding is not available. Increased borrowing costs. ■ Group Treasury monitors compliance with the Group hedging policy. ■ ■ Specific hedges used in geared joint ventures to fix the interest exposure on limited recourse debt. Forward purchases of foreign currency to fix the Sterling value for any construction works not priced in Sterling. ■ Increased tax payable. ■ Ongoing monitoring and management of the criteria to meet REIT status. Market risk ■ Market risk exposure through interest rates, currency fluctuations and availability of credit. Tax risk ■ Compliance with the Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) taxation regime. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Business review 31 Read how we have mitigated risk by widening the appeal of One New Change, EC4. p33 Property investment risks Risk description Impact Mitigation Occupier market conditions ■ Prolonged downturn in tenant demand. ■ Threat of voids in the portfolio. ■ ■ Reduced consumer spending leading to lower retail sales. ■ Cutbacks in retailer opening programme. ■ ■ ■ Committed development exposure limited to remaining space in St David’s 2 in Cardiff together with One New Change (due to complete in 2010) and Dashwood House in London. Other proposed developments are not committed and will only commence when market conditions are favourable or a pre-let of part is in place. Void management through temporary lettings and void mitigation strategies. Large portfolio allows portfolio leasing deals and flexibility to further reduce voids. Pre-letting of key units before committing to development. Limited Retail development pipeline concentrated primarily in Cardiff; most other schemes completed and substantially let already. Ongoing sales programme to divest schemes and locations most likely to suffer adverse impact. Market cycles ■ Property markets are cyclical. ■ Property risk ■ Asset value concentration. ■ Risks of negative interaction between falling property values and balance sheet gearing. ■ Target ranges for balance sheet gearing. ■ Secure income flows under UK lease structure. Poor performance of a single asset having material impact on overall performance. ■ ■ ■ ■ Large multi-asset portfolio. Largest property (Cardinal Place) represents only 5.8% of combined portfolio. Average investment property lot size of £44.6m. Retail assets combine a range of highly diversified income streams in all major sub-sectors of retail property. ■ Increased cost exposure on voids. ■ Increase in void costs. ■ Void management and empty rates mitigation. Tenant risk ■ Tenant concentration and failures. ■ Impact on revenue if a major occupier fails or does not renew leases. ■ Diversified tenant base. ■ ■ ■ Strong established locations and relationships with occupiers. The Government is our largest single customer, representing 9.5% of gross rents; the next largest represents 4.2%. Of our income, 72% is derived from tenants who make less than a 1% contribution to rent roll. ■ Regular credi t review of major tenants. Health, safety and environmental risk ■ Responsibility for the safety of visitors to our properties and our environmental performance. ■ Impact on reputation or potential criminal proceedings resulting in financial impact. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Annual cycle of health and safety audits. Quarterly Board reporting. Dedicated specialist personnel for environment and health and safety. Established policy and procedures including award-winning health and safety system and ISO 14001 certified environmental system. Active environmental programme addressing key areas of impact (energy and waste). Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Read more about our commitments and performance in this area. p54-63 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 32 Business review Property development risks Risk description Impact Mitigation Site assembly risk ■ Third-party interests in part of site cannot be acquired. Planning risk ■ Development proposals fail to gain sufficient support and therefore planning consent. Construction risk ■ ■ ■ Construction cost overruns or poor management of construction. New and different procurement methodologies and contract forms for London. Supplier capacity, capability and financial stability. Letting risk ■ ■ Development remains unlet after completion or fails to meet lettings target. Tenant requirement for incentive packages, including capital, increasing. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Unable to progress development either in time, at all, or in budget. ■ ■ Policy of buying into all or part of future development sites early as income-producing investments. Experience of Compulsory Purchase Order procedures. Development expertise including: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Skilled development management teams. Public consultation capabilities. Long-standing relationships with key development stakeholders. Reputation. Transfer of risk to specialist contractors. Skilled in-house project management teams. Use of specialist advisers. ■ Contingency provision in appraisals. ■ ■ Forward purchase of high inflation risk items. Closer, more open relationship with the supply chain. Unable to progress developments in a timely manner. Returns are eroded by cost overruns or project completion is delayed. Different risk profiles and unfamiliar terms and conditions. Cost in excess of assumptions in appraisal. Lack of competition in tendering process. Poor supplier performance. Impact on income and valuation. ■ Experienced and skilled in-house leasing teams. ■ Risk evaluation model to assess earnings impact of developments remaining unlet. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 33 Plan well ahead 7. We are managing risk in a changing market One New Change, EC4 Cheapside The City market is tough, but our mixed-use One New Change development was designed to have a wider appeal. It now offers both office and retail tenants flexible space with breathtaking views of St Paul’s Cathedral, together with a unique public realm. The shops will address an under-served market of residents, City workers and tourists – seven days a week. No wonder there’s already strong interest from retailers, and 38% of the office space is pre-let. St Paul’s St Paul’s Cathedral One New Change Land Securities Annual Report 2009 34 Plan well ahead 8. We are continuing to lead on sustainability Elements Square, Livingston Variable skins Elements Square in Livingston is the first covered retail scheme to receive a BREEAM ‘Excellent’ rating for environmental performance. Sustainability informs every corner of the scheme, from the super-lightweight roof – designed to achieve the optimum balance between daylight and solar heat gains – to the high proportion of recycled and sustainable timber used in construction. Rainwater is collected and reused and solar panels help heat water. We even employ an ecologist to advise on landscaping. Open Closed Solar and temperature sensors cause the upper air chamber to be pressurised allowing light to penetrate through the gestalt graphics. As internal temperatures and solar gains increase, the lower air chamber is pressurised reducing the level of light and solar gain penetrating the space. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 35 Plan well ahead 9. We are creating excellent opportunities for future development Victoria, SW1 We have been developing in Victoria for 40 years. Now, with planning permission for our Victoria Transport Interchange plan (VTI2) granted in February 2009, we are set to transform the area around the railway station. Our development will replace outdated pockets of buildings with new offices, shops, restaurants, homes and public space. The scheme builds on the success of our mixed-use Cardinal Place development and provides us with an extraordinary opportunity to rejuvenate one of central London’s most valuable sites. Buckingham Palace VTI2 Development Cardinal Place Victoria Land Securities Annual Report 2009 36 Business review Richard Akers Managing Director, Retail Portfolio Retail Portfolio Key objectives for 2008/09 ■ Apply skills to support retailers and protect revenues ■ Use strong customer relationships to fi ll voids left by insolvencies ■ Make sales and recycle capital ■ Expand Harvest joint venture with J Sainsbury through acquisition or development ■ Open and let Cabot Circus, Bristol and The Elements, Livingston Watch Richard’s overview at: www.landsecurities.com/annualreport2009 ■ Bring forward key development opportunities “The retail environment worsened dramatically over the year and we reacted accordingly, applying all of our experience, skills and relationships to protect income and work with retailers to respond to these very tough conditions.” Richard Akers ■ Achieve IPD outperformance How we create value We aim to deliver attractive rental income streams, higher investment values and future development opportunities by: ■ identifying, acquiring and enhancing shopping centre and retail park assets with growth potential ■ using our asset management expertise to make locations more attractive to shoppers and retailers ■ developing major new shopping and leisure assets that can transform undervalued areas into thriving destinations ■ forming close relationships with retailers and local authorities, so we can respond to people’s changing needs and ensure our portfolio fi ts the market ■ recycling our capital and applying our skills to reposition assets higher up the value hierarchy Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Land Securities Annuauu l Report 2009 Business review Retail Portfolio Top 6 properties 1. White Rose, Leeds 2. Cabot Circus, Bristol 3. The Centre, Livingston 4. Bullring, Birmingham 5. Gunwharf Quays, Portsmouth 6. Princesshay, Exeter Award-winning shopping centre with more than 100 stores and a range of cafés and food outlets. Located on the outskirts of Leeds, it serves a large and loyal catchment ensuring a consistently strong performance from retailers. Opened in September 2008, this exceptional new retail, leisure and residential space integrates seamlessly with the city centre. It provides Bristol with the quality and choice of amenities it deserves. Unique retail destination in the heart of the town centre, incorporating Elements Square, Wintergarden, The Avenue, Almondvale Walk and Almondvale Place. Each part has its own unique atmosphere, shops, restaurants and cafés. An iconic shopping location, this partnership development has led the city’s retail renaissance. It provides retail space, with more than 160 shops and 3,100 car parking spaces. This well known scheme comprises a Designer Outlet with over 80 shops and a wide range of leisure including a cinema, bowlplex, hotel, restaurants and bars. Its historic location on Portsmouth harbour makes it a popular destination. Award-winning mixed-use development based around a vibrant piazza. An array of great retail brands combines with restaurants and cafés to provide a great shopping experience in the heart of the city. Principal occupiers Sainsbury’s, Debenhams, Marks & Spencer, Primark. Principal occupiers House of Fraser, Harvey Nichols, H&M. Principal occupiers Debenhams, Marks & Spencer, Bhs. Principal occupiers Debenhams, Selfridges, Next. Principal occupiers Vue Cinema, Marks & Spencer, Nike, Gap. Principal occupiers Debenhams, Next, Zara, Top Shop. Ownership interest Ownership interest Ownership interest Ownership interest Ownership interest Ownership interest 100% Area 63,170m2 Passing rent1 £27m Let by income3 97% 50% 100% 33% 100% Area 111,480m2 Area 85,940m2 Area 110,000m2 Area 41,250m2 Passing rent2 £12m Let by income3 92% Passing rent £14m Let by income3 87% Passing rent2 £16m Let by income3 94% Liverpool Passing rent £19m Let by income3 98% 100% Area 37,360m2 Passing rent £12m Let by income3 99% Newcastle Birmingham Inverness Nottingham Ipswich York Cardiff Bristol Leeds Liverpool Southampton Birmingham Bristol Dundee Stirling Glasgow Edinburgh Livingston Oxford Central London Portsmouth Cardiff Bristol Bournemouth Exeter 1. A proportion of this income is paid in ground rent. 2. Refers to Land Securities’ share of total passing rent. 3. Includes units in administration where lease has not been surrendered. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 37 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 38 Business review Retail Portfolio Our market A significant reduction in sales growth hit both retailers and landlords hard, and impacted values heavily. The long-term strength of the retail property market has been based on the historic trend of retail sales growth, together with relatively tight planning controls and the need for retailers to improve store locations to meet changing consumer demand. This year, however, wider economic, financial and commercial pressures hit the retail sector hard. This flowed through to the retail property market, with a particularly rapid decline in values and pressure on income from September 2008 onwards. The investment market saw a greatly reduced number of transactions. The low level of debt available led to fewer buyers and continuous downward pressure on values. Investors found it easier to raise smaller amounts of debt, so smaller lot sizes attracted the most buying interest. The occupational market was also impacted. While many retailers continued to trade profitably, and shopping centre openings across the UK in 2008 generally let up well, conditions worsened considerably in the second half of the year. Most retailers suffered declining like-for-like sales and trading conditions proved difficult for all retail businesses. As a result, we lost income through insolvencies and tenants not renewing their leases. At year-end we saw higher void levels than in the downturn of the 1990s and potential purchasers began to build in assumptions about occupiers going into administration. These dynamics had a considerable negative effect on values. Market outlook We expect to see continuing difficulties for retailers in the occupational markets while the economy is still in recession and the rate of unemployment is rising. In the investment market we have seen early signs that buyers are returning for certain types and sizes of asset. We believe the present tough market dynamics will produce some cushioning effects. For example, it is natural that the viability of a retailer is improved when a competitor goes into administration. As we lose names from the high street, some retailers will benefit. Our recent reviews of sales data also revealed that many value and discount retailers have been able to maintain or increase levels of trade as more customers have become value conscious. This trend also applies to our factory outlet centres and looks set to continue, as the discount proposition will remain compelling for consumers. Chart 26 UK retail sales growth to 31 March (%) 8 6 4 2 0 -2 -4 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 Total sales Like-for-like sales Source: BRC/KPMG Survey (3 month average) Table 27 Retail property – fl oorspace Type of retail property Market million m2 Shopping centres Retail parks Total core markets Other retail markets Total 16.3 15.9 32.2 87.1 119.3 Source: Property Market Analysis Land Securities million m2 % market share 1.1 0.4 1.5 0.1 1.6 6.7 2.5 4.7 0.1 1.3 Increasing attraction of value and discount offers create opportunities for us. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Business review Retail Portfolio Our performance at a glance ■ ■ Gross rental income up £4.0m (1.1%) Voids across the like-for-like portfolio at 5.2% (4.2% at March 2008) We have sold more than £1bn of retail assets since April 2007, as we anticipated more challenging conditions. ■ ■ Cabot Circus, Bristol and The Elements, Livingston open and 91% and 80% let respectively Outlet centres seeing rise in customer numbers as value proposition drives footfall Chart 28 Retail Portfolio by capital value £4.32bn (%) Table 29 Retail Portfolio valuation and performance summary Chart 30 Retail Portfolio valuations at 31 March 2009 (£bn) Retail warehouses and foodstores Other 26.0 13.2 Combined portfolio valuation 31/03/09 £m 31/03/08 £m 4,317.6 6,673.2 Like-for-like Investment portfolio valuation Rental income Gross estimated rental value Voids by estimated rental value Gross income yield 3,149.8 284.5 302.5 15.6 8.54% 4,849.5 281.2 316.4 13.4 5.54% 8 6 4 2 0 9 6 . 2 7 . 7 6 . 8 4 . 3 4 . Shopping centres and shops 60.8 05 06 07 08 09 Table 31 Top 10 retail tenants (% of total income) Chart 32 Tenant diversifi cation (% of total income) Chart 33 Voids and units in administration – Retail* (% of ERV) Arcadia Group DSG Boots J Sainsbury Marks & Spencer Next New Look Home Group Tesco H&M Retail other (excluding Accor) Total (all Retail tenants) % 1.7 1.4 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 11.3 47.3 58.6 Top ten retail tenants Other retail tenants 11.3 47.3 Accor London offices 4.2 37.2 . 6 5 6 4 . 9 0 . 5 4 . 9 2 . 0 4 . 10 8 6 4 2 0 Mar 08 Sept 08 Mar 09 Voids Administrations * includes London Retail 39 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Despite tenant insolvencies, we mitigated voids and achieved an increase in income by moving quickly to support retailers. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 40 Business review Retail Portfolio Top Retail Portfolio properties —over £50m by location North, North-West, Yorkshire and Humberside Sunderland 4 The Bridges * Leeds 5 Leeds Plaza and Albion St ▲• 6 White Rose Centre * Liverpool 7 St John’s Centre, Williamson Sq and Clayton Sq * Gateshead 3 Team Valley Retail Park * Liverpool 4 Aintree Retail Park ▲ Chester 5 Chester and Greyhound Retail Parks ▲ Midlands Corby 8 Corby Town Centre •▲ Birmingham 9 Bullring3 * 3 Part of Birmingham Alliance Wales and South-West Exeter 14 Princesshay * Bristol 15 Cabot Circus5 *• Cardiff 16 St. David’s Shopping Centre4 *• Portsmouth 13 Gunwharf Quays * 4 Part of St. David’s 2 Partnership 5 Part of the Bristol Alliance Scotland Aberdeen 1 Bon Accord Centre1 ▲ St Nicholas Centre1 Glasgow 2 Buchanan Galleries 2 * Livingston 3 The Centre *• 1 Part of Scottish Retail Property Limited Partnership 2 Part of Buchanan Partnership South and South-East Welwyn Garden City 10 Howard Centre ▲ Maidstone 11 Fremlin Walk ▲ Hatfi eld 12 The Galleria ▲ Dundee 1 Kingsway West Retail Park ▲ Livingston 2 Almondvale West Almondvale Retail Park Almondvale South West Thurrock 6 Lakeside Retail Park * Thanet 7 The Fort, Westwood Cross * Bexhill-on-Sea 8 Ravenside Retail and Leisure Park ▲ Bracknell 9 The Peel Centre ▲ 2 2 3 1 1 3 6 4 5 4 7 5 16 15 14 8 9 10 12 6 9 13 7 11 8 Key Shopping centres Retail warehouses Best retail space awards BREEAM Excellent rating 19 18 London 17 17 Stratford Centre, Stratford * 18 Lewisham Centre ▲ 19 Southside, Wandsworth6 ▲ 6 Part of Metro Shopping Fund LP * ▲ • £100m or above £50-£100m In development pipeline/programme Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Business review Retail Portfolio Business commentary Overview We recognised the early indications of a slowdown in our market some time ago and adjusted our portfolio and development pipeline in response. In our 2007/08 financial year, for example, we sold £835m of assets at 3.1% above valuation. We also achieved 97% occupancy on our three developments opened in 2007 – Exeter, Corby and Cambridge. This meant we went into the year focused on two clear priorities: first, applying our asset management expertise and customer relationships to support retailers and protect revenue; second, opening and letting our two new developments completing in 2008 – Cabot Circus in Bristol and The Elements in Livingston. At year-end, occupation levels at Cabot Circus and The Elements were 91% and 80% respectively – a respectable performance in a challenging climate. However, difficult market conditions impacted occupiers across the portfolio. Although we were hit by insolvencies, we moved quickly to support occupiers and mitigate voids, and saw a 1.1% increase in income from the portfolio. Valuations were hit hard, and our Retail Portfolio recorded a 37.3% valuation deficit for the year. The valuation deficit for shopping centres was 4.1% greater than for retail warehousing, reversing the trend of the previous year. In terms of rental values, we saw a 4.6% decline for shopping centres and shops, and 4.9% for retail warehouses. Our Retail Portfolio underperformed its IPD Quarterly Universe sector benchmark in relative terms by 4.7% overall. For shopping centres most of this was attributable to our development and pre-development sites in Cardiff and Leeds, and for retail warehouses to some retail parks where occupancy is restricted to bulky goods users. This was offset in part by the stronger relative performance of the Accor hotel portfolio. Our efforts were recognised in December 2008 when we won the Property Managers Association Retail Landlord of the Year 2008 Award. The judges praised us for our approachability, willingness to listen to retailers’ needs and overall efforts to collaborate in current difficult trading conditions. We believe landlords and retailers must continue to be open-minded and realistic, responding to each other’s position and working together for mutual benefit. Looking at specific asset management initiatives, we executed major change at the Bon Accord centre in Aberdeen, our joint venture with British Land. The Woolworths unit was taken back and re-let to Topshop/Topman and River Island. Simultaneously, four units have been let to the Mosaic brands Karen Millen, Oasis, Coast and Warehouse, a commitment that the new parent company, Aurora, has agreed to honour. These new fashion stores will open in 2009, along with a 5,000m2 Next and a refurbished central atrium. We also saw further advances in Corby this year, with Primark opening a 4,460m2 store within the Willow Place shopping centre in April 2008 and a new rail connection with London opened in February 2009. In retail warehousing, we made good progress at Edmonton, where we let the last of five redeveloped units. At Bracknell we completed a 4,000m2 letting to Tesco Home, which is the first stage of a very substantial improvement to the park. We did see significant problems in the established furniture sector, with both MFI and Land of Leather going into administration, but by acting quickly we were able to re-let a number of MFI’s units. We also negotiated a substantial payment from Galiform releasing it from guarantees related to MFI. Through our good relationships with retailers we have been able to offset much of the negative news in this sector and, since the year end, have let a major unit at the Commerce Centre, Poole to John Lewis for the first of their new concept of out-of-town stores. Sales and acquisitions We continued to sell assets during the year. Our strategy is to manage assets proactively, so we looked to sell assets and partnership interests where we were not responsible for asset management or where we saw limited potential for long-term growth. Although a lack of available credit for buyers restricted sales activity in the market, we once again met our objective of being a net seller with total disposals of £177.9m at an average of 21.9% below March 2008 valuations. This means that since April 2007, when we anticipated more challenging conditions, we have sold over £1bn of assets from the Retail Portfolio. At just £82.7m, acquisitions have been limited to properties with key strategic relevance. These included a parade of shops in Exeter, which may form the basis of another phase of development, and a Sainsbury’s store in Lincoln, which we have added to The Harvest Limited Partnership with J Sainsbury. We have raised debt to fund further potential acquisitions for Harvest, and we are looking for additional ways to extend our convenience retail activity. Asset management This year we concentrated on addressing voids and supporting retailers in difficult market conditions. We listened carefully to suggestions from tenants and took the lead on responding to their concerns. We were one of the first landlords to offer a monthly rent proposal for retailers. We introduced greater flexibility in a number of agreements, and wherever possible, we reduced service charges. At the White Rose shopping centre in Leeds we achieved a 13% reduction on the charges – on top of a reduction last year – and we know this has helped our occupiers significantly. Development Given deteriorating market conditions it was critical that we opened our two new developments on time, achieved good levels of lettings at both, and made progress on our future pipeline projects. In overview: ■ Cabot Circus, Bristol Created as part of our 50:50 Bristol Alliance joint venture with Hammerson, this innovative, mixed-use, large-scale development opened on 25 September 2008 and quickly established a dominant position in one of the UK’s most important cities. It was 91% let or in solicitors’ hands on opening and, even with the outward yield movement prior to opening, it delivered a profit on cost of approximately 14% at that date. Integrated seamlessly with the surrounding streets and buildings – many of which are also owned by the Bristol Alliance – the centre boasts retail, leisure, restaurants, offices, car parking, student accommodation and a hotel. With a wide range of brands represented in the House of Fraser and Harvey Nichols anchor stores, and more than 100 other shops now open, this is the greatest range of fashion retailing we have yet developed. The quality of the scheme was recognised in its BCSC Supreme Gold Award and MAPIC EG’s Best Shopping Centre of the Year award. 41 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Looking ahead With market conditions expected to be difficult for some time, we will focus on applying our proven strengths and capabilities. We will continue to strengthen our well-established relationships with occupiers. We will look to acquire and transform distressed assets. And we will work to enhance our reputation for creating excellent and successful developments. The value of our reputation was confirmed in February 2009 when Chester City Council and ING Real Estate selected us to become their preferred development partner on the potential future regeneration of Chester city centre. We expect to see further insolvencies amongst retailers, so it is important to recognise the quality and diversity of our tenants. Our largest single customer, Arcadia Group, represents just 3.4% of the Retail Portfolio rent roll, and our top ten tenants are well-known retail brands. We intend to maintain the breadth, depth and quality of our tenant base and work hard to support our occupiers. Internet retailing accounted for the entire growth in UK retail sales in 2008 and looks set to perform relatively well over time. However, we believe people will continue to see going to the shops as an attractive leisure activity and a convenient way to buy goods, as this year’s successful openings in Bristol and Livingston are now demonstrating. For this reason we will pursue our strategy of investing in mixed-use urban regeneration schemes and convenience-based schemes with good access. However, as the market evolves over the next 12 months, we will continue taking the tough tactical decisions required in a fast-changing environment while positioning the business to take advantage of long-term opportunities. Key objectives for 2009/10 ■ Protect income through proactive asset management ■ Continue to make sales as appropriate ■ Identify acquisition and uplift opportunities ■ Maintain position as best-in-class for development and customer service Complete and maximise lettings at current developments ■ 42 Business review Retail Portfolio ■ The Elements, Livingston This high quality extension to the existing centre opened on 16 October 2008 and is now 80% let. It has increased Livingston’s catchment area in the central belt and moved the town up the retail hierarchy to the benefit of our other substantial holdings at this location. The new centre provides stunning new Marks & Spencer and Debenhams department stores and 46 other shops, leisure facilities and restaurants, all with good parking and easy access to the motorway. The attractive food and drink offer is proving popular with shoppers and encourages longer stays at the centre. ■ St David’s 2, Cardiff St David’s 2 is a development project being undertaken by St David’s Limited Partnership – our joint venture with Liberty International. The scheme will create a John Lewis department store – the largest outside London’s West End – together with more than 100 new shops, 25 new cafés and restaurants, and luxury apartments, all in the heart of Cardiff. Initial letting progress on this scheme has been slow, reflecting both the tough environment for the retail sector and the substantial amount of space taken up by retailers in other schemes that opened in 2008. At year-end, however, the scheme was 46% let or in solicitors’ hands and we expect the pace of lettings to quicken as we move towards opening in autumn 2009. The scheme will open during a very difficult time for the retail market but we believe St David’s 2 has excellent prospects over the long term. We also have a number of proposed developments which are affected by weaker occupier demand. Our response has been to reschedule the programme for our Trinity Quarter development in Leeds, deferring the aimed completion of this 92,000m2 scheme, depending on letting progress, to autumn 2012. In October, The Buchanan Partnership – our joint venture with Henderson Global Investors – received permission to increase the size of the Buchanan Galleries shopping centre in Glasgow. And in June we secured planning permission for a refurbishment and partial reconstruction of the St John’s centre in Liverpool. These and other developments provide us with a strong foundation for when the economy turns. As ever, our priority is to time our activity in line with the market cycle to maximise returns. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Business review Retail Portfolio Retail development pipeline 2008 Cabot Circus, Bristol 2008 The Elements, Livingston 2009 St David’s 2, Cardiff 2012 Trinity Quarter, Leeds High quality development due for full completion autumn 2008. Transformation of retail in Livingston, due for completion autumn 2008. Major mixed-use development incorporating urban regeneration. Busy city shopping centre to be integrated with The Plaza. Retail development pipeline at 31 March 2009 Property Shopping centres and shops Developments completed Willow Place, Corby Cabot Circus, Bristol – The Bristol Alliance – a limited partnership with Hammerson The Elements, Livingston Developments approved and those in progress St David’s, Cardiff – St David’s Partnership – a limited partnership with Liberty International Proposed development Trinity Quarter, Leeds Description of use Ownership interest % Size m2 Planning status Letting status % Net income/ ERV £m Estimated/ actual completion date Total development cost to date £m Forecast total development cost £m Retail Retail Leisure Residential Retail Leisure 100 50 100 16,260 83,610 9,000 18,740 32,000 5,670 83 91 80 2 Oct 2007 17 Sept 2008 42 257 42 257 8 Oct 2008 166 166 Retail/Leisure Residential 50 89,900 16,500 28 17 Oct 2009 240 347 Retail 75 92,000 PR n/a n/a 2012 n/a n/a Retail warehouses Developments, let and transferred or sold Angel Road Retail Park, Edmonton Retail 100 3,480 100 1 Mar 2009 19 19 Floor areas shown above represent the full scheme whereas the cost represents our share of costs. Letting % is measured by ERV and shows letting status at 31 March 2009. Trading property development schemes are excluded from the development pipeline. Cost figures for proposed schemes are not given as these could still be subject to material change prior to final approval. Planning status for proposed developments PR – Planning Received Total development cost (£m) Total development cost refers to the book value of the land at the commencement of the project, the estimated capital expenditure required to develop the scheme from the start of the financial year in which the property is added to our development programme, together with finance charges. Net income/ERV Net income/ERV represents headline annual rent payable on let units plus ERV at 31 March 2009 on unlet units. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 43 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 44 Business review Mike Hussey Managing Director, London Portfolio Watch Mike’s overview at: www.landsecurities.com/annualreport2009 “We anticipated weaker market conditions some time ago and deferred the start dates for a number of our projects. With conditions deteriorating through the year, we have used our expertise and experience to protect income, achieve sales and position the business ready for future opportunities.” Mike Hussey London Portfolio Key objectives for 2008/09 ■ Preserve income by applying asset management skills ■ Complete asset sales and recycle capital ■ Adjust development pipeline in line with market ■ Achieve planning success, especially around Victoria, SW1 ■ Spot opportunities to create value through the cycle ■ Make progress on development at Ebbsfl eet Valley, Kent ■ Achieve IPD outperformance How we create value We aim to deliver attractive rental income streams, higher investment values and future development opportunities over the long term by: ■ investing in and disposing of assets early in the cycle to maximise returns ■ ensuring we understand our customers’ changing circumstances, so we can adapt and evolve our products to meet their needs ■ using a mixed-use, high quality product we mitigate risk, generate strong demand and achieve improved rental performance ■ clustering properties so our existing assets gain from our development work on new schemes Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Business review London Portfolio Top 6 properties 1. Cardinal Place, SW1 2. New Street Square, EC4 3. Queen Anne’s Gate, SW1 4. Bankside 2&3, SE1 5. Piccadilly Lights, W1 6. Portland House, SW1 Stunning trio of buildings encompassing office space and retail accommodation. This landmark site is home to 24 retailers, including a Marks & Spencer anchor store, together with blue-chip businesses. Innovative offices with retail and restaurants. Recreating traditional ground-level routes, including a delightful public square, the property offers office space with attractive retail and leisure facilities. This refurbished former Home Office building is now occupied by the Ministry of Justice. It was built by Land Securities in 1977, to designs by Sir Basil Spence. A contemporary office, retail and leisure space. The two buildings occupy a prime site on the South Bank, opposite the City and close to the West End, served by four major railway termini and several Underground lines. Offices, retail, leisure and a world famous advertising landmark. This year saw the introduction of enhanced LED screens and a flagship branch of Barclays. This 29-storey icon of 1960s architecture is a major element in our regeneration of the area. Each of the 26 floors offers around 900m2 of open space. Principal occupiers Microsoft, Wellington Management. Principal occupiers Deloitte, Taylor Wessing. Principal occupiers Government. Principal occupiers Royal Bank of Scotland. Principal occupiers Boots, Barclays. Principal occupiers Regus, Invensys. Ownership interest Ownership interest Ownership interest Ownership interest Ownership interest Ownership interest 100% Area 47,500m2 100% 100% Area 65,300m2 Area 30,000m2 100% Area 38,700m2 Passing rent £30m Let by income 100% Passing rent £14m Let by income 93% Passing rent £26m Let by income 100% Passing rent £1m Let by income 100% 100% Area 7,600m2 Passing rent £11m Let by income 91% Buckingham Palace Westminster Cathedral Victoria River Thames British Museum Smithfi eld Buckingham Palace Westminster Holborn River Thames Houses of Parliament River Thames Royal Festival Hall South Bank River Thames Lambeth Palace Piccadilly Trafalgar Square St James’s Park River Thames 100% Area 29,100m2 Passing rent £10m Let by income 78% Covent Garden Buckingham Palace Victoria SE17 River Thames Land Securities Annual Report 2009 45 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 46 Business review London Portfolio Our market This year the London commercial property market experienced a structural correction driven by a rapid weakening in UK and global debt markets and deteriorating economic conditions. With low levels of available debt reducing the number of buyers, the investment market declined sharply. Equity buyers bided their time and waited for values to settle. Good transactions could still be made, but prices were unpredictable and weakened over the year. By year-end, values across the sector had reduced dramatically and are now over 40% below the peak in 2007. Assets in the City suffered the greatest falls, and this underlined the value of our strategy to spread the portfolio geographically across the City, Midtown, central West End, Victoria, the South Bank and other key London villages. Wider market dynamics also impacted the occupier market. Relatively little demand came through around lease expiries and lease events, such as break options, with occupiers reluctant or unable to commit to relocation in such an uncertain environment. London’s diverse mix of tenants offered partial mitigation to the widespread downturn, with some law, accountancy and compliance organisations providing potential for counter-cyclical demand. Retail in London proved relatively robust. Prime West End shopping streets outperformed the UK average significantly. As a result, our strategy of creating mixed-use developments proved well founded. We saw negative pressure on values for London retail properties, but there was a reasonably consistent level of demand from occupiers for prime assets in prime streets. Market outlook On the investment side, relatively few buyers will re-enter the market until they feel values have settled, although a degree of stabilisation has begun to feed through at the end of the financial year at the prime end of the market. However, we continue to see opportunities to achieve sales and position ourselves for future acquisitions. In the occupational market, we are matching developments to demand for high quality space in attractive locations. Mitigating voids will remain a priority and we will work closely with occupiers to support each other through these tough conditions. There is a substantial oversupply of office space in London, but, by combining flexibility on terms with good quality product, we are well placed to compete for new tenants for the limited space we have available. In London, we have always responded early to market cycles and we will continue to do the same, recycling capital to strengthen our position and maximise potential future returns for shareholders. By taking tough decisions early we are able to evolve with the market as it moves into the next phase of the cycle. We have managed development carefully and have limited space available. Chart 34 West End and City vacancy rates (%) 16 12 8 4 0 02 03 04 05 West End Source: Knight Frank 06 City 07 08 09 Chart 35 London offi ce portfolio1 £35ft2 – £373m2 £32ft2 – £342m2 Average rent Average ERV 1. Excluding voids and properties in the current development programme. Relative strength of prime retail in London underlines the value of our mixed-use strategy. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Business review London Portfolio Our performance at a glance ■ ■ ■ Gross rental income up £10.3m (3.0%) Property sales of £349.6m at an average of 16.6% below March 2008 valuation (before disposal costs) 10 Eastbourne Terrace, W2, completed and 100% let; Dashwood House, EC2, completed and 9% let Chart 36 London Portfolio by capital value – £5.09bn (%) Table 37 London Portfolio valuation and performance summary Chart 38 London Portfolio valuations at 31 March 2009 (£bn) 31/03/09 £m 31/03/08 £m 10 Combined portfolio valuation Like-for-like Investment portfolio valuation Rental income Gross estimated rental value Voids by estimated rental value Gross income yield 5,089.4 7,349.3 2,558.2 199.2 3,618.2 192.6 198.8 236.1 3.6% 7.7% 2.5% 5.2% 8 6 4 2 0 9 5 . 5 4 . 5 7 . 4 7 . 1 5 . 05 06 07 08 09 Chart 40 Tenant diversifi cation (% of total income) Chart 41 Voids and units in administration – London offi ces (% of ERV) Top 10 office tenants Other office tenants 19.7 17.5 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 3 0 . . 6 4 3 3 . . 7 1 Central London retail Retail Portfolio 6.5 56.3 Mar 08 Sept 08 Mar 09 Voids Administrations Inner London offices London shops Other West End offices City offices Mid-town offices Table 39 Top 10 offi ce tenants (% of total income) Government Deloitte RBS Mellon Bank Eversheds Metropolitan Police Microsoft Lloyds TSB Taylor Wessing Speechly Bircham Office other Total (all office tenants) The largest occupier is Central Government, which represents 21% of the London Portfolio rent roll. 11.8 18.5 4.0 36.1 14.3 15.3 % 9.3 2.3 2.3 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 19.7 17.5 37.2 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 47 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 48 Business review London Portfolio Top London Portfolio properties —over £100m by location WC2 1 Arundel Great Court and Howard Hotel • W1 2 455/475 and 475/497 Oxford Street and Park House • 3 Piccadilly Lights 4 Portman House W2 5 10/20/30/40/50 Eastbourne Terrace • EC2 13 One Wood Street EC4 14 New Street Square • 15 One New Change • 16 Times Square W10 W12 W9 5 W2 4 2 W1 WC2 WC1 14 1 EC1 13 EC4 15 16 EC2 EC3 E1 W11 6 SW1 3 8 10 9 SW7 SW5 SW3 SW10 SW6 7 11 SW8 SW11 12 SE1 SE16 E14 SE11 SE17 SE10 SE18 SW1 6 50 Queen Anne’s Gate 7 Portland House 8 Eland House 9 Kingsgate House 10 Cardinal Place 11 Ashdown House SE1 12 Bankside 2&3 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Key •In the development pipeline Business review London Portfolio Business commentary Overview We did not predict the global financial crisis but we did recognise the early signs of a slowdown in the London market some time ago and adjusted our portfolio and development pipeline accordingly. This strengthened our position as we went into more severe conditions from September 2008 onwards. As the environment worsened, we accelerated the completion of developments due in the year and adjusted the timing of some future developments. At year-end, headline void levels in the London portfolio were at 6.8% – a strong performance in an exceptionally difficult environment. Valuations in our sector have been impacted heavily, however, and we have not escaped general market movements. Our London Portfolio saw a 31.2% valuation deficit overall, with a 35.6% deficit on office holdings and a 10.6% deficit on London retail. In terms of rental values, London retail saw a 3.2% rise in rental values largely driven by our asset management initiatives, but weakness in occupier demand resulted in rental values for our London offices falling by 19.8%. We are pleased that, despite falling values, our London Portfolio outperformed its IPD Universe sector benchmarks with London offices outperforming by 1.4% and London retail by as much as 5.8%. Our London office performance was helped by the resilience of some of our assets in Victoria, particularly those let on long leases to the Government. Our London retail assets benefited from the positive growth in rental values created by some of our asset management initiatives. In recent years, growth in the financial services sector proved very attractive to developers. We took advantage of this opportunity, but we also recognised that growth in this area could not be sustained. As a result, we adjusted our portfolio, moving quickly to reduce our exposure to City offices which now represent only 14.4% of our London Portfolio. In the meantime, we continued to attract a broad mix of occupiers across a number of London’s premier villages. This diversity gave us resilience during the year, with retail proving robust and West End assets holding up better than those in the City. While 16% of our occupiers were in the very hard-hit financial services sector, Central Government remained our largest occupier, representing 21% of the London Portfolio rent roll. We also had a substantial number of occupiers from professional services organisations. This balanced base enabled us to generate increased income in the year of £10.3m at £352.8m. While we would prefer to report significant growth, this represents a sound performance. Despite uncertainty and demanding conditions, our employees achieved much this year. From working closely with hard-pressed occupiers to closing transactions and achieving milestone planning approvals in Victoria, we acted as a close-knit and highly effective team. Sales and acquisitions Our rationale for selling a particular asset is simple – we look to make a disposal if we can recycle the capital into other assets with greater growth potential. This year we sold £349.6m of properties at an average of 16.6% below March 2008 valuation (before disposal costs), as compared to the market-wide fall in value for London offices over the year of over 30%. Important sales this year included: ■ Turnstile House, WC1 We completed this sale in May 2008. The property had produced good returns for us since its conversion to an apart-hotel but it no longer fits our main focus of activity. ■ Empress State Building, SW6, 50% share In August we completed the sale of our holding to a 50:50 joint venture with Liberty International. We have held the asset for a number of years but saw limited asset management opportunities in the near future. The joint venture with Liberty International reduces our stake while enabling us to realise further value over time. ■ New Scotland Yard, SW1 In December we sold our freehold interest to the Metropolitan Police Authority. As there was limited potential for us to add value to this property over the next few years, and no further rent reviews until 2028, a release of capital offered good value. ■ Fleet Street Estate, EC4 In January 2009 we exchanged contracts for the sale of the majority of the estate with the rest to complete late 2009. A substantial part of the site is occupied by the Office of Fair Trading (OFT) and we recently added value with the extension of the OFT lease. In terms of acquisitions, we purchased just £39.1m of investment properties. These were strategic acquisitions required for site assembly and other purposes around potential development sites. Asset management We pursued three clear asset management priorities this year. First, we focused on addressing and minimising voids. Second, we worked to maximise short-term income on assets targeted for redevelopment in the next cycle. Third, we continued our work to enhance the performance of our Central London retail assets. Our operations at the east end of Oxford Street through our joint venture with Frogmore and our work with Piccadilly Lights were particularly effective. With Piccadilly Lights, we have increased income by upgrading advertising signage systems and working closely with Barclays Bank to introduce a flagship branch. Where it proved difficult to achieve lettings, as at Thomas More Square, E1, we quickly reviewed our existing plans and provided attractive, flexible options for potential occupiers. Development Having completed a number of large projects in 2007 and spring 2008, our current development pipeline is well matched to the current economic cycle. The balance of expenditure committed to current schemes is £258m. We have 244,950m2 of development potential available to us over time through consented planning applications. During the year we completed development work and achieved 100% occupancy at 10 Eastbourne Terrace, W2. This success was due to our ability to respond quickly to the worsening market. We accelerated work, dedicated considerable efforts to lettings and completed the scheme early. At Dashwood House, EC2, we had planned to complete the refurbishment in December 2008 but, again, responded to worsening market conditions by accelerating work and achieving completion early, in October. Dashwood House is not a big liability relative to the size of our portfolio and it is our only development completed asset with significant space to let (13,290m2 or 2.1% of our total London office income). 49 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 50 Business review London Portfolio While much current work has been focused on protecting our capital, we have one major development and two smaller development projects with committed completion dates: ■ One New Change, EC4 Due to open in late 2010, this project will bring excellent office, retail and public space to an historic site opposite St. Paul’s Cathedral. We have already pre-let 38% of the office space to K&L Gates for a minimum term of 15.5 years and we have let or instructed solicitors on 25% of the retail space (by income), with Marks & Spencer and Topshop committing to the scheme. The unique location, quality of space and views make us confident of securing further lettings, although the office component may reflect weaker pricing trends in the short term. ■ Wilton Plaza, SW1 Expected to complete in May 2009, Wilton Plaza provides a vibrant mix of market, student and affordable housing, together with ground floor retail space. The scheme is 93% let. ■ 30 Eastbourne Terrace, W2 Strategic land portfolio With the housing market in the South-east hit hard this year, reflected in the write-down of our development land holdings, we have adopted a measured approach to the development of our strategic land portfolio. The pace of works has been slowed and we will wait for an improved lending environment before considering a start on further construction. Our biggest project in this sector is the urban regeneration programme at Ebbsfleet Valley, Kent. This will ultimately transform 420 hectares of land into a vibrant mix of residential, business, retail, leisure and public space over 25 years. Outline planning permissions have been granted for the whole of the project. The completed development will provide 10,000 new homes, over 640,000m2 of offices and over 320,000m2 of mixed-use space in total. This is a scheme with immense potential but, for now, the pragmatic decision has been taken to pause work. The economic environment has hit the housing and leasing markets hard and we have had to adjust our targets and expectations accordingly. We have progressed infrastructure work in preparation for the next cycle, but we will wait for signs of better economic conditions before starting on detailed design. We remain confident that the general lack of supply in the South-east means demand for housing will remain strong and, as and when finance is available for homebuyers, will begin to translate to active purchasing. Another completion expected in May 2009, this scheme is part of our extensive holdings opposite Paddington Station and has been refurbished to provide 4,470m2 of prime office space. Looking ahead There are two further projects where demolition work has commenced on site and for which plans for developments are agreed and in place: ■ Park House, W1 This scheme will offer some of the largest office floor plates in the West End, together with premium retail space and residential units. Demolition was completed in December 2008. The uncertainty regarding planning permission was finally removed in February 2009 when a High Court ruling approved Westminster City Council’s planning consents, following a legal challenge. Work is now taking place to assess the timescales for delivery of the scheme which is set to be the biggest development on Oxford Street in 40 years and the biggest office development in Mayfair in the last decade. ■ 20 Fenchurch Street, EC3 This development will offer office accommodation and retail space in a landmark tower building in the heart of the City. Demolition and ground works are due to complete in June 2009. We have deferred the start of construction work in line with market dynamics. Planning While this year’s development and asset management activity reflected the current economic reality, we did not stop preparing for substantial future opportunities. We have a proven track record in design and planning, and we continued this during the year by achieving very significant progress on planning consents. Our VTI2 scheme received a resolution to grant permission in February 2009, giving us the go-ahead to create some 83,200m2 of space in six buildings next to Victoria Station, SW1. Our ‘Vision for Victoria’ is to replace outdated pockets of post-war buildings with new offices, shops, restaurants, public amenities, open spaces and homes. In March 2009 we received permission for two further schemes in Victoria – Selborne House and Wellington House. Our success in Victoria is particularly exciting as we believe this is one of the areas likely to recover quickly as we move into the next phase of the cycle. This year we also received a resolution to grant planning consent for the redevelopment of 30 Old Bailey, EC4, for office accommodation and retail space. Our proposals for Arundel Great Court, WC2, in Mid-town were refused planning consent and we have now submitted an appeal. In the investment market, activity will increase when buyers believe prices have stabilised. We have seen some evidence of this recently in prime stock at smaller lot sizes. In the occupational market, we expect that most occupiers will restrict new activity in response to the operating environment for their businesses. We will keep focusing on our strengths – the quality of our portfolio, our diverse tenant mix and our skilled and experienced people. We will continue to protect our position while preparing to take advantage when the cycle changes. London remains a world-class city with great qualities in terms of geography, range of property assets, skills base, culture and living conditions. This gives it an enduring appeal to both investors and future occupiers. The tight supply of prime assets in the West End may prove beneficial given our extensive portfolio. We see remarkable potential around SW1, and our ‘Vision for Victoria’ is a particularly exciting prospect. The successful Cardinal Place scheme demonstrates our ability to revitalise this area. With VTI2 and other development schemes approved, we have the opportunity to establish Victoria as a powerful and vibrant part of London’s West End. We will time our developments here carefully. Across the business, we will continue to make tough decisions and take pragmatic action while looking to the long term. We will keep making disposals and acquisitions as and when attractive opportunities arise. We will be flexible on terms with occupiers while protecting our income. And we will use our strengths to identify and exploit new opportunities. Although we are facing exceptionally demanding conditions, our strategy has always been to address a cyclical market, and we will act decisively to ensure we emerge in good shape from current volatilities. Key objectives for 2009/10 ■ Protect income through active asset management ■ Maintain strong brand visibility to attract occupiers, partners and investors ■ Continue to make sales as appropriate ■ Time development progress in line with market cycle ■ Act on opportunities to create value through the cycle Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Business review London Portfolio London development pipeline 2008 10 Eastbourne Terrace, W2 2008 New Street Square, EC4 2008 Dashwood House, EC2 2010 One New Change, EC4 2013 Park House, W1 2013 Selborne House, SW1 Comprehensive refurbishment, including external envelope of the building. In Paddington. Innovative offices around a public square, with retail and restaurants. In the Mid-town district. Comprehensive office redevelopment in the City, with small retail component. Completed. Landmark mixed-use development in an extraordinary location adjacent to St Paul’s. Redevelopment to create a major mixed-use scheme. Planning consent now granted. Planning consent granted for this cutting edge, high quality mixed-use development in Victoria. London development pipeline at 31 March 2009 Property Developments, let and transferred or sold 10 Eastbourne Terrace, W2 50 Queen Anne’s Gate, SW1 Developments completed New Street Square, EC4 Dashwood House, EC2 Developments approved and in progress 30 Eastbourne Terrace, W2 One New Change, EC4 Park House, W1 Proposed developments Selborne House, SW1 Arundel Great Court and Howard Hotel, WC2 20 Fenchurch Street, EC3 Wellington House, SW1 Description of use Ownership interest % Size m2 Planning status Letting status % Net income/ ERV £m Estimated/ actual completion date Total development cost to date £m Forecast total development cost £m Offi ce Offi ce Offi ce Retail Offi ce Retail Offi ce Offi ce Retail Offi ce Retail Residential Offi ce Retail Offi ce Retail Residential Offi ce Retail Retail Residential 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 6,150 30,140 62,340 2,980 14,110 710 4,470 30,840 19,900 15,430 8,140 5,380 23,450 1,540 36,750 2,470 22,670 61,660 2,130 250 5,650 100 100 93 82 6 100 – 38 17 – – – n/a n/a n/a n/a 3 July 2008 14 May 2008 33 May 2008 7 Oct 2008 2 May 2009 31 Sept 2010 22 July 2013 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2013 2014 2014 2014 41 143 379 113 29 291 247 n/a n/a n/a n/a 41 143 379 113 35 543 387 n/a n/a n/a n/a PR PA PR PR Floor areas shown above represent the full scheme whereas the cost represents our share of costs. Letting % is measured by ERV and shows letting status at 31 March 2009. Trading property development schemes are excluded from the development pipeline. Cost figures for proposed schemes are not given as these could still be subject to material change prior to final approval. Planning status for proposed developments PR – Planning Received Total development cost (£m) Total development cost refers to the book value of the land at the commencement of the project, the estimated capital expenditure required to develop the scheme from the start of the financial year in which the property is added to our development programme, together with finance charges less residential costs (totalling £109m across all categories of development). Net income/ERV Net income/ERV represents headline annual rent payable on let units plus ERV at 31 March 2009 on unlet units. PA – Planning Appeal Land Securities Annual Report 2009 51 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 52 Board of Directors Alison Carnwath (56) Non-executive Chairman Francis W Salway (51) Chief Executive Martin Greenslade (44) Finance Director Appointed as Chairman on 12 November 2008 after joining the Board as a Non-executive Director in September 2004. Chairman of M F Global Inc (a NYSE Listed company) and a Non-executive Director of Man Group plc. An independent Director of PACCAR Inc., a Fortune 500 company listed on NASDAQ. Joined the Group in October 2000. Previously an Investment Director at Standard Life Investments. He was appointed to the Board in April 2001. Appointed Chief Operating Officer in January 2003 and Group Chief Executive in July 2004. Also President of the British Property Federation. Joined the Board as Group Finance Director in September 2005. Previously Group Finance Director of Alvis PLC and a member of the executive committee of Nordea’s investment banking division and Managing Director of its UK business. Also a Director of International Justice Mission UK. Sir Stuart Rose (60) Non-executive Director Sir Christopher Bland (71) Non-executive Director David Rough (58) Non-executive Director Joined the Board as a Non-executive Director in May 2003. Chairman of Marks & Spencer Group plc. Chairman of Business in the Community since 2008. Previously Chief Executive of Arcadia Group until December 2002. Chief Executive of Booker PLC from 1998 until 2000. Appointed to the Board as a Non-executive Director in April 2008. Served as Chairman of Land Securities Trillium until its sale in January 2009. Previously Chairman of BT Group plc and Chairman of the Board of Governors of the BBC. Chairman of the Royal Shakespeare Company, Canongate Books and Leiths School of Food and Wine. Joined the Board as a Non-executive Director in April 2002 and appointed Senior Independent Director in November 2003. Group Director (Investments) of Legal and General Group PLC until December 2001. A Non-executive Director of Xstrata Group PLC and Friends Provident Group plc. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Board of Directors 53 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Richard Akers (47) Managing Director – Retail Portfolio Mike Hussey (43) Managing Director – London Portfolio Joined the Board in May 2005, following his appointment as Managing Director, Retail Portfolio in July 2004. Joined the Group in 1995 and previously held the position of Head of Retail Portfolio Management. Appointed to the Board in September 2004 after joining the Group as Development Director in 2002. Previously Head of Leasing and Marketing at Canary Wharf Group. Appointed Managing Director, London Portfolio in July 2004. Trustee of the Photographers’ Gallery and of LandAid. Bo Lerenius (62) Non-executive Director Kevin O’Byrne (44) Non-executive Director Appointed to the Board as a Non-executive Director in June 2004. Previously Group Chief Executive of Associated British Ports Holdings PLC and Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of Stena Line AB. Chairman of Mouchell Group plc and a Non-executive Director of G4S plc, Thomas Cook Group PLC and Ittur Group (Sweden). Since 2007, Chairman of the Swedish Chamber of Commerce for the UK. Appointed to the Board as a Non-executive Director in April 2008. Group Finance Director of Kingfisher plc since 2008. Previously Group Finance Director of DSG International PLC, Chief Financial Officer for Hemscott Publishing Group and European Finance Director for The Quaker Oats Company. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 54 Corporate responsibility Land Securities Annual Report 2009 By providing best-in-class levels of service, we can stand out from our peers and encourage occupiers and clients to choose us as their business partner. We are committed to taking every reasonable step to ensure the health and wellbeing of our people, and the safety of everyone who comes into contact with our business activities. We employ in the region of 700 people, whose wellbeing and professional development are crucial to our ongoing success and future growth. By working with partners whose values and principles mirror our own, we can maintain our high standards and minimise risk. We encourage two-way dialogue with existing and potential investors and analysts, to give them a better understanding of our business and to strengthen our relationships with them. We create civic pride and a sense of community ownership through relationships with local government, education partners, community organisations and residents. The way we design, build and run our properties impacts on the world around us, but through innovation and best practice, our developments can be leading examples of environmental sustainability. Corporate responsibility 55 Why corporate responsibility (CR) matters We have a significant influence on the lives of many thousands of people across the UK, including employees, customers, suppliers, investors and neighbours. That means we need to find a balance between the environmental, social and economic aspects of our activities so that the positive impact we have as a business is maximised. Our vision is ‘bringing property to life’. We go beyond bricks and mortar, through a mixture of good design, community engagement and first-class service, to create places where people choose to shop, are proud to work and want to live. Put simply, we aim to be the partner, employer or provider of choice – the sort of business people want to work with and for. Awards and recognition We have been included in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index each year since its launch in 2000 and are now the global leader for sustainability in the Real Estate sector. This year Sustainable Asset Management’s Sustainability Yearbook 2009 awarded us Gold Class and sector leader status. And Land Securities was again voted top in the ‘property company’ category of the Britain’s Most Admired Companies survey, published by Management Today, December 2008. Our CR strategy We manage our CR strategy and activities through an eight-strong CR Committee, with representatives drawn from across the Group. Chaired by Angela Williams, our HR Director, the committee meets four times a year to agree policies, review progress against targets and set future objectives. In January 2009, we sold our Trillium business. This has given us the opportunity to step back and review our approach to CR, to redefi ne our CR vision, and to focus on what we should achieve in 2009/10 and beyond. We believe good CR practices make for a stronger business, so it is essential that CR is embedded in what we do and how we do it. The targets we set will be challenging yet attainable. By achieving them, we will improve our performance across the business. Our new CR strategy will be published during 2009 and will be reviewed in the next Annual Report. During 2008/09, our activities addressed the needs of the stakeholder groups and issues outlined on this page – Customers, Health & Safety, Employees, Suppliers, Community, Investors and Environment. The ‘CR highlights’ content featured over the following pages focuses on three key areas, People, Buildings and Communities, while the ‘CR performance’ section that follows analyses our CR targets and achievements. View our Corporate Responsibility Report online at www.landsecurities.com/crreport09, which provides even more detailed information on our CR strategy and performance. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Our CR highlights in 2008/09 We believe CR is about practical, responsible and sustainable action over the long term, using the expertise and dedication of our people to create buildings that are good for us as a company, for our customers and for the communities in which we operate. People make property From architects to builders, and investors to residents, property is all about people. At Land Securities, we aim to attract and retain the best, encourage and empower them to improve our business and the businesses of our customers, and support them in achieving their personal goals. We also like to work with like-minded partners who share our values. Great design doesn’t guarantee great buildings It goes without saying that good design is crucial to a good building. But a great one needs so much more: a feel for heritage, a respect for the environment and a supportive, collaborative owner that involves the community to ensure its properties deliver long-term rewards for occupiers, stakeholders and shareholders. Modern buildings improve communities That’s a dangerous assumption, especially if its impact on a community’s character is overlooked. That’s why we take a long-term view. We take the time to develop partnerships so our properties have a positive impact on their locations, our presence is valued and we get involved in events that bring everyone closer together. 56 Corporate responsibility “We spend a lot of time engaging with local authorities and others to improve the social fabric of their communities. If that process works well, we have a more sustainable investment, something vibrant, well-integrated and enduring for us and for local stakeholders.” Francis Salway Chief Executive Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Corporate responsibility 57 People Our intention is to be the employer of choice in the property sector. To do that, we must attract, recruit and retain exceptional employees who will add value to our business and our customers’ businesses. And to do that, we need to help every one of our 700 employees to reach their full potential. Equality We are committed to equal opportunities and a diverse and inclusive workplace in which everyone is treated with respect. Our adherence to the UN Declaration on Human Rights underpins all our policies, systems and actions. Learning and development The vast majority of our people have a learning and development plan in place, to ensure they develop the core skills and behaviours we need to be successful. Almost every person who took training last year reported they were satisfi ed with the support they received. Wellbeing Our wellbeing programme helps employees maintain fi tness and health. Almost a quarter of our employees have registered to use BUPA’s Positive Health online tool, which enables them to undertake a health and wellbeing assessment and get practical advice on improving health, diet, stress, sleep and other lifestyle issues. Employee engagement survey This year more than four out of fi ve employees responded to our survey. Their feedback suggests we are making progress across training, leadership, career development and community activities. What also came through from this year’s comments was that they like the people they work with and the jobs they do. They feel empowered to make decisions, believe the company takes corporate responsibility seriously, and rate us highly on issues such as communication, strategy and vision. Volunteering Because we believe volunteering supports personal development, builds community spirit and demonstrates our CR principles at work, we actively encourage volunteering and offer extra time off in return. This year, 326 employees (around 20% of our workforce, including Trillium) took part in volunteering activities. We’d like that to grow to 50% by 2010. Our regional grant programmes include our Capital Commitment Fund, which has helped 35 community groups and projects in Southwark, Westminster, Tower Hamlets and Islington. Activities include summer play schemes, community festivals, a trip to the seaside, homework clubs and anti-bullying workshops in schools. Bringing our values to life Annarose Hearsum, Gunwharf Quays’ Tenant Liaison Executive, has won the prestigious SCEPTRE Young Achiever of the Year Award for her work on the Striving for Excellence programme. During this year-long competition, retailers are assessed by mystery shoppers and their records scrutinised, to encourage a more positive and memorable customer experience. Gunwharf Quays’ 2008 customer satisfaction survey revealed that 96% of the tenants surveyed would recommend us as a landlord, with Annarose specifi cally cited by many for understanding their needs. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 92% The number of employees responding to our Employee Engagement Survey who are proud to work for Land Securities 82% Employee response rate to annual survey 84% Employees have a learning and development plan in place From paint pots to plant pots During the year, employee volunteers from our Southern Retail team helped Kids Company, a charity that supports vulnerable inner-city children, to paint a mural at Lark Hall Primary School in Stockwell. Meanwhile, the Centre Management team at St David’s built a play area for young visitors to Greenmeadow Community Farm in Cwmbran. And Retail Development employees created a garden and vegetable patch at Kew Riverside Primary School in Richmond. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 58 Corporate responsibility “Retail as a business is facing a challenging time and more than ever needs to be supported by a robust approach to CR, aligning our approach with our customers to ensure we all benefi t. There are no short cuts or areas that don’t matter if we are to strive for excellence in all that we do.” Richard Akers Managing Director, Retail Portfolio 9.2 Our score of 9.2 in the Corporate Health and Safety Performance Index (CHaSPI) placed us third overall, from a total of 115 other UK companies with more than 250 employees 5 Consecutive Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents (RoSPA) Gold Awards Increasing investment, reducing emissions Rather than investing in overseas projects to offset our shopping centres’ emissions, we are using the money to lower their carbon footprint instead. The £180,000 it would have cost to offset the 22 million kg of CO2 emissions from our centres is being used, pro rata, to improve energy efficiency and cut utility bills through initiatives like harvesting rainwater and installing low-energy, motion-triggered lighting. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Buildings As a landlord, our remit stretches from providing our tenants with the best possible service through to safeguarding the health and wellbeing of all who come into contact with our operations. We’re never complacent about such matters and always strive to improve our performance, but with our Retail business winning the Property Managers’ Association 2008 Landlord of the Year title, it looks like we’re heading in the right direction. Customer satisfaction Happy customers are crucial to our success, and we measure customer satisfaction on three levels – overall satisfaction, willingness to recommend and communication. In our latest annual customer satisfaction survey, conducted among 282 participants at 15 of our shopping centres, 97% of the tenants questioned said they would be willing to recommend us as a landlord, while all our scores for communication and responsiveness either equalled or exceeded our highest to date. Health and safety Like all responsible businesses, we have a commitment to ensure the safety of staff, tenants and visitors. We have policies and procedures in place to underpin our daily activities. We regularly report on RIDDOR (Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations) accidents, events and near misses. And we audited 153 properties last year, including those of our contractors and partners, to measure performance across the Group and ensure our legal and contractual obligations are being met. Our commitment extends to reminding all employees of the importance of identifying and managing risks at work. In the last year this has involved: ■ ■ ■ A dedicated health and safety week A personal health and safety e-learning course for all employees An additional course for line managers on managing health and safety. The training forums and safety audits that Gunwharf Quays instigated were singled out for particular praise when it won the Gold Award for occupational health and safety from the Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents (RoSPA). Cabot Circus, Bristol leads on sustainability Cabot Circus has been singled out as a beacon for sustainability in the retail sector, winning fi ve industry awards since it opened in September 2008. The 92,000m2 development uses natural ventilation, saving around 5 million kWh of energy a year on heating and cooling. Combined with one of the world’s most advanced IT systems, low-energy ‘intelligent’ lighting and a rainwater harvesting system, this has helped to secure an ‘Excellent’ BREEAM rating. Cabot Circus Awards ■ ■ ■ British Council of Shopping Centres (BCSC) Supreme Gold Award for 2008 BCSC Gold for large in-town retail schemes BREEAM Retail Award ■ ■ MAPIC EG Retail Award for Best Shopping Centre of the Year European Standard Parking Award for the safety and customer services features incorporated into its 2,600-space car park. Asset management A development with a lower carbon footprint is: ■ ■ ■ ■ easier to gain approval for attracts tenants with the same values as us cheaper to run reduces the risk of non-compliance with ever-changing environmental legislation. One of the biggest opportunities we have for reducing our carbon footprint lies in the way we manage our existing properties. Our London operations are recognised as leading the sector in this area, sharing both standard procedures and best practice guidance with occupiers to improve standards, lower costs and reduce risks for both parties. Corporate responsibility 59 99.72% Total waste recycled at Fremlin Walk shopping centre in Maidstone “We’re not just interested in building commercial properties; we also want to build communities. That is why we have been pioneering the use of art and other improvements to the public realm to transform sites such as Bankside into places to be enjoyed by all. And why we give fi nancial support to many local groups and charities through our recently enhanced Capital Commitment Fund.” Mike Hussey Managing Director, London Portfolio £340,093 Total charitable and community investments and donations made by Land Securities Group and its businesses in 2008/09 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 One area where our London business leads the way is in devising energy management plans. With every development, we share such a plan with occupiers, and agree who is responsible for what aspects of energy performance. For example, we developed a plan for Eversheds LLP, the occupiers of One Wood Street, so that they can minimise the impacts of their operations. In turn, they will supply us with energy and water use data, which we can use to shape future schemes. We have also been working closely with the Better Buildings Partnership’s Green Leases Working Group, which has developed a set of principles and recommendations that allow landlords and occupiers to reduce their buildings’ carbon footprint and improve their sustainability. These guidelines are currently being trialled at New Street Square, EC4. Waste Reduce, recycle, reuse – all are viable options when it comes to managing waste, and all of our centres already recycle cardboard, wood, plastics and metal. At Fremlin Walk in Maidstone we wanted to go one step further and recycle all the waste it generated – and we are very nearly there. For example, food waste from the centre’s restaurant and coffee shops now goes into biodegradable bags, which are mulched, turned into compost and used to fertilise produce and improve soil on local farmland. This is a great replacement for expensive and environmentally impacting fertilisers, and it’s a wholly local operation. With this food waste trial, 99.72% of all Fremlin’s waste is now being recycled, with the only shortfall being sanitary waste. Sustainable materials To paraphrase Henry Ford, you can have a Land Securities building in any colour – as long as it’s green. All our projects are aligned with our ISO 14001-certifi ed environmental management system, which ensures we’re operating within the law, and in line with our own policies and targets. Externally, a BREEAM rating of ‘Very Good’ is a minimum for us, but we like to push the boundaries further when we can. By using sustainably sourced, low-impact materials and collecting rainwater for reuse, our Bristol and Livingston retail centres both achieved ‘Excellent’ ratings in 2008, as did the renovation of Dashwood House in the City of London. Communities Strong relationships are the lifeblood of any community, and we work hard to ensure we play our part as a long-term partner. We start to forge these relationships well in advance of the planning process, because we want our schemes to foster a sense of local ownership and civic pride. Planning and consultation We never undertake a major scheme without listening to those likely to be affected by it. Residents can have concerns about disruption from building works or additional pressures on parking, but we take all views on board and try to address them appropriately. For example, our plans for the 2.5-hectare Victoria Transport Interchange development incorporated feedback from local residents, council representatives and the Greater London Authority, and were given the green light by Westminster City Council. But even then, the project came in for considerable public scrutiny, so we held a four-day public exhibition including models, video presentations, traffi c modelling and an information pack to give everyone a chance to fi nd out more and infl uence the fi nal design. Design and the public realm We feel strongly that our developments should improve and enhance the public realm, so we design schemes that incorporate eye-catching views and open vistas. In the past, buildings were often designed to look imposing and keep the public out, but that time has passed. Today’s schemes incorporate a mix of residential, retail and offi ce use so that they can be a productive place of work by day and a safe, restful home by night, as well as provide room to breathe, public access and even somewhere to shop. Buildings can create a new sense of place and community, as illustrated by New Street Square, where an eye-catching combination of design and public art have created a more welcoming and accessible environment. A public art strategy for the area was agreed back in 2005, and commissions from two artists have been installed since the scheme’s opening. Jonathan Clarke’s freestanding sculptures act as a focal point to draw the public through to the new pedestrian arcade, and provide elements to lean against or sit on. Suspended from a canopy running the length of the arcade, Ron Haselden’s ‘Day and Night, Night and Day’ is a tapestry of curved neon lights, each of which can be programmed to change, through an infi nite number of colours, by workers in the surrounding buildings. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 60 Corporate responsibility ARISE and shine We are forging partnerships to help make our communities better places in which to live and work. In Leeds, for example, we have provided 100 financial grants to local groups through ARISE, a powerful charitable alliance between Land Securities and other socially responsible businesses. The initiative is focused in south Leeds, where our White Rose shopping centre is located. Each company contributes £8,000 a year to a fund, which is then divided among organisations applying for financial support. Create – the 100th organisation to receive a grant from ARISE – has used its funds to provide ex-offenders and homeless people with work experience, skills training and employment opportunities in food production. Mystery shopper surveys Four of our shopping centres scored an exceptional 100% in mystery shopping surveys in 2008. The Retail Eyes’ Impressions scheme gave perfect scores to White Rose in Leeds (in two consecutive years), The Centre in Livingston, The Bridges in Sunderland and Princesshay in Exeter. £500,000 Community investment through our Capital Commitment Fund over four years 2,500 Visitors to our Victoria Transport Interchange exhibition Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Each ‘design’ is intended to stay in place for some time, providing a restful, silent work that gives the onlooker time to refl ect on it. Meanwhile, at Cabot Circus, Bristol, visitors will see ‘Twist’, a 65-foot, wind- and solar-powered illuminated tower that forms part of a city-wide public art programme, and at Princesshay, there are four permanent commissions celebrating the historical importance of Exeter. Space for art We are helping to address the shortage of affordable studio space in the capital through the Land Securities Studio Award. This new, annual awards scheme will provide three promising young artists with rent-free studio space in London for a year, a cash bursary and an exhibition featuring their work. Community investment – Retail Our retail schemes are a signifi cant source of local employment, which can contribute to the vibrancy of the community. In Bristol, the development of Cabot Circus generated 3,500 construction jobs and over 4,000 permanent posts, from cleaners and caterers to security staff and sales assistants. By teaming up with West at Work, we were able to provide job seekers with free confi dence-building courses, CV and job application workshops, specialist retail training events, a dedicated vacancies website and the ‘Cabot Circus Jobs Bus’. Shopping centres are also ideal places to give young people interested in retail careers a chance to develop their skills and knowledge. For example, Buchanan Galleries, Glasgow co-runs a Retail Academy. Participants are guaranteed work placements, interviews and other assistance by the centre and its retailers, and most go on to get full-time jobs. Our many other mentoring schemes and work placements include: ■ Supporting the Construction Youth Trust by hosting site visits for ‘Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment’ students and holding career events, where students are able to discuss their plans with industry professionals. The national Young Enterprise scheme, where our Retail staff help young people to learn about business by running virtual companies. ■ Our Community Link programme fosters close working relationships between our centre management teams and key stakeholders such as schools, encouraging them to support curriculum-based activities by working alongside local businesses. At White Rose in Leeds and Stratford Centre in London we also run study support centres for students. Community investment – London Long-term commitment to communities underpins Land Securities’ investments in London. Over the last four years, Land Securities has contributed over £500,000 to its own Capital Commitment Fund, which has been used to help over 100 community groups. In 2008, these included Westminster Befriend a Family, which used its grant to take 200 underprivileged families to Brighton for the day, giving vulnerable and disadvantaged children a chance to enjoy a trip to the beach – many for the fi rst time. During the year a review was undertaken to identify areas of improvement for charitable giving which would enable the delivery of a strategic and coordinated approach, one that would help align our objectives with the wider aspirations for central London Local Authorities and the Greater London Authority. The review also informed our decision to restructure the Capital Commitment Fund into two strands, one a fl ow through programme benefi ting groups in Tower Hamlets, Islington, Camden and Southwark. The second, the creation of the Westminster Fund, an endowment fund established with our community partner, the Capital Community Foundation, to benefi t community groups for many years to come. Our investment will now be targeted at the areas in most need and in support of the most vulnerable groups. All charitable giving will be based on three thematic criteria – Education, Housing/Homelessness and Young people – and will be assessed via a new Corporate Community Investment Panel. Be seen, be safe! In January 2009, St John’s and Clayton Square shopping centres in Liverpool joined a city-wide campaign to reduce road accidents involving children on bikes. Working in partnership with the City Council’s Road Safety Unit, the police, the fi re service and local radio, we enabled food outlets at both centres to hand out free high-visibility armbands and ‘slap wraps’ designed to make children more visible in the dark. Corporate responsibility 61 Our CR performance in 2008/09 Target Environment % achieved Design all new Group developments to be 20% below the prevailing Building Regulation requirements for CO2 emissions N/A Refl ecting economic conditions, all schemes that were planned to commence on site were postponed. Achieve a 5% reduction in the CO2 emissions associated with energy use in managed offi ce and retail premises, thereby reducing the cost of our commitment to offset emissions arising from energy use in our own occupied offi ces, and common parts of shopping centres Produce a case study analysis of energy and CO2 performance for the six properties audited in 2007/08 which account for 30% of energy usage across the London Portfolio 92% 100% Evaluate existing biodiversity conditions before commencing development and demonstrate that the completed scheme improves the quality of the habitat and the number of species of fl ora present Achieve a minimum level of 20% recycled content by weight or value in every new development Monitor the performance at all occupied premises of grey-water recycling and rain water harvesting Benchmark water usage across the London Portfolio and survey 50% of these sites for opportunities to reduce water consumption Undertake a trial of the Forestry Stewardship Council (FSC) project – specifi c registration scheme at Trillium’s Falkirk development to ensure the timber comes from sustainably managed sources Reuse or recycle 85% of demolition and construction waste for projects covered by Site Waste Management Plans Reuse or recycle 85% of offi ce waste generated at our own Head Offi ce premises Increase the rate of recycling by an average of 5% across all managed shopping centres, with no centre falling below its 2007/08 recycling rate Submit all new major offi ce, retail warehouse premises and retail shopping centre developments for BREEAM assessment with a minimum target of ‘very good’ Ensure that every shopping centre develops and implements a site-specifi c Environmental Management Programme No scheme was at such an advanced stage that we were able to measure biodiversity enhancements. N/A N/A No projects were at the appropriate stage of design. 100% 100% 100% 94% 96% 86% 100% 100% Ensure that Trillium’s managed PPP projects are certifi ed to ISO 14001 within the scope of its Environmental Management System N/A Due to the sale of Trillium the measurement was unable to be completed. Refi ne the environmental benchmarking process for managed offi ces and shopping centres to facilitate meaningful comparisons 100% Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 62 Corporate responsibility Our CR performance in 2008/09 Target Procurement Recruit 10% of all new catering and cleaning staff into the Trillium supply chain through agencies which support disabled and disadvantaged people Engage in regular meetings with the Top 10 Service Partners (measured by contract value) to agree a Joint Programme of community investment and volunteering Benchmark the Top 20 category 2 suppliers (measured by contract value) to determine the extent of their compliance with the CR criteria in the Group supplier evaluation questionnaire Community Exceed the value of community investment achieved in 2007/08 as measured by the Community Investment Reporting system, and ensure the system is used across the Group to record the full range of community-based activities Supplement the Capital Commitment Fund of £150,000 by securing additional sources of external funding % achieved 100% 100% 100% 96% 100% Pilot a web-based learning system to deliver community-based safety awareness training to schools in communities in which the Group operates 25% Budgetary demands over the life of the project meant that this has been halted. Develop a structured Work Experience programme in Trillium which can be made available to schools in the Trillium portfolio Introduce, to a minimum of 10 Shopping Centres, a Childsafe Awareness Scheme giving assurance as to the safety and welfare of children in retail centres Establish formal Community Link programmes at three retail development sites to support a range of training and skills development initiatives aimed at promoting local employment Employees Ensure out-performance across the Group of the Expert Training Systems (ETS) benchmark on employee engagement Contribute actively to local communities by encouraging 30% of the Group’s staff to volunteer time and expertise through the Land Securities Foundation Encourage 8% of staff to participate in charitable giving through the payroll Ensure that at least 60% of staff, as measured by the Employee Engagement Survey, believe that Land Securities’ Learning and Development platform meets their individual needs and enables them to develop their careers In support of our commitment to diversity, through the Employee Engagement Survey, measure staff perception of the statement ‘our employee profi le refl ects the communities in which we work’ 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 93% 100% 100% Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Corporate responsibility 63 63 Our CR performance in 2008/09 Target Customers % achieved Achieve 90% overall customer satisfaction rating on the DWP Contract As part of our partnership with DWP, ensure the joint ‘Invest to Save’ initiative achieves in 2008/09 a 6% reduction in energy consumption against the baseline agreed with DWP 100% 100% Develop a customer service improvement plan for each Public Private Partnership (PPP) project managed by Trillium N/A This target was deemed non-applicable due to the Trillium sale. Increase to 3.8 the customer satisfaction ratings across the fi ve key performance areas identifi ed by the London Portfolio in its 2007 surveys Achieve an overall customer satisfaction rating of 3.8 in the annual London offi ce portfolio survey Achieve an overall customer satisfaction rating of 3.85 in annual shopping surveys undertaken by Retail 40% 100% 100% Achieved on two out of fi ve measures. Although the other three saw improvements, progress was assessed at 40%. In response to customer requests develop and pilot a Sustainability Guide for retailers 75% Draft guide produced, expected to be published in 2009. Investors Conduct separate surveys of investors and analysts in order to benchmark the quality of the Group’s investor relations and to establish comparative data for future surveys Hold fi ve one-to-one tailored meetings with Socially Responsible Investors (SRIs) focusing on the aspects of the Group’s CR programme which are of particular interest Increase from 10% to 15% the number of investors subscribing to e-communications Health & Safety Certify one further workstream or business activity to the international standard OHSAS 18001 for Health and Safety Management Systems Benchmark against the Health and Safety Executive’s Corporate Health and Safety Performance Index (CHaSPI), and achieve a top 10% rating against its peers Report monthly on contractor performance across all construction projects, collating information on fatalities, RIDDOR and non-RIDDOR reportable injuries, near misses and lost days One meeting in the year with the economic downturn hampering the engagement process. Currently 11.5% of investors signed up to e-communications. To sign up for e-communications go to www.shareview.co.uk 100% 20% 30% 100% 100% 75% All Group businesses were monitoring by the end of the year Create an environment in which 50% of employees believe their health and wellbeing is supported 100% Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 64 Corporate governance Introduction The Directors consider that the Company has complied fully with the provisions set out in Section 1 of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance (the Code) as updated in June 2006 throughout the year ended 31 March 2009. Further details of how Land Securities complies with the Code can be found in this report and in the Corporate Governance section of the Company’s website, www.landsecurities.com which also contains the terms of reference of the Audit, Nominations and Remuneration Committees. The role of the Board The Board formulates strategy and monitors the operating and financial performance of the Group. It operates in accordance with a written schedule of matters reserved to the Board, a copy of which is available on the Company’s website. This schedule is backed by clearly defined written limits of delegated authority across the Group. Key matters reserved to the Board include: ■ authorisation of significant transactions in excess of £150m dividend policy internal controls and risk management (via the Audit Committee) remuneration policy (via the Remuneration Committee) shareholder circulars and listing particulars matters relating to share capital such as share buybacks treasury policy and significant fundraising appointment/removal of Directors and Company Secretary ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ The Board uses an annual process timetable to ensure that relevant matters are given due consideration. The Board held nine principal Board meetings at which the following subjects were discussed: ■ Strategy – the Board held its annual off-site meeting at which the Company strategy was reviewed in the context of the macro- and micro-economic environment, potential legislative changes, competitor strategies and the need for the Company to create and exploit competitive advantage. Business plans – the Board reviewed at six- monthly intervals the five-year forecasts, the annual budget and business plan and the balanced scorecard, all of which are designed to support the Company’s strategy. ■ Land Securities Annual Report 2009 The Board is responsible for providing leadership for the Group. It ensures that the right strategy and controls, together with appropriate fi nancial and human resources, are in place in order to deliver value – to shareholders and to the wider community. It also sets standards for ethical behaviour and for monitoring environmental and health and safety performance. ■ ■ Progress reporting – a detailed monthly Board report was circulated to the Board and at each regular Board meeting the heads of business units provided an update on progress within their areas of responsibility. In addition, the half-yearly and final results, together with a comparison of investment property performance to IPD indices on a six-monthly basis, were reviewed in detail. Compliance and external relationships – the Board reviewed Investor Relations, HR and Pensions, Corporate Governance, Health and Safety (with quarterly updates), Environmental performance, Board performance evaluation and Corporate Responsibility matters. Board balance and independence The roles of the Chairman and Chief Executive are split, with clear written guidance to support the division of responsibility. The Chairman is primarily responsible for the effective working of the Board, ensuring that all Directors are able to play a full part in its activities. The Chairman is also responsible for ensuring effective communication with shareholders and making sure that all Board members are aware of the views of major investors. Francis Salway, as Group Chief Executive, is responsible for all aspects of the operation and management of the Group and its business. His role includes developing, for Board approval, an appropriate business strategy and ensuring that the agreed strategy is implemented in a timely and effective manner. There exists a strong Non-executive element on the Board which currently consists of the Chairman, four Executive Directors and five Non-executive Directors. David Rough is the Senior Independent Director. The Board regards each of the five Non- executive Directors as being independent and the Chairman was independent at the time of her appointment to that position. The Board is satisfied that no individual or group of Directors has unfettered powers of discretion and that an appropriate balance exists between the Executive and Non-executive members of the Board, while not being so large as to be unwieldy. Details of the roles, backgrounds and other commitments of the Directors are shown in the Directors’ biographies on pages 52 and 53. The Chairman holds at least two meetings a year with the Non-executive Directors without Executive Directors being present. The Company Secretary, through the Chairman, is responsible for advising the Board on governance matters and for ensuring good information flows within the Board. All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, as well as access to external advice, if required, at the expense of the Group (the procedure for Directors wishing to seek such external advice is published on the Group’s website). No such external advice was sought by any Director during the year. Information and professional development The Board is supplied with information in a form and quality to enable it to take informed decisions and to discharge its duties. All Directors are encouraged to make further enquiries as they consider appropriate of the Executive Directors or management. Directors are provided with detailed briefings on the Group’s businesses, the markets in which they operate and the overall economic and competitive environment. Other areas addressed include legal issues and responsibilities of Directors, the Group’s governance arrangements and its Investor Relations programme. In the case of newly appointed Directors, an induction programme, which includes training on the responsibilities of a Director, occurred prior to or immediately following their appointment to the Board, if that appointment was the first occasion that they have been appointed to the Board of a listed company. A tailored induction programme is provided for Non-executive Directors on appointment, co-ordinated by the Company Secretary in accordance with guidelines issued by the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators. Non-executive Directors are encouraged to visit the Group’s major properties to enable them to gain a greater understanding of the Group’s activities. In addition, one Board meeting each year is held at an ‘off-site’ location which incorporates a visit to one of the Group’s principal properties or developments. The Board supports Executive Directors taking up Non-executive Directorships as part of their continuing development which will ultimately benefit the Company. As a matter of policy such appointments are normally limited to one Non- executive Directorship. Corporate governance 65 Board performance evaluation The formal annual evaluation of the performance of the Board, its Committees and individual Directors was undertaken in early 2009. This consisted of an internally run exercise led by the Chairman with the assistance of the Company Secretary, although the Board will consider using external facilitation from time to time in the future. The appraisal questionnaire was wide-ranging and based on the process and questions outlined in the Code, covering Board and Committee performance. The appraisal output is used to highlight strengths and weaknesses and revealed that the Board and its Committees were judged to be operating effectively. It identified a number of opportunities to develop Board processes in the future. In addition, individual performance as Board Directors is appraised each year, based on one-to-one interviews with the Chairman, or in the case of the Chairman, with the Senior Independent Director. Nominations Committee The Nominations Committee, which, at 31 March 2009, comprised the Chairman, Sir Christopher Bland, Sir Stuart Rose, David Rough and Bo Lerenius, met twice during the year under review to consider Board structure, size, composition and succession needs, keeping under review the balance of membership and the required blend of skills, knowledge and experience of the Board. The Committee reviewed the time required from Non-executive Directors and the annual performance evaluation was used to assess whether Non-executive Directors were spending sufficient time to fulfil their duties. In addition, following the resignation of Paul Myners as Chairman on 3 October 2008, two meetings of a specially constituted Nominations Committee took place to identify a successor to the position of Chairman. A firm of external search consultants was used to identify and help assess potential external candidates who were then benchmarked against internal candidates. As a result of this process Alison Carnwath was appointed Chairman on 12 November 2008. The Committee reviewed succession plans for Executive Directors and senior managers. It also made recommendations to the Board on the reappointment of Non-executive Directors at the conclusion of their specified terms of office, after first considering the effectiveness and commitment of those Non- executive Directors. Where Non-executive Directors are proposed for reappointment after having served on the Board for more than six years, a particularly rigorous review is undertaken by the Committee. When considering candidates the Committee uses objective criteria and all appointments are made on merit. Remuneration Committee While the Board is ultimately responsible for Directors’ remuneration, the Remuneration Committee, which comprised solely of Non-executive Directors, determined the remuneration and conditions of employment of the Executive Directors and senior employees. The Committee’s activity is described in detail in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 68 to 79. Conflicts of interest A new statutory duty on Directors to avoid conflicts of interest with the Company came into force in October 2008. The Company’s Articles of Association were amended in July 2008 to allow the Directors to authorise conflicts of interest. The Board has adopted a policy and effective procedures for managing and, where appropriate, approving conflicts or potential conflicts of interest. Under these procedures, Directors are required to declare all directorships or other appointments to companies which are not part of the Land Securities Group and which could give rise to conflicts or potential conflicts of interest, as well as other situations which could give rise to a potential conflict of interest. Table 42 Attendance at Board and Committee meetings The number of principal Board and Committee meetings attended by each Director during the financial year was as follows: Paul Myners (resigned 3 October 2008)* Alison Carnwath Francis Salway (Chief Executive) Martin Greenslade Ian Ellis (resigned on 12 January 2009)* Mike Hussey Richard Akers David Rough (Senior Independent Director) Sir Stuart Rose Bo Lerenius Sir Christopher Bland Kevin O’Byrne Rick Haythornthwaite* (resigned on 5 February 2009) Board (9 meetings) 4/4 9/9 9/9 9/9 6/6 8/9 9/9 9/9 7/9 9/9 8/9 8/9 7/7 Audit Committee (5 meetings) Nominations Committee (2 meetings) Remuneration Committee (2 meetings) 1/1 2/2 – – – – – 2/2 2/2 2/2 – – – – 4/4 – – – – – 5/5 1/1 5/5 – 4/4 3/3 1/1 1/1 – – – – – – 1/2 2/2 2/2 – 1/1 *Actual attendance/maximum number of meetings a Director could attend as a Board/Committee member Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Details of the amounts paid to PwC are set out in note 7 to the financial statements. The level of non-audit fees has risen over the last two years as a consequence of the disposal of Trillium, the proposed demerger and the Rights Issue. The Committee would expect that the level of such fees will fall in 2009/10. The external auditors reported to the Committee that they remained independent and had maintained internal safeguards to ensure their objectivity. Valuers The Committee had a policy in place to monitor the objectivity of the external valuers, Knight Frank. The Group gives the valuers and external auditors access to each other. These advisers have a dialogue and exchange of information which is entirely independent of the Group. The Audit Committee Chairman attends key valuation meetings (as do the external auditors) to be assured of the independence of the process. In addition, Knight Frank presented to the Audit Committee following completion of their 2008/09 valuation process. In line with the Carsberg Committee report we have a fixed fee arrangement with our valuers, Knight Frank LLP. The proportion of total fees paid by the Company to the total fee income of Knight Frank LLP was less than 5%. The Audit Committee regularly reviews the total fees which the Company pays to Knight Frank as a proportion of the total fees paid to all its property advisers. The Committee is satisfied it represents only a small proportion of the total. Financial reporting The Board seeks to present a balanced and understandable assessment of the Group’s position and prospects, and details are given in the Report of the Directors. Going concern After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the accounts. The Committee met five times during the year. The Audit Committee Chairman invited other Group Board Directors to attend from time to time. In addition, the Director of Risk Management and Internal Audit and representatives from the external auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), were also present at each meeting. The Committee also met separately with the external and internal auditors. The Committee also holds a risk workshop on an annual basis, to which all Directors are invited, at which risks to the business, together with potential mitigations, are raised and reviewed. The Committee undertook the following activities at these meetings: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ reviewed the half-yearly and final results and considered any matters raised by management and the external auditors reviewed and approved the audit plans for the external and internal auditors monitored the scope, effectiveness, independence and objectivity of the external audit discussed the results of internal audit reviews, significant findings, management action plans and the timeliness of resolution reviewed the Group’s ‘Turnbull Report’ to support the Board’s sign-off on the system of internal control (see page 67 for more details) reviewed reports on the Group’s risk management measures and actions in conjunction with the Board appraisal detailed on page 65, the Committee reviewed its own effectiveness and concluded that it had continued to operate as an effective Audit Committee. External auditors The Audit Committee appraised the effectiveness of the external auditors and the external audit process. The evaluation process included feedback from relevant members of management and the results were reported to the Board and Audit Committee. The Company had a policy and procedures in place to monitor and maintain the objectivity and independence of the external auditors, PwC. The policy requires prior approval by the Chairman of the Audit Committee of non-audit work above a de minimis threshold level of £25,000. On a six monthly basis, the Audit Committee reviewed a summary of all non-audit work. In addition to the audit related services, PwC provided the following services during the year: taxation advice, including planning and compliance advice on IFRS accounting due diligence and related advice in relation to the proposed demerger due diligence work in relation to the disposal of Trillium work, as required by the Listing Rules, in relation to the Rights Issue 66 Corporate governance Investor Relations Land Securities has a comprehensive Investor Relations programme which aims to provide existing and potential equity and bond investors with a means of developing their understanding of the Company and raising any concerns or issues they may have. Further detail on the Group’s Investor Relations activity is provided in the Corporate responsibility section of this Report. The Senior Independent Director normally attends the final and half-yearly results meetings to which investors were invited and his attendance is notified to investors in advance. The Senior Independent Director was available to shareholders should they have had any concerns which could not be resolved through the normal channels of communication with the Chairman or Chief Executive. No such concerns were raised by shareholders during the year ended 31 March 2009. In relation to private shareholders, we actively encourage feedback and communication, both on the Annual Report (page 144), at the Annual General Meeting and through regular meetings with the United Kingdom Shareholders’ Association (UKSA). The Annual General Meeting provided all shareholders with an opportunity to question the Company on matters put to the meeting including the Annual Report. Shareholders attending the Annual General Meeting were given a detailed presentation by the Chief Executive on the activities and performance of the Group over the preceding year. From the 2007 Annual General Meeting onwards, voting has been conducted by poll instead of by show of hands, since the result is more democratic because all shares represented at the meeting are voted and added to the proxy vote lodged in advance of the meeting. The results of proxy voting at general meetings were published on the Company’s website as required by the Code. Audit Committee At 31 March 2009, membership of the Audit Committee comprised Kevin O’Byrne (Chairman of the Committee), David Rough and Bo Lerenius. Kevin O’Byrne replaced David Rough as Chairman of the Committee on 1 January 2009. Although all of the Committee members are considered to be appropriately experienced to fulfil their role, Kevin O’Byrne is considered as having significant, recent and relevant financial experience in line with the Code. Further details of each of the independent Directors are set out on pages 52 and 53. The Audit Committee’s written terms of reference are available on the Company’s website. Its principal oversight responsibilities cover: ■ ■ ■ ■ internal control and risk management internal audit external audit (including auditor independence) financial reporting Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Corporate governance 67 Chart 43 Risk management process 1. Identify risks 5. Report risks and mitigation to Board 2. Assess and quantify risks We contextualise risk in terms of our goals and objectives 4. Re-assess risks post mitigation 3. Develop action plans to mitigate risks R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Internal control The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness. Such a system is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to meet business objectives and can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. The Board confirms that this system is designed to be in accordance with the 2005 version of the Turnbull guidance and has been in place for the year under review and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report and financial statements. The key features of our system of internal Risk management process Six-monthly assessments: a compliance questionnaire is completed twice a year (before external reports are issued), which is signed off by senior managers, providing assurances that controls are both embedded and effective within the business (a similar questionnaire is completed annually in respect of joint ventures). Internal audit: responsible for reviewing and testing key business processes and controls, including following up the implementation of management actions and reporting any overdue actions to the Audit Committee. control include: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Strategic and business planning: the Group and each business unit produce and agree a business plan each year, against which the performance of the business is regularly monitored. Balanced scorecards are prepared that set out targets for a wide variety of key performance indicators, including risk management and internal audit actions. Investment appraisal: capital projects, major contracts and business and property acquisitions are reviewed in detail and approved by the Investment Committee and/or the Board where appropriate, in accordance with delegated authority limits. Financial monitoring: profitability, cash flow and capital expenditure are closely monitored and key financial information is reported to the Board on a monthly basis, including explanations of variances between actual and budgeted performance. Systems of control procedures and delegated authorities: there are clearly defined guidelines and approval limits for capital and operating expenditure and other key business transactions and decisions. Operational and financial procedures and controls are maintained on the Group’s intranet. Risk management: we have an ongoing process to identify, evaluate and manage the risks faced by the Group. The risk management process is set out in Chart 43. We rate each risk in terms of probability of occurrence and potential impact on performance, and we identify mitigating actions, control effectiveness and management responsibility. Our approach is supported by an oversight structure. This includes the Audit Committee, which reviews on behalf of the Board the effectiveness of our risk management process. The Director of Internal Audit and Risk Management reports to the Group Chief Executive and has direct access to the Audit Committee Chairman. The internal audit function operates a risk-based audit approach and provides a summary report on the operation of the system of risk management and internal control to support the Board’s annual statement. The Company has established a whistleblowing policy and hotline to enable employees to raise public interest issues on a confidential basis. The Audit Committee reviews the effectiveness of internal audit activities including the scope of work, authority and resources of the internal audit function. The Audit Committee on behalf of the Board has reviewed the effectiveness of the systems of internal control and risk management. The review covered all material areas of the business including financial, operational and compliance controls and risk management and no significant failings in control were found. In performing its review of effectiveness, the Audit Committee took into account the following reports and activities: ■ Internal audit reports on reviews of business processes and activities, including action plans to address any identified control weaknesses. Management’s own assessments of the strengths and weaknesses of the overall control environment in their area, with action plans to address the weaknesses. External auditors report on any issues identified in the course of their work, including internal control reports on control weaknesses, which were provided to the Audit Committee as well as executive management. Risk management reporting, including the status of actions to mitigate major risks and the quantification of selected risks. ■ ■ ■ The Board confirms that no significant failings or weaknesses have been identified from that review. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 68 Directors’ remuneration introduction Dear fellow shareholder, I would like to introduce our Directors’ remuneration report for 2009. Over the following pages we set out the principles and practice for Director remuneration, with information on what has been paid to whom and why. Throughout the report you will see a clear alignment between the rewards for Directors and the relative performance of the Company against a set of independent industry benchmarks. As a Board we strongly believe that a remuneration policy should be aligned to shareholders’ interests and we are committed to operating with transparency; in line with this commitment we have provided a question and answer section with concise responses to some of the most common queries. David Rough Chairman, Remuneration Committee Who serves on the Remuneration Committee? The Committee is chaired by David Rough (Senior Independent Non-executive Director) who replaced Alison Carnwath as Chairman of the Committee upon her appointment as Chairman of the Company in November 2008. The other members are Alison Carnwath and independent Non-executive Directors Sir Stuart Rose and Bo Lerenius. The Human Resources Director provides information and advice to the Committee and takes independent advice from specialist advisors. The Chief Executive and Human Resources Director are invited to attend meetings but no Executive Director is involved in any decisions relating to their own remuneration. What are the Company’s principles in terms of remuneration for Directors? Our pay and rewards should attract the best people to the business and incentivise them to produce superior returns for our shareholders. Therefore we believe we should reward people for achieving and exceeding Company targets. This is why a substantial part of our Executive Directors’ reward is performance-related pay, with incentives to exceed industry benchmarks. There are three key elements to the remuneration we provide: ■ ■ ■ Salaries reflect an individual’s consistent performance and contribution to the business, as defined and decided by the Remuneration Committee. We aim to pay salaries at a mid-market level. Please see page 74 for more details on basic salaries. Annual bonuses reward performance according to a set of key performance indicators, aimed at ensuring the Company delivers on its key priorities for the year. There is a bonus opportunity of up to 100% of basic salary and, at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion, this can be increased to 130%. There is also an additional bonus opportunity of up to 200% of basic salary for exceptional performance. However, no Director may earn a bonus of more than 300% of basic salary in total. Tables 52 and 53 on pages 74 and 75 set out the criteria for each type of bonus. Long-term Incentive Plan rewards for Directors are aligned with our long-term business objectives and the level of value created for shareholders. Please see pages 71 and 72 for more on long-term incentives. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Directors’ remuneration introduction 69 What were the Executive Directors paid this year? The Executive Directors received only their base salary in the year. There were no bonus payments, except to Ian Ellis on the completion of the sale of Trillium, and there will be no pay rises. Table 44 details the salaries and annual bonuses given to our Executive Directors this year. Why are there no bonuses or salary increases for the Executive team this year? Our standard policy is that annual bonuses are calculated according to specific criteria for each individual relating to aspects of performance that they can influence directly such as performance against an independent industry benchmark. Salary levels are set according to market salary levels and the specific role of each Executive Director and are not linked to the Company’s profits in any given year. Relative performance meant that the Executive Directors would have been entitled to some bonus this year, however in view of the current market circumstances and its impact on the performance of the Company, the Board and the Remuneration Committee agreed that it would not be appropriate for the Executive Directors to receive salary increases or bonuses at the present time. Under the Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP) the Executive Directors will qualify to receive a proportion of vested shares for meeting set performance conditions over the course of the relevant three year period in line with the Scheme’s rules (see pages 71 and 72). Ian Ellis, who is no longer a Director of the Company, received a bonus as part of the sale process of Trillium. Has that been applied across the Company? We have awarded salary increases in the business but generally only to those employees on lower grades in the organisation where we felt it would be unfairly detrimental to their standard of living to receive no pay rise. The average of this increase was 1.1% across the Group. With regard to bonuses, we have paid bonuses in the organisation but on a much smaller scale than recent years. This decision was taken because as a business we felt that despite the unprecedented market conditions that impacted the whole sector we need to retain and motivate our people and reward them for some excellent work in challenging circumstances. However, to reflect the current market circumstances and performance of the Group the overall bonus payment was 59% down against last year on a comparable basis after adjustment for the sale of Trillium. How is share price performance factored into the Directors’ remuneration? It is factored in through the Long-term Incentive Plan and also through awarding part of the annual bonuses in the form of deferred shares which vest after three years. In addition, all Executive Directors must, within five years of joining the Board, own shares with a value of at least 1.5 x basic salary – and for the Chief Executive 2.0 x basic salary – to ensure their interests are aligned with those of shareholders. How has the Rights Issue been refl ected in the Executive Directors’ share incentive awards? As envisaged by the rules of the relevant schemes, awards held by all employees under the Group’s share schemes were adjusted as part of the Rights Issue so that the value of their awards was maintained at a constant level. In the case of certain of these schemes, the adjustments were reviewed by the Group’s auditors and approved by HM Revenue & Customs. For the Executive Directors this meant that for any outstanding share option and LTIP Performance and Matching Shares there was an adjustment made to the number of shares and to the award or option price to reflect the impact of the rights. The value of the shares awarded following these adjustments remains equal to the value of the originally awarded shares. With regard to pledged co-investment shares which the Executive Directors had to acquire prior to the granting of Matching Share awards, they were required to purchase the rights on their original purchased shares in the scheme in order to trigger the increase in the Matched Share award following the Rights Issue. How much do you pay Non-executive Directors? We pay a base fee and in 2007 this was set at £55,000 for two years. Non-executive Directors are paid further amounts for specific duties and responsibilities, such as chairing a Board committee, but are not paid additional fees for attending Board Committee meetings. Please see Table 55 for more information on what we paid our Non-executive Directors this year. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Table 44 What was the Executive Directors’ remuneration for 2008/09? (£’000) F W Salway I D Ellis† M R Hussey R J Akers M F Greenslade †Resigned 12 January 2009 Salary and benefi ts Annual bonuses 662 348 450 388 429 – 130 – – – Land Securities Annual Report 2009 70 Directors’ remuneration report Compliance This report has been prepared by the Remuneration Committee (the Committee) in accordance with Section 1 of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance, the Companies Act 1985, as amended by the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002 (the Regulations), and the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority. In accordance with the Regulations, this report has been approved by the Board and will be submitted to shareholders for approval at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 16 July 2009. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited Tables 55, 56, 57, 59 and 60 and associated footnotes. Members of the Committee The Committee was chaired by Alison Carnwath between 1 April 2008 and 12 November 2008 and thereafter was chaired by David Rough. The other members of the Committee are Alison Carnwath (Chairman of the Board who was an independent Director at the time of her appointment as Chairman), and independent Non-executive Directors Sir Stuart Rose and Bo Lerenius. Details of the membership of the Committee throughout the year to 31 March 2009 are as follows: David Rough – Chairman from 12 November 2008 Alison Carnwath – Chairman to 12 November 2008 Paul Myners – resigned on 3 October 2008 Sir Winfried Bischoff – retired on 1 April 2008 Sir Stuart Rose Bo Lerenius Responsibilities of the Committee The key responsibilities of the Committee take full account of the recommendations contained within the Combined Code and include the following: ■ To determine and recommend to the Board an overall strategy for the remuneration of the Chairman, Executive Directors and senior managers To determine and recommend to the Board the individual remuneration packages for the Chairman (who is not present when her own remuneration is discussed), Executive Directors and senior managers To oversee any significant changes to employee benefits, including pensions To approve the design of and targets for performance-related incentive schemes To oversee the operation of all incentive schemes, including the award of incentives, and to determine whether performance criteria have been met. ■ ■ ■ ■ You can see the Committee’s terms of reference at www.landsecurities.com Land Securities Annual Report 2009 2008/09 Directors’ remuneration Executive Directors’ remuneration comprises: ■ Fixed pay, including basic salary, together with pension payments/contributions and benefits in kind; and Variable pay, comprising: ■ — annual bonus — long-term incentives. Advisors to the Committee The Human Resources Director, Angela Williams, provides information and advice to the Committee. The Committee has appointed and receives advice from Hewitt New Bridge Street (HNBS) and also makes use of various published surveys to help determine appropriate remuneration levels. HNBS has no other connection with the Group. The Chief Executive and Human Resources Director are invited to attend meetings of the Committee but no Director is involved in any decisions relating to their own remuneration. As detailed in the Corporate Governance report on page 65, the Committee’s performance is reviewed annually by the Chairman with the assistance of the Company Secretary. Remuneration policy and philosophy The Group’s remuneration policy seeks to provide remuneration in a form and amount to attract, retain and motivate high quality management, recognising that the Group operates in a competitive market for talent. Emphasis is placed on delivering superior reward for achieving and exceeding the Group’s business plan. A substantial proportion of the Executive Directors’ remuneration is delivered through performance related pay. Executive Directors have substantial incentives to outperform industry performance benchmarks. A summary of the principal components of Executive Directors’ remuneration is set out below. Chart 45 illustrates the balance between fixed and variable pay at the target and maximum performance levels, assuming maximum participation in the Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP). This information reflects the policy that operated during the year under review and there was no change in the balance between fixed and variable pay during that period. The Group’s remuneration policy is reviewed regularly, along with the balance between fixed and variable pay, to ensure that it remains appropriate and recognises developments in corporate governance best practice. Performance targets are set to align with Group strategic objectives and key performance indicators (KPIs) as outlined on page 9. Tables 52 and 53 show how these elements are aligned. During 2008/09, no changes were made either to the bonus arrangements or to the share incentive plans for Executive Directors. For LTIP grants made from June 2009, the Remuneration Committee has decided to make some changes to vesting conditions to improve alignment of executive incentives with shareholder interests. Previously, EPS growth has governed the vesting of half the LTIP grant. However, following Trillium’s departure from the Group, the EPS measure is less relevant, and will be replaced by a relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) measure. Specifically, Land Securities’ three-year TSR performance (share price increase plus reinvested dividends) will be compared against the TSR performance of an index of a comparator group of FTSE 350 Real Estate Companies, weighted based on their market cap at the beginning of the performance period. If Land Securities’ TSR performance is below this index, this portion of the LTIP grant will lapse in full. If Land Securities matches the index, 30% of this Chart 45 What was the balance of fi xed versus variable pay? (%) Chart 46 TSR Performance Condition (% of overall LTIP grant vesting) Target Maximum 0 20 40 60 80 100 Basic salary (excluding pension contributions and benefits) Performance related bonus Value of shares vesting Source: Organisation Payout 50% 15% 0% 4% (% p.a. above weighted index of comparator companies) Directors’ remuneration report 71 The Committee considers this approach provides a greater individual incentive than targets recalibrated annually based on historic performance. The Committee’s objective in introducing the additional bonus was to encourage a striving for material outperformance every year. Half of any bonus earned between 100% and 300% of salary is compulsorily deferred into the Company’s shares for a period of three years which is considered highly retentive. Any deferral under this part of the annual bonus arrangements is not the subject of a matching award under the LTIP. Executive Directors have also been eligible to participate in a discretionary bonus pool for all employees which, if applicable, is normally in the range of 5-30% of salary. Discretionary bonus awards of up to 50% of salary may be granted in exceptional circumstances within the maximum of 130% of base salary for total annual bonus (excluding the additional bonus for exceptional performance). Such discretionary bonus payments are subject to an overall cap of £500,000 for payments to all Executive Directors in any one year. It remains the Committee’s intention not to pay aggregate annual bonuses in excess of 300% of salary. After taking into account market conditions and the share price performance of the Group, the Committee determined that no bonus payments should be made to the Executive Directors in respect of the financial year to 31 March 2009, with the exception of Ian Ellis who received a bonus in connection with the sale of Trillium. The actual total bonus payouts, inclusive of the additional bonus opportunity described above, that were earned in respect of the financial year ended 31 March 2008 are set out in Table 54. Long-term incentives Executive Directors participate in the Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP) approved by Shareholders in 2005. The LTIP replaced the share option scheme approved in 2002 and also replaced, from 2006/07, the performance share matching plan, also approved in 2002. No changes were made to the operation of the LTIP in 2008/09. There is no retesting in relation to long-term incentives for Executive Directors. The LTIP consists of the facility to make annual awards of Performance Shares and Matching Shares. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 portion (i.e., 15% of the overall grant) will vest. Full vesting will occur if Land Securities’ TSR beats the index by 4% per annum or more, with straight-line vesting in between these points. Chart 46 shows the vesting range. The Committee may amend the list of comparator companies in the Sector Index, and relative weightings, if circumstances make this necessary (for example, as a result of takeovers or mergers of comparator companies or significant changes in the composition of the Group). Vesting conditions for the other half of the LTIP grant, based on Total Property Return (TPR) performance relative to a weighted TPR benchmark, are unchanged. ■ Basic salary Executive Directors receive a salary which reflects their responsibilities, experience and performance. Salaries are reviewed annually with any changes taking place in July. The review process includes the use of comparator information and reports from the Group’s remuneration consultants. The Group’s policy is to set salary around the mid-market rate, but the Committee is mindful of the need to treat pay comparisons with caution to avoid an upward ratchet of remuneration levels with no corresponding improvement in performance. The Committee also takes account of pay and employment conditions across the Group, especially when determining annual salary increases. After taking account of market conditions, the Committee decided that the Executive Directors should not receive a salary increase to take effect from 1 July 2009. The current salaries of the Executive Directors are as shown in Table 51. Annual bonus During the year under review, the Executive Directors had individually tailored annual bonus performance targets that provided the potential to earn up to 300% of base salary. The Committee calibrates the bonus targets so that the achievement of a maximum payout under this part of the bonus arrangements would represent performance in excess of the Group budget and individual targets. 25% of any bonus award is compulsorily deferred into the Company’s shares for a period of three years and receives a Matching Award under the terms of the LTIP (see below). Additional Bonus Opportunity: up to 200% of salary This part of Executive Directors’ annual bonus opportunity is intended to reward exceptional performance and value creation for shareholders. The performance targets that applied during 2007/08 are set out in Table 53. TPR was chosen as a performance measure for the investment portfolio element of the business because it is used both internally and externally within the property sector for measurement of relative performance. The Committee calibrated the bonus targets that applied to this part of the Executive Directors’ bonus opportunity so that the performance required was above that required for bonuses of up to 100% of salary. To provide some context as to the challenging nature of the performance targets, the TPR conditions are based on more than 10 years of historic data and require TPR performance to fall broadly within the top 30th percentile of each relevant Investment Property Databank (IPD) performance benchmark if any additional bonus is to be earned. Any payout for beating the IPD benchmark by more than 2% is conditional upon the relative performance in that year and the prior year exceeding the IPD benchmark. For example: — In year one performance is 1% below the IPD benchmark The annual bonus opportunity was structured — In year two performance is 3% above the in two distinct parts: ■ Bonus Opportunity: up to 100% of salary The performance targets that applied to this part of the Executive Directors’ annual bonus opportunity are set out in Table 52. IPD benchmark — Payout for year two is based on performance in that year as the aggregate performance over the two years is at least equal to the benchmark. Chart 47 What is the vesting range for LTIP Performance and Matching Shares? 1 Share 0.5 Shares NADEPS test 0.5 Shares IPD test NADEPS Growth >RPI TPR Growth = or >IPD RPI +3% p.a. RPI +4.33% p.a. RPI +5% p.a. 0% p.a. 0.33% p.a. 1% p.a. 0.125 Shares 0.375 Shares 0.5 Shares 0.125 Shares 0.25 Shares 0.5 Shares Land Securities Annual Report 2009 72 Directors’ remuneration report LTIP Performance Shares In the year under review, Executive Directors were eligible to receive conditional awards of shares of up to 100% of salary Table 57. LTIP Matching Shares Matching share awards are linked to co-investment by participants in shares Table 57. A Director’s investment can be made through the deferral of an annual bonus award (with the maximum permitted investment by this means of 25% of base salary). Investment can also be made through the pledging of shares purchased in the market. Such additional investment is permitted to bring the Director’s total investment to 50% of base salary (for this purpose the value of pledged shares is taken as the amount of gross salary that would have been required to fund the purchase of the shares). Accordingly, Executive Directors are eligible to receive a matching award of shares under the LTIP which is made at a ratio of up to two for one on a gross to net tax basis (up to 100 shares for every 30 purchased out of net income). The maximum Matching Share award is over shares with a value of 100% of salary. Awards of LTIP Performance Shares and Matching Shares are subject to the same performance conditions measured over three years. Half of any award will vest based on achieving increases in Normalised Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share (NADEPS). The other half will vest dependent on the Group’s TPR equalling, or exceeding, IPD weighted indices that reflect the sector mix of Land Securities’ investment portfolio. The targets: ■ — Growth of RPI + 3% per annum – 12.5% NADEPS target of the award vests; — Growth of RPI + 5% per annum – 50% of the award vests; and — Straight-line vesting occurs between these points. TPR target ■ — Performance equal to the sector weighted IPD index – 12.5% of the award vests — Performance equal to the sector weighted IPD index plus 1% per annum – 50% of the initial award vests — Straight-line vesting occurs between these points. An overview example of the vesting range is shown in Chart 47. The maximum number of shares which could potentially vest as a result of historic long-term incentive awards and the number of shares which vested in the financial year are shown in Table 57. The Group’s policy is to use market-purchased shares to satisfy the vesting of LTIP Performance and Matching Shares and for Deferred Share Awards. Future awards are partially hedged through on-market share purchases by an Employee Benefit Trust which held 887,914 shares at 31 March 2009. While awards of LTIP Performance and Matching Shares are normally made in July of each year, as a consequence of the Executive Directors being ‘insiders’ and prohibited from being granted share awards until the conclusion of the Rights Issue in March 2009, such awards were not made to ■ ■ Land Securities Annual Report 2009 the Executive Directors until 30 March 2009. Notwithstanding the considerable fall in the Company’s share price between July 2008 and March 2009, the Committee decided that the awards made in March 2009 should be based on the share price prevailing in July 2008 (as adjusted for the Rights Issue in March 2009) in order to maintain a consistent approach and comparability with employees below Board level who were granted share awards in July 2008. Share options Land Securities has historically operated share option arrangements for Executive Directors. Vesting of share options was subject to performance tests and was dependent on growth in NADEPS exceeding RPI by at least 2.5% per annum. Following the adoption of the LTIP in 2005/06, no further awards of share options have been made to the Executive Directors. For grants made over the period 2000 to 2004, the Committee determined that the required level of increase in NADEPS was achieved and as a result the executive share options granted during that period are exercisable in full. Directors’ options over ordinary shares are shown in Table 60. Directors’ emoluments Tables 55 and 56 set out Directors’ emoluments for the year under review and the financial year ended 31 March 2008. The basis of disclosure is on an ‘accruals’ basis, that is the annual bonus and Deferred Bonus Shares columns include the amount that will be paid and awarded respectively for performance achieved in the financial year under review. The Performance Shares 2007/08 column includes the value of Performance Shares which vested in July 2008 as a result of performance measured over a three year period ended 31 March 2008. Ian Ellis resigned from the Board upon the sale of Trillium on 12 January 2009. Under the terms of the Company’s share incentive schemes, which provide for cases where a participant’s employment is with a company or business which is sold or transferred outside the Group, he received the following: ■ Shares with a market value of £367,025 as a consequence of the early vesting of awards made in 2006 and 2007 of LTIP Performance Shares and LTIP Matching Shares under the LTIP. These awards were subject to pro-rating in respect of the relevant performance conditions and to time pro-rating to the next six month anniversary from the date of the grant, as specified by the rules of this Plan Shares with a market value of £534,632 awarded under the Deferred Bonus Plan as a consequence of the early vesting of these awards – the value has previously been disclosed in the Directors’ emoluments table in the year of award A cash amount of £87,176 in respect of deferred shares which would have been awarded in July 2008, if the Company has not been precluded from granting such awards as a consequence of the Directors being ‘insiders’ between July 2008 and January 2009. This amount was previously disclosed under the heading of Deferred bonus shares in 2007/08. In addition, the Committee determined that a bonus of £130,410 representing 30% of salary should be paid to Ian Ellis in recognition of his role in securing a sale of Trillium in extremely challenging market conditions. Pensions The Company operates a contributory money purchase pension scheme which was introduced for all staff joining the Group from 1 January 1999. Prior to the introduction of the contributory money purchase arrangement the Company provided pension benefits on a defined benefit basis. Following a review of pension provision in light of the tax changes that came into effect from 1 April 2006, it was decided that Executive Directors would continue to be entitled to a pension benefit that is equivalent to 25% of their base salary. Executive Directors have the flexibility to determine how this 25% of salary benefit is used, as follows: ■ Pension contributions may be made into the Land Securities contributory money purchase scheme up to the personal level that is advised plus a cash contribution on the balance 25% cash payment on base salary to invest outside Land Securities pension arrangements Richard Akers participates in a defined benefit pension scheme Table 59 which was open to property management and administration staff until 31 December 1998. This scheme is designed to provide, at normal retirement age, a pension of 1/60th of Pensionable Salary for each year of pensionable service. The scheme also provides lump sum death-in- service benefits on death before normal retirement age of four times Pensionable Salary and pension provision for dependants of members. Only basic salary is treated as Pensionable Salary. The benefits provided to Richard Akers are based on a Pensionable Salary which is subject to the statutory earnings cap. With effect from 1 April 2006 the defined benefit pension scheme has moved to future accrual on a ‘CARE’ (Career Average Revalued Earnings) basis on either a 1/80th accrual or 1/60th accrual subject to employee contributions. Richard Akers chose to accrue benefits on a 1/60th basis with employee contributions of 1% of basic salary in 2006, 3% of basic salary in 2007 and 5% of basic salary thereafter. The balance of Richard Akers’ pension allowance is paid to him to invest outside Land Securities pension arrangements. As disclosed in last year’s Directors’ remuneration report, the changes made to pension provision in 2006/07 did not provide a tax advantage to Executives and the changes made were cost neutral to the Company. Non-executive Directors The annual fees of the Chairman of the Board are determined by the Committee having regard to independent advice. The other Non-executive Directors each receive a fee agreed by the Board following a review of fees paid by comparable organisations. The Board also takes into account the time commitments of the Non-executive Directors, which are reviewed annually as part of the Board appraisal process. No increases in the base Non- executive Directors’ fees were awarded during the Directors’ remuneration report 73 year under review since as part of a review of such fees in 2006/07 it was agreed to maintain the level of fees for a period of two years. The base Non- executive Directors’ fee remained at £55,000. No additional fees are payable for attendance at Board or Committee meetings or for membership of Board Committees, but the additional fees outlined below are payable in respect of specific responsibilities: Chair of Audit Committee Chair of Remuneration Committee Senior Independent Director £17,500 £12,500 £7,500 Sir Christopher Bland served as Non-executive Chairman of Trillium until its sale on 12 January 2009 and received additional fees of £100,000 per annum in respect of that role. Neither the Chairman nor the other Non-executive Directors receive any pension benefits from the Company, nor do they participate in any bonus or incentive schemes. Non-executive Directors are appointed under letters of appointment which provide for an initial term of service of three years. A specimen letter of appointment is available on the Company’s website at www.landsecurities.com The dates of the current letters of appointment of the Non-executive Directors are shown in Table 48. The appointment of the Non-executive Directors can be terminated upon one month’s notice while the appointment of the Chairman can be terminated upon three months’ notice. Table 48 When were the Non-executive Directors appointed? Name D Rough Date of appointment* Date of current letter of appointment 2 April 2002 29 April 2004 Sir Stuart Rose 21 May 2003 29 April 2004 B A Lerenius 1 June 2004 6 May 2004 A J Carnwath 1 September 2004 13 November 2008 Sir Christopher Bland 1 April 2008 9 April 2008 K O’Byrne 1 April 2008 9 April 2008 * Date of appointment to the Board of Land Securities Group PLC or its predecessor company, Land Securities PLC. Service agreements The Committee’s policy on service agreements for Executive Directors is that they should provide for 12 months’ rolling notice of termination by the Company. As a result, the unexpired term and the notice periods (both from the Company and from the Executive Director) are 12 months and there are no service contracts with provisions for predetermined compensation on termination which exceeds 12 months’ salary and benefits in kind. Any proposals for the early termination of the service agreements of Directors or senior executives are considered by the Committee. The dates of appointment and the dates of the service agreements of the Executive Directors are in Table 49. Table 49 When were the Executive Directors appointed to the Board? Name Date of appointment* Date of contract F W Salway 2 April 2001 31 May 2001 M F Greenslade 1 September 2005 1 September 2005 M R Hussey 30 September 2004 1 January 2006 R J Akers 17 May 2005 17 May 2005 * Date of appointment to the Board of Land Securities Group PLC or its predecessor company, Land Securities PLC. The service agreements of the Executive Directors provide for phased payments of amounts payable on termination, in order to mitigate amounts potentially payable by the Company. Bonus, LTIP, redundancy and outplacement payments are considered by the Committee and are dependent on the circumstances of leaving and the rules of the relevant bonus and incentive schemes. The Chairman and the other Non-executive Directors do not have service agreements with the Company. Board approval is required before any external appointment may be accepted by an Executive Director. Any fees earned in relation to outside appointments are retained by the Executive Director. Directors’ shareholdings The interests of the Directors in the shares of the Company as at 31 March 2009 are shown in Table 58. There have been no changes in the shareholdings of the Directors between the end of the financial year and 12 May 2009, save that on 30 April 2009 Alison Carnwath acquired 170 shares under the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. No Director had any other interests in contracts or securities of Land Securities Group PLC or any of its subsidiary undertakings during the year. Shareholding guidelines The Committee believes that it is important for a significant part of the compensation of each Executive Director to be tied to ownership of the Company’s shares so that each Executive Director’s interest in the growth and performance of the Company is closely aligned with the interests of our shareholders. The Committee has, therefore, established share ownership guidelines for the Company’s Executive Directors. These guidelines require the Chief Executive to own shares with a value equal to twice his base salary and for other Executive Directors to own shares with a value equal to 1.5 times their base salary. An Executive Director must normally satisfy the guidelines within five years of his date of appointment or the date of introduction of this requirement in order to qualify for future awards of long-term incentives. In May 2007, the Committee determined that Francis Salway had met the revised share ownership guidelines and in May 2008 the Committee agreed that Mike Hussey had met the revised guidelines. The Committee continues to monitor the other Executive Directors’ progress against the guidelines on an annual basis. In addition, Non-executive Directors are required to own shares with a value equal to their annual fees within three years of the date of their appointment. Information regarding senior managers below Board level The Group currently employs 20 senior managers in positions below Board level. None of these senior managers is paid at a rate higher than the Executive Directors and the structure of their remuneration package, including bonuses, is broadly consistent with that of Executive Directors. The senior managers are not eligible to participate in the additional bonus opportunity (that is above 100% of salary) for the delivery of exceptional financial returns described in this report but they are eligible to participate in the discretionary bonus pool of up to 50% of salary. During the year under review, bonuses for this group of employees ranged from 16% to 54% of salary, with an average bonus of 27% of salary. Performance graphs As required by legislation covering the Directors’ remuneration report, Chart 50 illustrates the performance of the Company measured by total shareholder return (share price growth plus dividends paid) against a ‘broad equity market index’ over a period of five years. As the Company is a constituent of the FTSE All Share Real Estate sector this index is considered to be the most appropriate benchmark for the purposes of the graph. The Committee also considered that it would be helpful to provide an additional line to illustrate performance compared with the FTSE 100 index over the previous five years of the Company Chart 50. Signed for and on behalf of the Board by David Rough Chairman, Remuneration Committee R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 74 Directors’ remuneration report Chart 50 Historical TSR performance. A hypothetical £100 holding over fi ve years i g n d o h l 0 0 1 £ l a c i t e h t o p y h f o l e u a V £250 £200 £150 £100 £50 £0 184 172 144 211 210 157 161 150 138 128 117 126 04 05 06 07 08 Land Securities Group PLC FTSE All-Share Real Estate Index FTSE 100 index Note: Comparisons to indices based on 30 trading day average values Source: Datastream 103 53 47 09 Table 51 What are the Executive Directors’ salaries? F W Salway M F Greenslade M R Hussey R J Akers Current From 1 July 2009 £645,000 £645,000 £414,000 £414,000 £434,700 £434,700 £372,600 £372,600 Table 52 What were the criteria for the Directors’ 2008/09 bonuses? F W Salway —Total returns in excess of WACC M F Greenslade —Total returns in excess of WACC M R Hussey —Total returns in excess of WACC R J Akers —Total returns in excess of WACC Group profi t Group profi t Performance of all business units Performance of Group support functions Disposal programme Trillium disposal Group profi t Investment performance Business unit revenue profi t Group profi t Investment performance Business unit revenue profi t Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Directors’ remuneration report 75 Table 53 What were the targets for the Directors’ additional bonus opportunities? Executive Directors Performance measures and range Managing Director of the Retail Portfolio 2%–4% outperformance of the relevant Retail business total property return (TPR) Benchmark1 Managing Director of the London Portfolio 2%–4% outperformance of the relevant London business total property return (TPR) Benchmark1. Delivery of major offi ce lettings at Ebbsfl eet Valley, Kent2 Finance Director Chief Executive Effective delivery of demerger or, if higher, aggregated performance of London and Retail Businesses relative to the above measures 50% on effective delivery of demerger and 50% on aggregated performance of London and Retail Businesses relative to the above measures or, if higher, wholly on the latter measure 1. The relevant sector benchmarks are provided by IPD and relate to ungeared total property return (reflecting the increase in the value of all assets plus income streams arising from those assets in the year). IPD benchmarks are generally acknowledged as the industry standard. 2. Applies only to major office lettings in excess of 4,600m2 at Ebbsfleet Valley, Kent, subject to profitability criteria. Additional bonus 0%–200% 0%–200% 0%–200% 0%–200% Table 54 What annual bonus was each Director awarded? Executive Directors Chief Executive Group Finance Director Managing Director of the Retail Portfolio Managing Director of the London Portfolio % of year end salary Total bonus earned 2008/09 Total bonus earned 2007/08 0 0 0 0 212 210 275 285 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 76 Directors’ remuneration report Table 55 What emoluments did Directors receive? (£’000) (audited) Executive: F W Salway I D Ellis3 (resigned 12 January 2009) M R Hussey R J Akers M F Greenslade Non-Executive: D Rough W F W Bischoff (retired 1 April 2008) S A R Rose B A Lerenius A J Carnwath7 (appointed Chairman on 12 November 2008) P Myners8 (resigned 3 October 2008) C Bland R Haythornthwaite (resigned 5 February 2009) K O’Byrne Basic salary and fees 2008/09 640 334 431 369 411 2,185 77 – 55 55 155 128 133 47 59 2,894 Benefits1 2008/09 22 14 19 19 18 92 – – – – – 51 – – – 143 2008/09 – 130 – – – Bonuses 2007/08 791 451 686 563 501 130 2,992 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 130 2,992 Deferred bonus shares2 Total emoluments excluding pensions 2008/09 2007/08 2008/09 2007/08 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 535 87 509 428 340 662 478 450 388 429 1,899 2,407 – – – – – – – – – 77 – 55 55 155 179 133 47 59 1,967 969 1,627 1,365 1,243 7,171 77 65 55 55 55 360 – – – 1,899 3,167 7,838 Notes: 1. Benefits consist of the provision of a company car or car allowance, private medical insurance and life assurance premiums. 2. Deferred bonus shares represent the value ascribed to shares awarded under the Deferred Bonus Plan. 3. 4. Pensions of £67,902 (2008: £61,902) resulting from unfunded historic benefit obligations were paid to former Directors or their dependants. 5. The Performance Share award for 2007/08 represented the value of shares that vested as a result of performance targets satisfied during the year to 31 March 2008. 6. Ian Ellis received fees of £29,810 from Rok plc in respect of his Non-executive Directorship of that company. For awards made under the Performance Share Matching Plan, vesting of awards is equally dependent on the growth in EPS (defined to be normalised adjusted diluted EPS (NADEPS)) and TPR measured over a three year period. 25% of the total award vests for NADEPS growth of 2.5% p.a. rising on a straight-line basis to 50% of the total award vesting for achieving NADEPS of 4% p.a. The remaining half of an award vests, dependent on the Company’s TPR equalling, or exceeding, the IPD All Fund Universe Index over a rolling three year period. Alison Carnwath will receive a salary of £300,000 per annum for her role as Chairman of the Company. From 1 April 2007, the Company agreed to assume, from Marks and Spencer Group plc, the cost of supplying a driver (including all employment costs) and fleet vehicle for Paul Myners. For 2008/09, the cost of this arrangement to the Company was £51,187. 7. 8. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Directors’ remuneration report 77 Table 56 What emoluments did Directors receive? (£’000) (audited) 2008/09 Pensions 2007/08 Performance shares vested4 LTIP and matching shares vested5 Gain on exercise of share options 2008/09 2007/08 2008/09 2007/08 2008/09 2007/08 Executive: F W Salway I D Ellis3 (resigned 12 January 2009) M R Hussey R J Akers M F Greenslade Non-Executive: D Rough W F W Bischoff (retired 1 April 2008) S A R Rose B A Lerenius A J Carnwath (appointed Chairman on 12 November 2008) P Myners6 (resigned 3 October 2008) C Bland R Haythornthwaite (resigned 5 February 2009) K O’Byrne 160 83 108 98 103 552 – – – – – – – – 155 103 103 97 96 554 – – – – – – – – – Total 552 554 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 315 260 217 122 – 914 – – – – – – – – 270 367 169 122 160 601 366 355 298 652 1,088 2,272 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 914 1,088 2,272 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Notes: 1. Benefits consist of the provision of a company car or car allowance, private medical insurance and life assurance premiums. 2. Deferred bonus shares represent the value ascribed to shares awarded under the Deferred Bonus Plan. 3. 4. The Performance Share award for 2007/08 represented the value of shares that vested as a result of performance targets satisfied during the year to 31 March 2008. 5. Ian Ellis received fees of £29,810 from Rok plc in respect of his Non-executive Directorship of that company. For awards made under the Performance Share Matching Plan, vesting of awards is equally dependent on the growth in EPS (defined to be normalised adjusted diluted EPS (NADEPS)) and TPR measured over a three year period. 25% of the total award vests for NADEPS growth of 2.5% p.a. rising on a straight-line basis to 50% of the total award vesting for achieving NADEPS of 4% p.a. The remaining half of an award vests, dependent on the Company’s TPR equalling, or exceeding, the IPD All Fund Universe Index over a rolling three year period. From 1 April 2007, the Company agreed to assume, from Marks and Spencer Group plc, the cost of supplying a driver (including all employment costs) and fleet vehicle for Paul Myners. For 2008/09, the cost of this arrangement to the Company was £51,187. 6. Pensions of £67,902 (2008: £61,902) resulting from unfunded historic benefit obligations were paid to former Directors or their dependants. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 78 Directors’ remuneration report Table 57 What LTIP and Matching Shares were awarded and vested this year?* (audited) Cycle ending 2008 2009 2010 2012 2009 2010 2012 2008 2009 2010 2012 2009 2010 2012 2008 2009 2010 2012 2009 2010 2012 2008 2009 2010 2012 2008 2008 2009 2010 2012 Award date 29/07/05 29/06/06 29/06/07 30/03/09 31/07/06 31/07/07 30/03/09 29/07/05 29/06/06 29/06/07 30/03/09 31/07/06 31/07/07 30/03/09 29/07/05 29/06/06 29/06/07 30/03/09 31/07/06 31/07/07 30/03/09 28/09/05 29/06/06 29/06/07 30/03/09 30/09/05 01/06/06 31/07/06 31/07/07 30/03/09 Market price at award date (p)† 1393 1592† 1560† 1095† 1778† 1527† 1095† 1393 1592† 1560† 1095† 1778† 1527† 1095† 1393 1592† 1560† 1095† 1778† 1527† 1095† 1471 1592† 1560† 1095† 1479 1621† 1778† 1527† 1095† Shares awarded Shares vested Market price at date of vesting (p) 40,464 33,063† 40,070† 58,914† 33,628† 34,358† 23,434† 23,927 21,722† 26,926† 39,705† 20,136† 27,146† 16,208† 20,056 13,656† 23,079† 25,525† 16,550† 21,090† 12,330† 22,679 20,764† 25,644† 37,815† 16,666 5,057† 18,692† 23,000† 14,654† 40,464 – – – – – – 23,927 – – – – – – 20,056 – – – – – – 22,679 – – – 16,666 – – – – 1177 – – – – – – 1177 – – – – – – 1177 – – – – – – 1285 – – – 1250 – – – – Vesting date 29/07/08 29/06/09 29/06/10 30/03/12 31/07/09 31/07/10 30/03/12 29/07/08 29/06/09 29/06/10 30/03/12 31/07/09 31/07/10 30/03/12 29/07/08 29/06/09 29/06/10 30/03/12 31/07/09 31/07/10 30/03/12 28/09/08 29/06/09 29/06/10 30/03/12 30/09/08 01/06/09 31/07/09 31/07/10 31/03/12 F W Salway —LTIP shares —Matching shares M R Hussey —LTIP shares —Matching shares R J Akers —LTIP shares —Matching shares M F Greenslade —LTIP shares —Matching shares *Subject to performance tests (see page 72). † As adjusted for the Rights Issue in March 2009. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Directors’ remuneration report 79 Table 58 What interests in shares do Directors have? Ordinary shares Deferred shares LTIP performance shares** Matching shares** 2009 2008 2009 2008 2009 2008 2009 2008 F W Salway M R Hussey D Rough S A R Rose B A Lerenius A J Carnwath R J Akers M F Greenslade C Bland K O’Byrne 208,568 101,487 18,524 16,250 29,250 116,926 68,715 60,542 16,250 1,625 **Subject to performance conditions (see page 72) 85,310 34,957 11,400 10,000 18,000 68,620 23,058 14,045 – – 66,228 70,703 – – – – 46,901 38,680 – – 26,016 28,780 – – – – 10,989 6,546 – – 132,047 88,353 – – – – 62,260 84,223 – – 106,363 67,764 – – – – 53,159 64,497 – – 91,420 63,460 – – – – 49,970 61,403 – – 61,262 42,606 – – – – 33,918 58,793 – – Table 59 Defi ned benefi t pension scheme (audited) Increase in accrued benefits excluding inflation £ Increase in accrued benefits including inflation £ Transfer value of increase in accrued benefits excluding inflation £ Transfer value of accrued benefits at 01/04/08 £ Transfer value of accrued benefits at 31/03/09 £ Increase in transfer value net of Directors’ contributions £ 1,578 2,824 22,016 352,679 387,102 28,603 Accrued benefit at 31/03/09 £ 27,741 R J Akers The ‘Increase in transfer value net of Directors’ contributions’ differs from the ‘Transfer value of increase in accrued benefit’ in that it reflects changes in the transfer value assumptions and market conditions over the year less the Directors’ own contributions to the pension scheme. The transfer values have been calculated on the basis of actuarial advice in accordance with Actuarial Guidance Note GN11. The transfer values of the accrued entitlement in respect of qualifying service represents the value of assets that the pension scheme would need to transfer to another pension provider on transferring the liability in respect of the Directors’ pension benefits that they earned in respect of qualifying service. They do not represent sums payable to individual Directors and, therefore, cannot be added meaningfully to annual remuneration. Table 60 What options over ordinary shares do Directors have? (audited) F W Salway M R Hussey R J Akers Note (2) (2) (3) (1) (2) (2) (3) No of options at 01/04/08† 47,793 26,332 1,915 11,652 8,600 12,762 829 715 M F Greenslade (3) 1,193 Granted during year Exercised during year Number Grant price (pence) Number Exercise price (pence) Market price on exercise (pence) No of options at 31/03/09† Exercise price (pence)† Exercisable dates – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 47,793 1,044 07/2007-07/2014 26,332 1,915 11,652 8,600 12,762 829 715 1,044 07/2007-07/2014 862 10/2009-04/2010 783 07/2004-07/2011 710 07/2006-07/2013 1,044 07/2007-07/2014 862 10/2011-04/2012 1,372 09/2011-03/2012 1,193 1,372 09/2011-03/2012 Notes: 1. 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme. Vesting of awards is dependent on the Company’s growth in normalised adjusted EPS exceeding the growth in RPI by 2.5% per year. 2. 2002 Executive Share Option Scheme. Vesting of awards is dependent on the Company’s growth in normalised adjusted EPS exceeding the growth in RPI by at least 2.5% per year. 3. 2003 Savings Related Share Option Scheme. Not subject to performance conditions because it is available to all staff and HM Revenue & Customs’ rules do not permit performance conditions to be set out for this type of scheme. The total number of options over ordinary shares held by F W Salway, M R Hussey, R J Akers and M F Greenslade at 31 March 2009 was 47,793, 28,247, 34,558 and 1,193 respectively. The total number of options over ordinary shares held by all Directors at 31 March 2009 was 111,791. The range of the closing middle market prices as adjusted for the Rights Issue for Land Securities’ shares during the year was 341p to 1447p. The closing middle market price on 31 March 2009 was 437p. † As adjusted for the Rights Issue in March 2009. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Report of the Directors —Additional disclosures Share capital The Company was authorised at the Annual General Meeting held on 17 July 2008 to repurchase in the market ordinary shares representing up to approximately 10% of the issued share capital at that time with such authority to expire at the 2009 Annual General Meeting. No shares were repurchased in the year to 31 March 2009 and following repurchases in earlier periods, the Company currently holds 5,896,000 shares in treasury. A resolution to renew this authority in respect of an amount equal to the nominal value of the unissued ordinary share capital will be proposed at the 2009 Annual General Meeting. Substantial shareholders At 12 May 2009 the interests in issued share capital which had been notified to the Company under Part VI of the Companies Act 1985 are shown in Table 61. Directors’ indemnities On 5 May 2006 the Company agreed in writing to indemnify each of the Directors against any liability incurred by the Director in respect of acts or omissions arising in the course of their office. The indemnity only applies to the extent permitted by law. A copy of the deed of indemnity is available for inspection at the registered office and at the Annual General Meeting. Auditors and disclosure of information to auditors So far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the auditors are unaware and each Director has taken all reasonable steps to make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the auditors are aware of that information. A resolution to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors to the Company will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting. Provisions on change of control There are a number of agreements which take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control; none of these are considered significant in relation to the Company. The Company’s share schemes contain provisions which take effect in the event of a change of control. The provisions in relation to share schemes do not entitle participants to a greater interest in the shares of the Company than that created by the initial grant or award under the relevant scheme. Payment policy The Group is a registered supporter of the CBI’s Better Payment Practice Code to which it subscribes when dealing with all of its suppliers. The Code requires a clear and consistent policy that payments are made in accordance with contract or as required by law; that payment terms are agreed at the outset of a transaction and adhered to; that no amendments to payment terms are made without the prior agreement of suppliers; and that there is a system which deals quickly with complaints and disputes to ensure that suppliers are advised accordingly without delay when invoices or parts are contested. The Company has no trade creditors as at 31 March 2009. The Group’s creditor payment days as at 31 March 2009 represented 20 days’ purchases. Annual General Meeting Accompanying this report is the Notice of the Annual General Meeting which sets out the resolutions for the meeting. These are explained in a letter which accompanies the Notice. By order of the Board Peter Dudgeon Secretary 12 May 2009 80 Report of the Directors – Additional disclosures Table 61 Which shareholders own over 3% of the Company’s shares Albright Investments 44,197,650 Number of shares % 5.85 Legal and General Investment Management Limited 35,247,506 4.67 M&G Investment Management Limited ABP Investments 26,605,507 24,113,374 3.52 3.19 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Report of the Directors Covering the most significant strategic, financial and operational developments during the year. 05 Our priorities 06 All you need to know Performance overview 08 09 Key performance indicators 10 Our Chairman’s message 12 Chief Executive’s report Financial review 18 27 Business review 27 — Why conduct a Rights Issue? 28 — Group business review — Our risks and how we 30 manage them 36 — Retail Portfolio 44 — London Portfolio 52 Board of Directors 54 Corporate responsibility 64 Corporate governance 68 Directors’ remuneration report Financial statements Including the independent auditors’ report, the income statement, balance sheets and the notes to the financial statements. 82 83 84 84 Directors’ statement of responsibilities Independent auditors’ report Income statement Statement of recognised income and expense 85 Balance sheets 86 Cash flow statements 87 Notes to the financial statements 132 Business analysis 138 Investor analysis 139 Five year summary 140 142 Glossary 143 144 Contact details Investor information Index Investor resource Helpful analysis, summaries and information on business performance and shareholdings. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 81 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 82 Financial statements Directors’ statement of responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and the fi nancial statements The Annual Report 2009 contains the following statements regarding responsibility for the fi nancial statements and business review included in the Annual Report 2009. Directors’ responsibility statement Each of the Directors, whose names are listed below confi rm that, to the best of their knowledge: ■ The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the fi nancial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. Company law requires the Directors to prepare ■ fi nancial statements for each fi nancial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the Group and Parent Company fi nancial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. In preparing these fi nancial statements, the Directors have also elected to comply with IFRSs issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The fi nancial statements are required by law to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the Group as at the end of the fi nancial year and of the profi t or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing those fi nancial statements the Directors are required to: the fi nancial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, fi nancial position and loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation as a whole; the adoption of a going concern basis for the preparation of the fi nancial statements continues to be appropriate based on the foregoing and having reviewed the forecast fi nancial position of the Group; and the management reports (which are incorporated into the Directors’ report) contained in the Annual Report include a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face. ■ The Directors of Land Securities Group PLC as at the date of this announcement are as set out below: ■ ■ ■ ■ select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; state that the fi nancial statements comply with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and prepare the fi nancial statements on a going concern basis, unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will continue in business, in which case there should be supporting assumptions or qualifi cations as necessary. The Board of Directors Alison Carnwath*, Chairman Francis Salway, Chief Executive David Rough* Martin Greenslade Bo Lerenius* Mike Hussey Sir Stuart Rose* Richard Akers Sir Christopher Bland* Kevin O’Byrne* *Non-executive Directors By order of the Board Peter Dudgeon Secretary 12 May 2009 The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the fi nancial position of the Company and the Group and to enable them to ensure that the fi nancial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 1985 and, as regards the Group fi nancial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website www.landsecurities.com. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of fi nancial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 83 Opinion In our opinion: ■ the Group fi nancial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 March 2009 and of its loss and cash fl ows for the year then ended; the Parent Company’s fi nancial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 1985, of the state of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 March 2009 and cash fl ows for the year then ended; the fi nancial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and, as regards the Group fi nancial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation; and the information given in the Directors’ Report is consistent with the fi nancial statements. ■ ■ ■ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors London 12 May 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Independent auditors’ report to the members of Land Securities Group PLC We have audited the Group and Parent Company fi nancial statements (the ‘fi nancial statements’) of Land Securities Group PLC for the year ended 31 March 2009 which comprise the Group Income Statement, the Group and Parent Company Balance Sheets, the Group and Parent Company Cash Flow Statements, the Group and Parent Company Statements of Recognised Income and Expense and the related notes. These fi nancial statements have been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein. We have also audited the information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited. Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditors The Directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the fi nancial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union are set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities. Our responsibility is to audit the fi nancial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). This report, including the opinion, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Section 235 of the Companies Act 1985 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come, other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing. We report to you our opinion as to whether the fi nancial statements give a true and fair view and whether the fi nancial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and, as regards the Group fi nancial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. We also report to you whether in our opinion the information given in the Directors’ Report is consistent with the fi nancial statements. The information given in the Directors’ Report comprises the items listed under the heading ‘Report of the Directors’. In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the Company has not kept proper accounting records, if we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information specifi ed by law regarding Directors’ remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed. We review whether the Corporate Governance Statement refl ects the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the Combined Code (2006) specifi ed for our review by the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority, and we report if it does not. We are not required to consider whether the Board’s statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures. We read other information contained in the Annual Report and consider whether it is consistent with the audited fi nancial statements. The other information comprises only the ‘Report of the Directors’ and the items listed under the heading ‘Investor Information’. We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the fi nancial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information. Basis of audit opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the fi nancial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited. It also includes an assessment of the signifi cant estimates and judgements made by the Directors in the preparation of the fi nancial statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s and Company’s circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed. We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with suffi cient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the fi nancial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the fi nancial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 84 Financial statements Income statement —for the year ended 31 March 2009 Group Continuing activities Group revenue2 Costs (Loss)/profi t on disposal of non-current properties Net defi cit on revaluation of investment properties Impairment of trading properties Operating loss Interest expense Interest income Share of the loss of joint ventures (post-tax) Loss before tax Income tax Loss for the fi nancial year from continuing activities Discontinued operations Loss for the fi nancial year Attributable to: Equity holders of the Company Minority interests Loss for the fi nancial year (Loss)/earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company (pence)3, 4 Basic (loss)/earnings per share of which from: continuing activities of which from: discontinued operations Diluted (loss)/earnings per share of which from: continuing activities of which from: discontinued operations 1. Restated to reclassify the results of Trillium from continuing activities to discontinued operations. 2. Group revenue excludes the share of joint ventures’ income of £103.3m (2008: £111.6m) (see note 20). 3. Adjusted earnings per share from continuing activities is given in note 11. 4. The (loss)/earnings per share fi gures for the year ended 31 March 2008 have been restated to refl ect the bonus element inherent in the Rights Issue that was approved on 9 March 2009. Statement of recognised income and expense —for the year ended 31 March 2009 Group Actuarial (losses)/gains on defi ned benefi t pension schemes Deferred tax credit/(charge) on actuarial losses/(gains) on defi ned benefi t pension schemes Fair value movement on cash fl ow hedges taken to equity – Group – joint ventures Net (expense)/income recognised directly in equity Loss for the fi nancial year Total recognised income and expense for the year Attributable to: Equity holders of the Company Minority interests Total recognised income and expense for the year Company The Company has no recognised income or expense other than that recognised in the Company’s income statement. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Notes 2009 £m 4 4 4 4 5 8 8 20 10 42 37 11 11 11 11 11 11 821.2 (326.4) 494.8 (130.8) (4,113.4) (92.3) (3,841.7) (365.0) 32.5 (4,174.2) (599.0) (4,773.2) (0.5) (4,773.7) (420.9) (5,194.6) (5,191.3) (3.3) (5,194.6) (999.04) (918.04) (81.00) (999.04) (918.04) (81.00) 2008 (restated)1 £m 818.0 (317.4) 500.6 57.3 (1,158.4) – (600.5) (312.3) 25.9 (886.9) (101.1) (988.0) 15.1 (972.9) 142.1 (830.8) (830.8) – (830.8) (160.90) (188.43) 27.53 (160.90) (188.43) 27.53 2009 £m (11.1) 0.6 (0.2) (21.3) (32.0) (5,194.6) (5,226.6) (5,223.3) (3.3) (5,226.6) 2008 £m 15.8 (0.9) (3.2) (3.5) 8.2 (830.8) (822.6) (822.6) – (822.6) Financial statements Balance sheets —at 31 March 2009 Non-current assets Investment properties Operating properties Other property, plant and equipment Net investment in fi nance leases Goodwill Investment in an associate undertaking Loans to third parties Investments in joint ventures Investments in Public Private Partnerships Investments in subsidiary undertakings Pension surplus Deferred tax assets Total non-current assets Current assets Trading properties and long-term development contracts Derivative fi nancial instruments Trade and other receivables Cash and cash equivalents Total current assets (excluding non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale) Non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale Total current assets Total assets Current liabilities Short-term borrowings and overdrafts Derivative fi nancial instruments Trade and other payables Provisions Current tax liabilities Total current liabilities (excluding liabilities associated with non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale) Liabilities directly associated with non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale Total current liabilities Non-current liabilities Provisions Borrowings Deferred tax liabilities Total non-current liabilities Total liabilities Net assets Equity Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Company Ordinary shares Share premium Capital redemption reserve Merger reserve Share-based payments Retained earnings Own shares Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company Minority interest in equity Total equity 85 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Notes 2009 £m Group 2008 £m 12,296.7 544.8 73.6 333.7 148.6 42.9 – 1,410.6 25.4 – 11.0 0.9 2009 £m – – – – – – – – – 4,828.5 – – 7,929.4 – 14.3 116.3 – – 50.0 930.8 – – 3.0 1.9 9,045.7 14,888.2 4,828.5 94.9 – 392.1 1,639.0 2,126.0 – 173.0 4.3 838.0 48.4 1,063.7 664.1 2,126.0 1,727.8 – – 8.8 105.1 113.9 – 113.9 Company 2008 £m – – – – – – – – – 5,054.6 – – 5,054.6 – – 386.2 69.5 455.7 – 455.7 11,171.7 16,616.0 4,942.4 5,510.3 (1.1) (112.0) (625.8) – (161.5) (900.4) – (794.0) (10.7) (927.2) (40.9) (161.0) (1,933.8) (427.7) – – (118.9) – – (118.9) – (900.4) (2,361.5) (118.9) – (5,449.5) (1.6) (36.7) (4,632.5) (2.4) (5,451.1) (4,671.6) – – – – – – (874.7) – (2.4) (877.1) – (877.1) – – – – (6,351.5) (7,033.1) (118.9) (877.1) 4,820.2 9,582.9 4,823.5 4,633.2 76.2 785.2 30.5 – 8.1 3,935.9 (12.4) 4,823.5 (3.3) 47.1 56.6 30.5 – 11.3 9,459.7 (22.3) 9,582.9 – 76.2 785.2 30.5 373.6 8.1 3,549.9 – 4,823.5 – 4,820.2 9,582.9 4,823.5 47.1 56.6 30.5 373.6 17.5 4,107.9 – 4,633.2 – 4,633.2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 33 34 23 29 24 25 26 30 29 27 28 26 28 30 34 36 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 The fi nancial statements on pages 84 to 130 were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 May 2009 and were signed on its behalf by: F W Salway Directors M F Greenslade Land Securities Annual Report 2009 86 Financial statements Cash fl ow statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 Net cash generated from operations Cash generated from operations Interest paid Interest received Employer contributions to pension scheme Corporation tax (paid)/received Net cash infl ow/(outfl ow) from operations Cash fl ows from investing activities Investment property development expenditure Acquisition of investment properties Other investment property related expenditure Acquisition of properties by Trillium Capital expenditure by Trillium Capital expenditure on properties Disposal of non-current investment properties Disposal of non-current operating properties Net proceeds/(expenditure) on properties Net expenditure on non-property related non-current assets Net cash infl ow/(outfl ow) from capital expenditure Receivable fi nance leases acquired Receipts in respect of receivable fi nance leases Receipts from the disposal of discontinued activities Loans advanced to third parties Investment in joint ventures Net loans to joint ventures and cash contributed Distributions from joint ventures Acquisition of PPP investments Net cash received from disposal group Cash proceeds from disposal of Trillium (net of cash divested) Acquisitions of Group undertakings (net of cash acquired) Net cash received from investing activities Cash fl ows from fi nancing activities Proceeds from Rights Issue Issue of shares arising from exercise of share options Purchase of own share capital Increase in debt Increase in monies held in restricted accounts and deposits Decrease in fi nance leases payable Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders Net cash infl ow/(outfl ow) from fi nancing activities Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents for the year1 Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year1 Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year1 Notes 2009 £m 39 33 19 42 36 36 30 25 9 25 25 651.3 (283.6) 10.4 (4.2) (6.7) 367.2 (208.6) (85.3) (174.1) (0.8) (46.5) (515.3) 792.7 30.3 307.7 (0.6) 307.1 – 11.7 – (50.0) (21.1) (117.5) 21.6 – 113.5 392.7 – 658.0 755.7 2.0 – 120.6 (29.9) (9.4) (302.4) 536.6 1,561.8 47.0 1,608.8 1. Cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the cash fl ow statement excludes monies held in restricted accounts and deposits and includes overdrafts. The Group cash fl ow includes the cash fl ows relating to the Trillium discontinued operations up to the date of disposal on 12 January 2009. Further details are included in note 42. Cash and cash equivalents (cash fl ow statements) Overdrafts Monies held in restricted accounts and deposits Cash and cash equivalents (balance sheet) Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Notes 25 25 2009 £m 1,608.8 0.3 29.9 1,639.0 Group 2008 £m 696.5 (338.3) 10.7 (2.0) (367.7) 2009 £m (395.4) (53.9) 20.0 – 9.6 (0.8) (419.7) Company 2008 £m 433.2 (26.6) 14.7 – 8.3 429.6 (415.3) (722.6) (80.0) (158.3) (35.0) (1,411.2) 1,047.0 33.7 (330.5) (15.4) (345.9) (82.1) 0.8 424.9 – – (75.3) 75.1 (8.2) 296.5 – (158.5) 127.3 – 5.2 (87.6) 260.6 – (2.0) (308.4) (132.2) (5.7) 52.7 47.0 Group 2008 £m 47.0 1.4 – 48.4 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 755.7 2.0 – – – – (302.4) 455.3 35.6 69.5 105.1 2009 £m 105.1 – – 105.1 – 5.2 – – – – (308.4) (303.2) 126.4 (56.9) 69.5 Company 2008 £m 69.5 – – 69.5 Financial statements 87 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 1. Basis of preparation These fi nancial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU), IFRIC Interpretations and the Companies Act 1985 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The fi nancial statements have been prepared in Sterling (rounded to the nearest hundred thousand), which is the presentation currency of the Group, and under the historical cost convention as modifi ed by the revaluation of land and buildings, available for sale investments, derivative fi nancial instruments and fi nancial assets and liabilities held for trading. A summary of the more important Group accounting policies which have been applied consistently across the Group is set out in note 2 below. The accounting policies are consistent with those applied in the year ended 31 March 2008, as amended to refl ect the adoption of the new Standards, Amendments to Standards and Interpretations which are mandatory for the year ended 31 March 2009. In most cases, these new requirements are not relevant for the Group. This is the case for IFRIC12 ‘Service Concession Arrangements’, IFRIC14 ‘IAS19 The limit on a defi ned benefi t asset, minimum funding requirements and their interaction’ and IFRIC13, ‘Customer loyalty programmes’. The following new Standards and Interpretations have been issued but are not effective for the year ended 31 March 2009, and have not been adopted early, IAS23 (amendment) (effective from 1 January 2009), ‘Borrowing costs’, IAS1 (revised) (effective from 1 January 2009) ‘Presentation of fi nancial statements’, IFRS2 (amendment), ‘Share-based payment’ (effective from 1 January 2009), IAS32 (amendment), ‘Financial instruments: Presentation’, and IAS1 (amendment), ‘Presentation of fi nancial statements’ – ‘Puttable fi nancial instruments and obligations arising on liquidation’ (effective from 1 January 2009), IFRS1 (amendment), ‘First time adoption of IFRS’, and IAS27, ‘Consolidated and separate fi nancial statements’, (effective from 1 January 2009), IFRS8 ‘Operating Segments’ and IFRS3 (revised) ‘Business Combinations’ (effective from 1 July 2009). It is anticipated that the adoption of these new Standards and Interpretations in future periods will not have a material impact on the measurement of assets and liabilities included in the fi nancial statements or the Group’s income and expenses. The preparation of fi nancial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the fi nancial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual results ultimately may differ from those estimates and are disclosed in note 3. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 As a result of the disposal of Trillium on 12 January 2009, and in compliance with IFRS5 ‘Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations’, the 2008 comparatives, where relevant, have been restated to classify the disposed Trillium operations as ‘Discontinued Operations’. In addition, the Accor hotel portfolio, which was previously reported as part of the Trillium business segment and has been retained by the Group, has been classifi ed as ‘Retail Portfolio’ and the 2008 segmental comparatives have been restated to refl ect this reclassifi cation. Land Securities Group PLC has not presented its own income statement, as permitted by Section 230 (1)(b) Companies Act 1985. The loss for the year of the Company, dealt with in its fi nancial statements, was £273.6m (2008: loss of £15.3m). 2. Signifi cant accounting policies (a) Basis of consolidation The consolidated fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 March 2009 incorporate the fi nancial statements of Land Securities Group PLC (the Company) and all its subsidiary undertakings (the Group). Subsidiary undertakings are those entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the fi nancial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefi ts from its activities. The fi nancial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated fi nancial statements from the date that control commences and until the date control ceases. Joint ventures are those entities over whose activities the Group has joint control, established by contractual agreement. Associates are those entities over which the Group has signifi cant infl uence, but which are neither subsidiaries nor joint ventures. Interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting as permitted by IAS31 ‘Interests in joint ventures’ and following the procedures for this method set out in IAS28 ‘Investments in associates’. Associates are also accounted for using the equity method. The equity method requires the Group’s share of the joint venture’s and associate’s post-tax profi t or loss for the period to be presented separately in the income statement and the Group’s share of the joint venture’s and associate’s net assets to be presented separately in the balance sheet. Joint ventures with net liabilities are carried at zero value in the balance sheet where there is no commitment to fund the defi cit and any distributions are included in the consolidated income statement for the year. Intra-group balances and any unrealised gains and losses arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated in preparing the consolidated fi nancial statements. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with joint ventures or associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the joint venture or associate concerned. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. The majority of subsidiaries and joint ventures have the same year end as the Company; however, a small number of subsidiaries and joint ventures have non-coterminous year ends. In these circumstances, management accounts prepared to 31 March are used for the purpose of the Group consolidation. (b) Segment reporting A business segment is a group of assets and operations engaged in providing products or services that are subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other business segments. The Group is organised into business segments. Unallocated expenses are costs incurred centrally which are neither directly attributable nor reasonably allocatable to individual segments. Unallocated assets are cash and cash equivalents, the pension surplus and deferred tax assets. Unallocated liabilities include short-term borrowings and overdrafts, and certain non-current liabilities (borrowings and deferred tax liabilities). (c) Investment properties Investment properties are those properties, either owned by the Group or where the Group is a lessee under a fi nance lease, that are held either to earn rental income or for capital appreciation or both. In addition, properties held under operating leases are accounted for as investment properties when the rest of the defi nition of an investment property is met. In such cases, the operating leases concerned are accounted for as if they were fi nance leases. Investment properties are measured initially at cost, including related transaction costs. After initial recognition at cost, investment properties are carried at their fair values based on market value determined by professional external valuers at each reporting date. Properties are treated as acquired at the point when the Group assumes the signifi cant risks and returns of ownership and as disposed when these are transferred to the buyer. Additions to investment properties consist of costs of a capital nature and, in the case of investment properties under development, capitalised interest. Certain internal staff and associated costs directly attributable to the management of major schemes during the construction phase are also capitalised. The difference between the fair value of an investment property at the reporting date and its carrying amount prior to re-measurement is included in the income statement as a valuation gain or loss. When the Group begins to redevelop an existing investment property for continued future use as an investment property, the property remains an investment property and is accounted for as such. When the Group begins to redevelop an existing investment property with a view to sell, the property is transferred to trading properties and held as a current asset. The property is re-measured to fair value as at the date of the transfer with any gain or loss being taken to the income statement. The re-measured amount becomes the deemed cost at which the property is then carried in trading properties. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 88 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 2. Signifi cant accounting policies continued (c) Investment properties continued Property that is being constructed or developed for future use as an investment property, but which has not previously been classifi ed as such, is classifi ed as investment property under development within property, plant and equipment. This is recognised initially at cost but is subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date. Any gain or loss on re-measurement is taken direct to equity unless any loss in the period exceeds any net cumulative gain previously recognised in equity. In the latter case, the amount by which the loss in the period exceeds the net cumulative gain previously recognised is taken to the income statement. On completion, the property is transferred to investment property with any fi nal difference on re-measurement accounted for in accordance with the foregoing policy. Borrowing costs associated with direct expenditure on properties under development or undergoing major refurbishment are capitalised. The interest capitalised is calculated using the Group’s weighted average cost of borrowings after adjusting for borrowings associated with specifi c developments. Where borrowings are associated with specifi c developments, the amount capitalised is the gross interest incurred on those borrowings less any investment income arising on their temporary investment. Interest is capitalised as from the commencement of the development work until the date of practical completion. The capitalisation of fi nance costs is suspended if there are prolonged periods when development activity is interrupted. Interest is also capitalised on the purchase cost of a site or property acquired specifi cally for redevelopment in the short-term but only where activities necessary to prepare the asset for redevelopment are in progress. (d) Property, plant and equipment Operating properties These were properties owned and managed by Trillium, which do not satisfy the defi nition of an investment property. Operating properties were stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation was charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the properties concerned. The estimated useful lives were as follows: Freehold land Freehold buildings Leasehold properties – – – Not depreciated Up to 50 years Shorter of the unexpired lease term and 50 years Other property, plant and equipment This category comprises computers, motor vehicles, furniture, fi xtures and fi ttings and improvements to Group offi ces. These assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated to their residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of between two and fi ve years. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 The residual values and useful lives of all property, plant and equipment are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at least at each fi nancial year end. (e) Goodwill Goodwill arising on acquisition of businesses is capitalised as an asset, and represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the identifi able assets and liabilities of the acquired entity at the date of the acquisition. In accordance with IFRS3 ‘Business combinations’, the goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at each reporting date. (f) Investments in subsidiary undertakings Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost in the Company’s balance sheet less any provision for permanent impairment in value. (g) Trading properties and long-term development contracts Trading properties are those properties held for sale and are shown at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Revenue on long-term development contracts is recognised according to the stage reached in the contract by reference to the value of work completed using the percentage of completion method. An appropriate estimate of the profi t attributable to work completed is recognised once the outcome of the contract can be estimated reliably. The gross amount due from customers for contract work is shown as a receivable. The gross amount due comprises costs incurred plus recognised profi ts less the sum of recognised losses and progress billings. Where the sum of recognised losses and progress billings exceeds costs incurred plus recognised profi ts, the amount is shown as a liability. (h) Trade and fi nance lease receivables Trade and fi nance lease receivables are recognised initially at fair value. A provision for impairment is established where there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables concerned. (i) Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash balances, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are deducted from cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash fl ows. (j) Non-current assets held for sale Non-current assets and groups of assets and liabilities which comprise disposal groups are categorised as non-current assets held for sale where the asset or disposal group is available for sale in its present condition, and the sale is highly probable. For this purpose, a sale is highly probable if management are committed to a plan to achieve the sale; there is an active programme to fi nd a buyer; the non-current asset or disposal group is being actively marketed at a reasonable price; the sale is anticipated to be completed within one year from the date of classifi cation, and; it is unlikely there will be changes to the plan. Where an asset or disposal group is acquired with a view to resale, it is classifi ed as a non-current asset held for sale if the disposal is expected to take place within one year of the acquisition, and it is highly likely that the other conditions referred to above will be met within a short period of the acquisition. The profi t or loss arising on sale of a disposal group will be recognised as discontinued operations. (k) Trade and other payables Trade and other payables are stated at cost; cost equates to fair value. (l) Provisions A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a constructive or legal obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outfl ow of economic benefi ts will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash fl ows at a pre-tax rate that refl ects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specifi c to the liability. (m) Borrowings Borrowings other than bank overdrafts are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any difference between the amount initially recognised and redemption value being recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings, using the effective interest method. Where existing borrowings are exchanged for new borrowings and the terms of the existing and new borrowings are not substantially different (as defi ned by IAS39), the new borrowings are recognised initially at the carrying amount of the existing borrowings. The difference between the amount initially recognised and the redemption value of the new borrowings is recognised in the income statement over the period of the new borrowings, using the effective interest method. (n) Pension benefi ts In respect of defi ned benefi t pension schemes, obligations are measured at discounted present value while scheme assets are measured at their fair value except annuities, which are valued to match the liability or benefi t value. The operating and fi nancing costs of such plans are recognised separately in the income statement. Service costs are spread using the projected-unit method. Financing costs are recognised in the periods in which they arise and are included in interest expense. Actuarial gains and losses arising from either experience differing from previous actuarial assumptions or changes to those assumptions Financial statements 89 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued are recognised immediately in the statement of recognised income and expense. Contributions to defi ned contribution schemes are charged to the income statement as incurred. (o) Share capital Ordinary shares are classed as equity. External costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds. The consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs, by any Group entity to acquire the Company’s equity share capital, is deducted from equity until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of. Where own shares are sold or reissued, the net consideration received is included in equity. Shares acquired by the Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) are presented on the balance sheet as ‘own shares’. Purchases of treasury shares are deducted from retained earnings. (p) Share-based payments The cost of granting share options and other share- based remuneration to employees and directors is recognised through the income statement. These are equity settled and therefore the fair value is measured at the grant date. The Group has used the Black- Scholes option valuation model to establish the relevant fair values. The resulting values are amortised through the income statement over the vesting period of the options and other grants. The charge is reversed if it appears probable that applicable performance criteria will not be met if the performance criteria are not market related. (q) Revenue The Group recognises revenue on an accruals basis when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured and it is probable that future economic benefi ts will fl ow to the Group. Revenue comprises rental income, service charges and other recoveries from tenants of the Group’s investment and trading properties, proceeds of sales of its trading properties and income arising on long-term contracts. Rental income includes the income from managed operations such as car parks, food courts, serviced offi ces and fl ats. Service charges and other recoveries include income in relation to service charges and directly recoverable expenditure together with any chargeable management fees. Rental income from investment property leased out under an operating lease is recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives granted are recognised as an integral part of the net consideration for the use of the property and are therefore recognised on the same straight-line basis. When property is let out under a fi nance lease, the Group recognises a receivable at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease at inception of the lease. Rentals received are accounted for as repayments of principal and fi nance income as appropriate. Finance income is allocated to each period during the lease Land Securities Annual Report 2009 term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining net investment in the fi nance lease. Contingent rents, being those lease payments that are not fi xed at the inception of a lease, for example turnover rents, are recorded as income in the periods in which they are earned. Where revenue is obtained by the sale of assets, it is recognised when the signifi cant risks and returns have been transferred to the buyer. In the case of sales of properties, this is generally on unconditional exchange except where payment or completion is expected to occur signifi cantly after exchange. For conditional exchanges, sales are recognised when the conditions are satisfi ed. Sales of investment and other non-current properties, which are not included in revenue, are recognised on the same basis. (r) Expenses Property and contract expenditure is expensed as incurred with the exception of expenditure on long-term development contracts (see (g) above). Rental payments made under an operating lease are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received are recognised as an integral part of the net consideration for the use of the property and also recognised on a straight-line basis. Minimum lease payments payable on fi nance leases and operating leases accounted for as fi nance leases under IAS40 are apportioned between fi nance expense and reduction of the outstanding liability. Finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining liability. Contingent rents (as defi ned in (q) above) are charged as an expense in the periods in which they are incurred. (s) Impairment The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-fi nancial assets, other than investment properties (see (c) above), are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated (see below). An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement whenever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The value in use is determined as the net present value of the future cash fl ows expected to be derived from the asset, discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that refl ects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specifi c to the asset. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount after the reversal does not exceed the amount that would have been determined, net of applicable depreciation, if no impairment loss had been recognised. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 (t) Derivative fi nancial instruments (derivatives) and hedge accounting The Group uses interest-rate swaps to help manage its interest-rate risk, and cross-currency swaps to manage its currency risk. In accordance with its treasury policy, the Group does not hold or issue derivatives for trading purposes. Where hedge accounting is applied the Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash fl ows of hedged items. All derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date the derivative is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at fair value. The fair value of interest-rate swaps is based on broker quotes. Those quotes are tested for reasonableness by discounting estimated future cash fl ows based on the terms and maturity of each contract and using market interest rates for similar instruments at the measurement date. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument. ■ Cash fl ow hedges: where a derivative is designated as a hedge of the variability of a highly probable forecast transaction (i.e. an interest payment) the element of the gain or loss on the derivative that is an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity. Where the forecast transaction subsequently results in the recognition of a fi nancial asset or a fi nancial liability, the associated gains or losses that were recognised directly in equity are reclassifi ed into the income statement in the same period or periods during which the asset acquired or liability assumed affects the income statement (i.e. when interest income or expense is recognised). Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting: the gain or loss on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, and the non-qualifying element of derivatives that do qualify for hedge accounting, are recognised in the income statement immediately. ■ (u) Income tax Income tax on the profi t for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax is the tax payable on the taxable income for the year and any adjustment in respect of previous years. Deferred tax is provided in full using the balance sheet liability method on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for fi nancial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the asset is realised or the liability is settled. 90 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 2. Signifi cant accounting policies continued (u) Income tax continued No provision is made for temporary differences (i) arising on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities, other than on a business combination, that affect neither accounting nor taxable profi t; and (ii) relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. (v) Leases A Group company is the lessee: (i) Operating lease – leases in which substantially all risks and rewards of ownership are retained by another party, the lessor, are classifi ed as operating leases. Payments, including prepayments, made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. (ii) Finance lease – leases of assets where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classifi ed as fi nance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s commencement at the lower of the fair value of the property and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and fi nance charges so as to achieve a constant rate on the fi nance balance outstanding. The corresponding rental obligations, net of fi nance charges, are included in current and non-current borrowings. The fi nance charges are charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The investment properties acquired under fi nance leases are subsequently carried at their fair value. A Group company is the lessor: (i) Operating lease – properties leased out to tenants under operating leases are included in investment properties in the balance sheet. (ii) Finance lease – when assets are leased out under a fi nance lease, the present value of the minimum lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned fi nance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease using the net investment method before tax, which refl ects a constant periodic rate of return. Where only the buildings element of a property lease is classifi ed as a fi nance lease, the land element is shown within operating leases. (w) Dividends Final dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Group’s fi nancial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders. Interim and quarterly dividends are recognised when paid. 3. Signifi cant judgements, key assumptions and estimates The Group’s signifi cant accounting policies are stated in note 2 above. Not all of these signifi cant accounting Land Securities Annual Report 2009 policies require management to make diffi cult, subjective or complex judgements or estimates. The following is intended to provide an understanding of the policies that management consider critical because of the level of complexity, judgement or estimation involved in their application and their impact on the consolidated fi nancial statements. These judgements involve assumptions or estimates in respect of future events. Actual results may differ from these estimates. (a) Investment property valuation The Group uses the valuation performed by its external valuers, Knight Frank LLP, as the fair value of its investment properties. The valuation of the Group’s property portfolio is inherently subjective due to, among other factors, the individual nature of each property, its location and the expected future rental revenues from that particular property. As a result, the valuations the Group places on its property portfolio are subject to a degree of uncertainty and are made on the basis of assumptions which may not prove to be accurate, particularly in periods of volatility or low transaction fl ow in the commercial property market, as has recently been the case. The investment property valuation contains a number of assumptions upon which Knight Frank LLP has based its valuation of the Group’s properties as at 31 March 2009. The assumptions on which the Property Valuation Report has been based include, but are not limited to, matters such as the tenure and tenancy details for the properties, ground conditions at the properties and the structural condition of the properties, prevailing market yields and comparable market transactions. These assumptions are market standard and accord with the RICS Valuation Standards. However, if any assumptions made by the property valuer prove to be false, this may mean that the value of the Group’s properties differs from their valuation, which could have a material effect on the Group’s fi nancial condition. Investor sentiment towards property investment weakened during 2008 and so far in 2009, and there were relatively fewer property acquisitions and disposals than in 2007. Assessing property valuations is therefore inherently more uncertain in current market conditions as there is a more limited number of comparable transactions against which to assess the value of a particular property. Therefore, it is likely that, in the current environment, commercial property prices and values may continue to be subject to heightened volatility. (b) Finance lease calculations In apportioning rentals on fi nance lease properties, the Group is required to estimate the split of the fair values of the properties concerned between land and buildings. The inception of many of the Group’s leases took place many years ago and therefore reliable estimates are very diffi cult to obtain. Accordingly, the Group has had to apply its judgement in estimating the split at inception of certain fi nance lease properties. (c) Trading properties Trading properties are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The latter is assessed by the Group having regard to suitable valuations performed by its external valuer, Knight Frank LLP. The estimation of the net realisable value of the Group’s trading properties, especially the development land and infrastructure programmes, is inherently subjective due to a number of factors, including their complexity, unusually large size, the substantial expenditure required and long timescales to completion. In addition, as a result of these timescales to completion, the plans associated with these programmes could be subject to signifi cant variation. As a result, and similar to the valuation of investment properties, the net realisable values of the Group’s trading properties are subject to a degree of uncertainty and are made on the basis of assumptions which may not prove to be accurate. If the assumptions upon which the external valuer has based their valuation prove to be false, this may have an impact on the net realisable value of the Group’s properties, which would in turn have an effect on the Group’s fi nancial condition. (d) Trade receivables The Group is required to judge when there is suffi cient objective evidence to require the impairment of individual trade receivables. It does this on the basis of the age of the relevant receivables, external evidence of the credit status of the counterparty and the status of any disputed amounts. (e) Valuation of interest-rate swaps The fair value of fi nancial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses its judgement to select a variety of methods and make assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions existing at the balance sheet date. (f) Compliance with the Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) taxation regime On 1 January 2007 the Group converted to a group REIT. In order to achieve and retain group REIT status, several entrance tests had to be met and certain ongoing criteria must be maintained. The main criteria are as follows: ■ at the start of each accounting period, the assets of the tax exempt business must be at least 75% of the total value of the Group’s assets; at least 75% of the Group’s total profi ts must arise from the tax exempt business; and at least 90% of the profi t of the property rental business must be distributed. ■ ■ The Directors intend that the Group should continue as a group REIT for the foreseeable future, with the result that deferred tax is no longer recognised on temporary differences relating to the property rental business. Financial statements 91 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 4. Segmental information Group Income statements Rental income Service charge income Trading property sale proceeds Long-term development contract income Finance lease interest Revenue Rents payable Other direct property or contract expenditure Indirect property or contract expenditure Long-term development contract expenditure Cost of sales of trading properties Depreciation Underlying segment operating profi t (Loss)/profi t on disposal of non-current properties Net defi cit on revaluation of investment properties Impairment of trading properties Segment result Demerger costs Unallocated expenses Operating loss Net interest expense (note 8) Share of the loss of joint ventures (post-tax) – Retail Portfolio – London Portfolio Loss before tax from continuing activities Retail Portfolio £m London Portfolio £m 302.8 48.6 8.8 – 2.7 362.9 (11.6) (79.9) (33.8) – (6.6) (1.9) 338.9 64.8 0.4 48.9 5.3 458.3 (4.6) (83.2) (30.4) (45.1) (0.1) (4.8) 2009 Total £m 641.7 113.4 9.2 48.9 8.0 821.2 (16.2) (163.1) (64.2) (45.1) (6.7) (6.7) 229.1 (54.8) (1,923.1) – 290.1 (76.0) (2,190.3) (92.3) 519.2 (130.8) (4,113.4) (92.3) (1,748.8) (2,068.5) (3,817.3) Retail Portfolio £m London Portfolio £m 302.9 47.5 1.3 – 2.9 354.6 (11.0) (65.9) (35.7) – (0.9) (2.3) 238.8 16.4 (693.7) – (438.5) 335.2 53.7 42.3 26.3 5.9 463.4 (5.3) (73.5) (30.3) (24.3) (39.9) (5.5) 284.6 40.9 (464.7) – (139.2) (10.2) (14.2) (3,841.7) (332.5) (4,174.2) (554.7) (44.3) (599.0) (4,773.2) 2008 (restated)1 Total £m 638.1 101.2 43.6 26.3 8.8 818.0 (16.3) (139.4) (66.0) (24.3) (40.8) (7.8) 523.4 57.3 (1,158.4) – (577.7) (9.8) (13.0) (600.5) (286.4) (886.9) (86.7) (14.4) (101.1) (988.0) 1. In compliance with IFRS5, the 2008 Group comparatives have been restated as the Trillium discontinued operations have been removed from continuing activities and the operations of the Accor hotels contract has been included within Retail Portfolio. In addition, following a review of the Group’s management structure the ‘Other Investment Portfolio’ segment has been reallocated to ‘Retail Portfolio’ and ‘London Portfolio’ on the basis of how they are managed. Included within rents payable is fi nance lease interest payable of £2.5m (2008: £2.0m) and £1.8m (2008: £2.8m) respectively for Retail Portfolio and London Portfolio. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 92 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 4. Segmental information continued Group Balance sheets Investment properties Operating properties Other property, plant and equipment Net investment in fi nance leases Goodwill Investments in Public Private Partnerships Investment in an associate undertaking Investments in joint ventures Trading properties and long-term development contracts Trade and other receivables Non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale Segment assets Unallocated assets Total assets Trade and other payables Provisions Liabilities directly associated with non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale Segment liabilities Unallocated liabilities Total liabilities Other segment items Capital expenditure Retail Portfolio £m 3,205.4 – 4.7 48.5 – – – 906.9 10.0 201.4 – London Portfolio £m 4,724.0 – 9.6 67.8 – – – 23.9 84.9 190.7 – 2009 Total £m 7,929.4 – 14.3 116.3 – – – 930.8 94.9 392.1 – Retail Portfolio £m 5,100.6 – 8.0 53.2 – – – 1,377.4 16.5 215.0 – Discontinued operations £m 126.5 544.8 53.9 175.7 148.6 25.4 42.9 5.1 4.0 211.5 664.1 2008 (restated) 2 Total £m 12,296.7 544.8 73.6 333.7 148.6 25.4 42.9 1,410.6 173.0 837.7 664.1 London Portfolio £m 7,069.6 – 11.7 104.8 – – – 28.1 152.5 411.2 – 4,376.9 5,100.9 9,477.8 6,770.7 7,777.9 2,002.5 16,551.1 1,693.9 11,171.7 64.9 16,616.0 (335.9) – (241.3) – (577.2) – (286.7) – (243.9) – (334.1) (77.6) (864.7) (77.6) – – – – – (427.7) (427.7) (335.9) (241.3) (577.2) (286.7) (243.9) (839.4) (1,370.0) (5,774.3) (6,351.5) (5,663.1) (7,033.1) 147.6 272.0 419.6 220.1 368.5 51.7 640.3 2. The 2008 Group comparatives have been restated to include the Accor hotels contract within the Retail Portfolio following the disposal of the Trillium discontinued operations. All the Group’s operations are in the UK and, following the disposal of Trillium on 12 January 2009, are organised into two main business segments against which the Group reports its primary segmental information, being Retail Portfolio and London Portfolio. Company The Company’s business is to invest in its subsidiaries, and therefore it operates in a single segment. 5. Operating loss Group The following items have been charged or (credited) in arriving at operating loss from continuing activities: Depreciation: Investment properties (note 13) Other property, plant and equipment (note 15) Impairment of trading properties (note 23) Loss/(profi t) on disposal of non-current properties Bad debts written off and provision for doubtful debts (note 24) Employee costs – continuing activities (note 6) Auditor remuneration (note 7) 1. In compliance with IFRS5, the 2008 Group comparatives have been restated to remove the items charged/(credited) in relation to the Trillium discontinued operations. 2009 £m 2008 (restated)1 £m 2.1 4.6 92.3 130.8 10.5 59.9 1.4 2.9 4.9 – (57.3) 3.6 56.8 3.1 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 93 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 6. Employee costs Group The average monthly number of employees during the year, excluding Directors were: Indirect property or contract and administration Direct property or contract services: Full-time Part-time Group Employee costs Salaries Social security Other pension (note 33) Share-based payments (note 35) Continuing activities Number Discontinued operations Number 471 173 51 695 165 780 20 965 Continuing activities £m Discontinued operations1 £m 46.3 5.2 3.6 4.8 59.9 43.4 4.9 – 3.8 52.1 2009 Total Number 636 953 71 1,660 2009 Total £m 89.7 10.1 3.6 8.6 112.0 1. The employee costs for discontinued operations relates to the employee costs of Trillium for the period from 1 April 2008 to 12 January 2009, the date of disposal. Group Directors Aggregate emoluments excluding pensions Company contributions to pension schemes Continuing activities Number Discontinued operations Number 461 193 49 703 154 772 18 944 Continuing activities £m Discontinued operations £m 45.1 5.0 3.9 2.8 56.8 46.0 5.3 0.2 2.2 53.7 2009 £m 3.2 0.6 3.8 2008 Total Number 615 965 67 1,647 2008 Total £m 91.1 10.3 4.1 5.0 110.5 2008 £m 10.9 0.6 11.5 With the exception of the Directors, who are employed by Land Securities Group PLC, all employees are employed by subsidiaries of the Group. Four Directors (2008: fi ve) have retirement benefi ts accruing under money purchase pension schemes. Retirement benefi ts accrue to one Director (2008: one) under the Group’s defi ned benefi t pension scheme. Information on Directors’ emoluments, share options and interests in the Company’s shares is given in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 76 to 79. 7. Auditor remuneration Group Services provided by the Group’s auditor During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor at costs as detailed below: Audit fees in respect of the accounts of the Company Audit fees in respect of the audit of subsidiary undertakings and associates Fees for services supplied pursuant to legislation Services relating to taxation Other services in relation to the demerger Other services in relation to the disposal of Trillium1 Other services in relation to the sale of Trillium Investment Partners LP Other services in relation to the Rights Issue2 2009 £m 2008 £m 0.4 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.6 – 0.3 1.4 2.3 0.6 0.4 0.1 0.2 1.1 – 0.7 – 1.8 3.1 Included within discontinued operations. 1. 2. Charged directly to equity. It is the Group’s policy to employ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on assignments additional to their statutory duties where their expertise and experience with the Group are important. Where appropriate, the Group seeks tenders for services and if fees are expected to be greater than £25,000 they are pre-approved by the Chairman of the Audit Committee. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 94 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 8. Net interest expense Interest expense Bond and debenture debt Bank borrowings Other interest payable Fair value losses on interest-rate swaps Amortisation of bond exchange de-recognition Interest on pension scheme liabilities Interest capitalised in relation to properties under development Total interest expense Interest income Short-term deposits Long-term investment loans Gain on disposal of foreign-exchange contract Other interest receivable Interest receivable from joint ventures Expected return on pension scheme assets Total interest income Net interest expense Group 2008 (restated)1 £m (195.1) (127.1) (2.0) (21.9) (7.6) (7.1) (360.8) 48.5 (312.3) 1.6 – – 1.3 15.0 8.0 25.9 2009 £m (191.1) (95.4) (0.9) (102.1) (11.7) (7.5) (408.7) 43.7 (365.0) 2.7 0.7 2.7 1.5 16.8 8.1 32.5 Company 2008 £m – – (26.6) – – – (26.6) – (26.6) – – – 14.7 – – 14.7 2009 £m – – (53.9) – – – (53.9) – (53.9) 0.5 – – 19.5 – – 20.0 (332.5) (286.4) (33.9) (11.9) 1. In compliance with IFRS5, the 2008 Group comparatives have been restated to remove the net interest expense in relation to the Trillium discontinued operations. Included within rents payable (note 4) is fi nance lease interest payable of £4.3m (2008: £4.8m). 9. Dividends Group and Company Ordinary dividends paid For the year ended 31 March 2007: Final dividend For the year ended 31 March 2008: First quarter Second quarter Third quarter Final quarter For the year ended 31 March 2009: First quarter Second quarter Payment date Restated1 per share pence Actual per share pence 2009 £m 2008 £m 23 July 2007 30.6 34.0 – 159.5 26 October 2007 7 January 2008 25 April 2008 28 July 2008 24 October 2008 12 January 2009 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.9 14.9 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.5 16.5 – – 74.4 74.4 76.8 76.8 74.5 74.4 – – – – 302.4 308.4 1. The restated dividend per share represents the theoretical dividend per share that would have been paid had the bonus shares inherent in the Rights Issue been in existence at the relevant dividend dates. The Board has proposed a fi nal quarterly dividend for the year ended 31 March 2009 of 7.0p per share (2008: 16.0p) which will result in a further distribution of £53.3m (2008: £74.4m). It will be paid on 24 July 2009 to shareholders who are on the Register of Members on 19 June 2009. The fi nal dividend is in addition to the third quarterly dividend of 16.5p or £76.8m paid on 24 April 2009 (2008: 16.0p or £74.4m). The total dividend paid and proposed in respect of the year ended 31 March 2009 is 56.5p (2008: 64.0p). All numbers relate to actual dividends paid or proposed as opposed to restated dividends. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 95 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 10. Income tax Current tax Corporation tax credit for the year Adjustment in respect of prior years Corporation tax in respect of property disposals Total current tax expense/(credit) Deferred tax Origination and reversal of timing differences Total deferred tax expense/(credit) Group 2008 (restated)1 £m (14.9) (0.6) 0.5 (15.0) (0.1) (0.1) 2009 £m – 0.3 – 0.3 0.2 0.2 Company 2008 £m (6.6) – – (6.6) – – 2009 £m (15.2) – – (15.2) – – Total income tax expense/(credit) in the income statement 0.5 (15.1) (15.2) (6.6) 1. In compliance with IFRS5, the 2008 Group comparatives have been restated to remove the taxes which related to the Trillium discontinued operations. The tax for the year is lower than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 28% (2008: 30%). The differences are explained below: Loss on activities before taxation Loss on activities multiplied by the rate of corporation tax in the UK of 28% (2008: 30%) Effects of: Corporation tax on disposal of non-current assets Joint venture accounting adjustments Prior year corporation tax adjustments Prior year deferred tax adjustments Non-allowable expenses and non-taxable items Losses carried forward Exempt property rental profi ts and revaluations in the year Exempt property gains in the year Total income tax expense/(credit) in the income statement (as above) Group 2008 (restated)1 £m 2009 £m 2009 £m (4,773.2) (988.0) (288.8) (1,336.5) (296.4) (80.9) Company 2008 £m (21.9) (6.6) – – 0.3 (1.1) 4.5 25.7 1,343.1 (35.5) 0.5 5.1 0.9 (0.6) (0.4) 12.0 – 283.5 (19.2) (15.1) – – – – 65.7 – – – – – – – – – – – (15.2) (6.6) 1. In compliance with IFRS5, the 2008 Group comparatives have been restated to remove the taxes which related to the Trillium discontinued operations. Land Securities Group PLC elected for group Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) status with effect from 1 January 2007. As a result the Group no longer pays UK corporation tax on the profi ts and gains from qualifying rental business in the UK provided it meets certain conditions. Non-qualifying profi ts and gains of the Group continue to be subject to corporation tax as normal. The calculation of the Group’s tax expense and liability necessarily involves a degree of estimation and judgement in respect of certain items whose tax treatment cannot be fi nally determined until a formal resolution has been reached with the relevant tax authorities. If all such issues are resolved in the Group’s favour, provisions established in previous periods of up to £211.0m (2008: £216.0m) could be released in the future. 11. (Loss)/earnings per share Group (Loss)/profi t for the fi nancial year attributable to the equity holders of the Company of which from: continuing activities attributable to the equity holders of the Company of which from: discontinued operations attributable to the equity holders of the Company 2009 £m (5,191.3) (4,770.4) (420.9) 2008 (restated)1 £m (830.8) (972.9) 142.1 1. In compliance with IFRS5, the 2008 Group comparatives have been restated to reclassify the profi t arising from the Trillium discontinued operations from continuing activities to discontinued operations. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 96 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 11. (Loss)/earnings per share continued Management has chosen to disclose adjusted earnings per share from continuing activities in order to provide an indication of the Group’s underlying business performance. Accordingly, it excludes the effect of all exceptional items, debt and other restructuring charges, and other items of a capital nature (other than trading properties and long-term contract profi ts) as indicated above. An EPRA measure has been included to assist comparison between European property companies. We believe our measure of adjusted diluted earnings per share is more appropriate than the EPRA measure in the context of our business. Loss for the fi nancial year from continuing activities attributable to equity holders of the Company Revaluation defi cits – Group – joint ventures Loss/(profi t) on non-current property disposals after current and deferred tax Impairment of development land and infrastructure3 – Group (note 23) Mark-to-market adjustment on interest-rate swaps – Group – joint ventures Adjustment due to net liabilities on joint ventures4 Demerger costs (net of taxation) – joint ventures EPRA adjusted earnings from continuing activities attributable to equity holders of the Company Eliminate effect of debt restructuring charges (net of taxation) Eliminate effect of bond exchange de-recognition Adjusted earnings from continuing activities attributable to equity holders of the Company 2009 £m (4,770.4) 4,113.4 630.3 127.9 92.0 12.3 102.1 15.4 (17.7) 7.2 312.5 0.8 11.7 325.0 2008 (restated)2 £m (972.9) 1,158.4 134.2 (49.7) – – 21.9 7.2 – 6.9 306.0 1.0 7.6 314.6 In compliance with IFRS5, the 2008 Group comparatives have been restated to remove the elements arising from the Trillium discontinued operations from continuing activities. 2. 3. The impairment in relation to the development land and infrastructure programmes within trading properties has been removed from both our and the EPRA adjusted earnings due to the long-term nature of these programmes. 4. The adjustment to net liabilities on joint ventures is the result of valuation defi cits and as such restricts the recognition of the full valuation defi cit. Hence, this adjustment is required to refl ect that the valuation defi cit has not been fully recognised in the Group’s income statement. Weighted average number of ordinary shares Effect of weighted average number of treasury shares Effect of weighted average number of own shares Weighted average number of ordinary shares for calculating basic earnings per share Effect of share options which are dilutive for diluted earnings per share Weighted average number of ordinary shares for calculating diluted earnings per share Effect of share options which are dilutive for adjusted diluted earnings per share Weighted average number of ordinary shares for calculating adjusted diluted earnings per share 2009 Number million 526.7 (5.9) (1.2) 519.6 – 519.6 0.3 519.9 2008 (restated)5 Number million 521.8 (4.1) (1.4) 516.3 – 516.3 1.2 517.5 5. The weighted average number of ordinary shares for the year ended 31 March 2008 has been adjusted for the bonus element inherent in the Rights Issue that was approved on 9 March 2009 in compliance with IAS33 ‘Earnings per Share’. Basic (loss)/earnings per share of which from: continuing activities of which from: discontinued operations Diluted (loss)/earnings per share of which from: continuing activities of which from: discontinued operations Adjusted earnings per share from continuing activities Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing activities EPRA adjusted earnings per share from continuing activities 2009 Pence (999.04) (918.04) (81.00) (999.04) (918.04) (81.00) 2008 (restated)6 Pence (160.90) (188.43) 27.53 (160.90) (188.43) 27.53 62.60 62.57 60.93 60.79 60.20 59.26 6. The loss per share for the year ended 31 March 2008 has been adjusted for the bonus element inherent in the Rights Issue that was approved on 9 March 2009 and for the reclassifi cation of the Trillium discontinued operations from continuing activities to discontinued operations. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 97 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 12. Net assets per share Group Net assets attributable to equity holders of the Company Cumulative mark-to-market adjustment on interest-rate swaps – Group – joint ventures – an associate undertaking EPRA adjusted net assets Reverse bond exchange de-recognition adjustment Adjusted net assets attributable to equity holders of the Company Reinstate bond exchange de-recognition adjustment Cumulative mark-to-market adjustment on interest-rate swaps – Group – joint ventures – an associate undertaking Excess of fair value of debt over book value (note 30) EPRA triple net assets Number of ordinary shares in issue Bonus share element inherent in the Rights Issue that was approved on 9 March 2009 Number of ordinary shares in issue adjusted for bonus shares Number of treasury shares Number of own shares1 Number of ordinary shares used for calculating basic net assets per share Dilutive effect of share options1 Number of ordinary shares used for calculating diluted net assets per share 1. The number of own shares and dilutive effect of share options for the year ended 31 March 2008 have been restated to refl ect the bonus element inherent in the Rights Issue that was approved on 9 March 2009. Net assets per share Diluted net assets per share Adjusted net assets per share Adjusted diluted net assets per share EPRA measure – adjusted diluted net assets per share – diluted triple net assets per share 2009 Pence 639 639 593 593 659 637 2. The net assets per share as at 31 March 2008 has been adjusted to refl ect the bonus element inherent in the Rights Issue that was approved on 9 March 2009. Adjusted net assets per share excludes mark-to-market adjustments on fi nancial instruments used for hedging purposes and the bond exchange de-recognition adjustment as management consider that this better represents the expected future cash fl ows of the Group. EPRA measures have been included to assist comparison between European property companies. We believe our measure of adjusted net assets attributable to equity holders of the Company is more indicative of underlying performance. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 2009 £m 4,823.5 112.0 38.2 – 4.973.7 (499.8) 4,473.9 499.8 (112.0) (38.2) – (13.4) 2008 £m 9,582.9 10.7 1.5 0.5 9,595.6 (511.5) 9,084.1 511.5 (10.7) (1.5) (0.5) (208.7) 4,810.1 9,374.2 2009 Number million 761.9 – 761.9 (5.9) (0.9) 755.1 – 755.1 2008 (restated)1 Number million 470.9 51.1 522.0 (5.9) (1.5) 514.6 0.8 515.4 2008 (restated)2 Pence 1862 1859 1765 1763 1862 1819 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 98 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 13. Investment properties Group Net book value at 1 April 2007 Properties transferred from portfolio management into the development programme Developments transferred from the development programme into portfolio management Property acquisitions Capital expenditure Capitalised interest Disposals Transfers to joint ventures Transfers to trading properties Transfer from operating properties Surrender premiums received Depreciation Defi cit on revaluation – continuing activities – discontinued operations Net book value at 31 March 2008 Developments transferred from the development programme into portfolio management Accor hotel properties transferred from Trillium to portfolio management Property acquisitions Capital expenditure Capitalised interest Disposals Transfer from operating properties Surrender premiums received Depreciation Defi cit on revaluation – continuing activities Disposals included as part of the disposal of Trillium – discontinued operations Net book value at 31 March 2009 Portfolio management £m Development programme £m 10,607.4 (218.7) 1,491.5 714.2 117.5 1.4 (1,099.4) (228.2) – – (6.2) (2.9) (1,038.3) – 10,338.3 410.3 435.9 101.9 174.1 14.0 (681.9) – (2.0) (2.1) (3,573.1) – – 2,284.3 218.7 (1,491.5) 0.2 467.3 43.7 (2.2) – (17.4) – – – (107.1) – 1,396.0 (410.3) – 1.3 245.5 23.1 (1.3) – – – (540.3) – – Trillium £m 427.6 – – 149.4 6.8 – (0.6) – – 4.1 – – (13.0) (11.9) 562.4 – (435.9) – 6.0 – (41.4) 11.9 – – – (10.0) (93.0) Total £m 13,319.3 – – 863.8 591.6 45.1 (1,102.2) (228.2) (17.4) 4.1 (6.2) (2.9) (1,158.4) (11.9) 12,296.7 – – 103.2 425.6 37.1 (724.6) 11.9 (2.0) (2.1) (4,113.4) (10.0) (93.0) 7,215.4 714.0 – 7,929.4 The following table reconciles the net book value of the investment properties to the market value. The components of the reconciliation are included within their relevant balance sheet headings. Portfolio management £m Development programme £m 10,338.3 156.3 (65.3) 149.2 10,578.5 1,216.5 1,396.0 24.3 (2.0) – 1,418.3 373.4 11,795.0 1,791.7 7,215.4 148.8 (56.5) 104.7 7,412.4 950.0 714.0 40.5 (1.4) – 753.1 291.5 8,362.4 1,044.6 Trillium £m 562.4 – – – 562.4 – 562.4 – – – – – – – Total investment properties £m 12,296.7 180.6 (67.3) 149.2 12,559.2 1,589.9 14,149.1 7,929.4 189.3 (57.9) 104.7 8,165.5 1,241.5 9,407.0 Net book value at 31 March 2008 Plus: amount included in prepayments in respect of lease incentives Less: head leases capitalised (note 32) Plus: properties treated as fi nance leases Market value at 31 March 2008 – Group – plus: share of joint ventures (note 20) Market value at 31 March 2008 – Group and share of joint ventures Net book value at 31 March 2009 Plus: amount included in prepayments in respect of lease incentives Less: head leases capitalised (note 32) Plus: properties treated as fi nance leases Market value at 31 March 2009 – Group – plus: share of joint ventures (note 20) Market value at 31 March 2009 – Group and share of joint ventures Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 99 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 13. Investment properties continued Included in investment properties are leasehold properties with a net book value of £994.0m (2008: £1,368.1m). The fair value of the Group’s investment properties at 31 March 2009 has been arrived at on the basis of a valuation carried out at that date by Knight Frank LLP, external valuers. The valuation by Knight Frank LLP, which conforms to Appraisal and Valuation Standards of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors and with IVA 1 of the International Valuation Standards, was arrived at by reference to market evidence of transaction prices for similar properties. Fixed asset properties include capitalised interest of £181.1m (2008: £211.7m). The average rate of capitalisation is 5.5% (2008: 5.5%). The historical cost of investment properties is £7,721.8m (2008: £7,813.2m). The current value of investment properties in respect of proposed developments is £524.8m (2008: £639.6m). Developments are transferred out of the development programme when physically complete and 95% let. The schemes completed during the year were Queen Anne’s Gate, London SW1, 10 Eastbourne Terrace, London W2 and Angel Road, Edmonton N18. The Group has outstanding capital commitments of £280.5m at 31 March 2009 (2008: £234.5m). 2009 £m 544.8 0.8 18.1 (13.5) – (11.9) (16.7) (521.6) – 2009 £m 73.6 8.4 (7.8) (4.6) (0.9) (54.4) 14.3 2008 £m 551.5 8.9 32.4 (16.9) (4.1) (4.1) (22.9) – 544.8 2008 £m 78.2 16.1 (0.7) (4.9) (15.1) – 73.6 14. Operating properties Group Book value at the beginning of the year Property acquisitions Capital expenditure Disposals Transfers to trading properties Transfer to investment properties (Trillium) Depreciation – discontinued operations Disposals included as part of the disposal of Trillium Book value at the end of the year 15. Other property, plant and equipment Group Book value at the beginning of the year Capital expenditure Disposals Depreciation – continuing activities – discontinued operations Disposals included as part of the disposal of Trillium Book value at the end of the year Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 100 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 16. Net investment in fi nance leases Group Non-current Finance leases – gross receivables Unearned fi nance income Unguaranteed residual value Current Finance leases – gross receivables Unearned fi nance income Total net investment in fi nance leases Gross receivables from fi nance leases: Not later than one year Later than one year but not more than fi ve years More than fi ve years Unearned future fi nance income Unguaranteed residual value Net investment in fi nance leases 2009 £m 2008 £m 277.7 (187.1) 25.7 116.3 7.0 (6.2) 0.8 117.1 7.0 34.9 242.8 284.7 (193.3) 25.7 117.1 692.8 (385.6) 26.5 333.7 27.4 (20.3) 7.1 340.8 27.4 129.3 563.5 720.2 (405.9) 26.5 340.8 2008 £m 129.6 13.5 5.5 – 148.6 233.5 (84.9) 148.6 The Group has leased out a number of investment properties under fi nance leases, which ranged from 35 to 100 years in duration from the inception of the lease. These are accounted for as fi nance lease receivables rather than investment properties. The fair value of the Group’s fi nance lease receivables approximates to the carrying amount. 17. Goodwill Group At the beginning of the year Arising on acquisitions during the year Arising on acquisitions in prior years Impaired in the year1 At the end of the year Represented by: Gross goodwill recognised Total accumulated impairment losses 2009 £m 148.6 – – (148.6) – – – – 1. The impairment charge in the year is included within the post-tax loss of Trillium within discontinued operations as the goodwill relates to the Trillium operations that were disposed of on 12 January 2009. As a result of adverse economic conditions impacting Trillium’s new business prospects, particularly the reduced availability of long-term debt funding at a reasonable cost, an impairment review was undertaken in compliance with IAS36 ‘Impairment of Assets’ to assess whether the goodwill carried in the Group’s balance sheet was impaired. As a result of this review, an impairment loss of £148.6m was recognised in the fi rst half of the year. This impairment is included within discontinued operations (note 42). The carrying value was tested by comparing the carrying amount of the business’ assets and liabilities with their recoverable amount. The latter was calculated by reference to the cash fl ow projections for the entire term of each of Trillium’s contracts. The cash fl ow projections had been prepared on the basis of strategic plans, knowledge of the market and management’s views on achievable new business gains over the longer term. The main assumptions underlying the forecasts were the relative infl ation rates applying to costs and revenues, the amount of expenditure required to fulfi l the service level commitments, the vacation rate under the DWP contract and the value of new business from Property Partnerships and PPP. The cash fl ows were discounted using Trillium’s weighted average cost of capital of 9.0% (31 March 2008: 7.5%). Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 101 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 18. Investment in an associate undertaking Group At the beginning of the year Transferred from non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale Share of post-tax results1 Disposals included as part of the disposal of Trillium At the end of the year 2009 £m 42.9 – (16.6) (26.3) – 2008 £m – 43.4 (0.5) – 42.9 1. The Group’s share of post-tax results from an associate undertaking is included within the post-tax loss of Trillium within discontinued operations as it relates to Trillium Investment Partners LP that was disposed of as part of the disposal of Trillium on 12 January 2009. The Group’s share of the assets and liabilities of Trillium Investment Partners LP is as follows: Group Assets Liabilities Group’s share of net assets 19. Loans to third parties Group At the beginning of the year Additions At the end of the year 2009 £m – – – 2009 £m – 50.0 50.0 2008 £m 257.7 (214.8) 42.9 2008 £m – – – In conjunction with the disposal of Trillium, the Group has made an unsecured loan to Semperian PPP (formerly Trillium Investment Partners LP), which is repayable by instalments between 2015 and 2035. 20. Investments in joint ventures The Group’s signifi cant joint ventures are described below: Name of joint venture The Scottish Retail Property Limited Partnership Metro Shopping Fund Limited Partnership Buchanan Partnership St. David’s Limited Partnership The Bull Ring Limited Partnership Bristol Alliance Limited Partnership The Harvest Limited Partnership The Oriana Limited Partnership Percentage owned Business segment Year end date Joint venture partners 50.0% 50.0% 50.0% 50.0% 33.3% 50.0% 50.0% 50.0% Retail Portfolio Retail Portfolio Retail Portfolio Retail Portfolio Retail Portfolio Retail Portfolio Retail Portfolio London Portfolio 31 March 31 March 31 December 31 December 31 December 31 December 31 March 31 March The British Land Company PLC Delancey Real Estate Partners Limited The Henderson UK Shopping Centre Fund Liberty International PLC The Henderson UK Shopping Centre Fund Hammerson plc Hammerson plc J Sainsbury plc Frogmore Real Estate Partners Limited Partnership R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Income statement Rental income Service charge income Property services income Trading property sale proceeds Revenue Rents payable Other direct property expenditure Indirect property expenditure Impairment of trading properties Cost of sales of trading properties (Loss)/profi t on disposal of non-current properties Net defi cit on revaluation of investment properties Operating loss Net interest (expense)/income Loss before tax Income tax Net liabilities adjustment3 Share of losses of joint ventures after tax Balance sheet Investment properties2 Current assets Current liabilities Non-current liabilities Net liabilities adjustment3 Net assets Capital commitments Market value of 102 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 20. Investments in joint ventures continued Year ended 31 March 2009 and at 31 March 2009 Summary fi nancial information of Group’s share of joint ventures The Scottish Retail Property Limited Partnership £m Metro Shopping Fund Limited Partnership £m Buchanan Partnership £m St. David’s Limited Partnership £m The Bull Ring Limited Partnership £m Bristol Alliance Limited Partnership £m The Harvest Limited Partnership £m The Oriana Limited Partnership £m 9.1 1.5 – – 10.6 (0.2) (3.6) (0.4) – – 6.4 (0.1) (54.0) (47.7) (3.2) (50.9) (0.2) (51.1) – 12.9 2.5 – – 15.4 – (4.0) (1.2) – – 10.2 0.2 (78.1) (67.7) (10.6) (78.3) (0.8) (79.1) 16.5 9.2 1.8 – – 11.0 – (2.9) (0.1) – – 8.0 – (66.5) (58.5) (3.8) (62.3) – (62.3) – 5.0 0.7 – – 5.7 – (1.2) (0.3) – – 4.2 – (184.6) (180.4) 0.3 (180.1) – (180.1) – 15.5 2.5 – – 18.0 – (5.1) (0.3) – – 12.6 0.4 (87.8) (74.8) – (74.8) – (74.8) – 10.8 – – – 10.8 (0.2) (3.8) (0.1) – – 6.7 1.7 (106.3) (97.9) 0.3 (97.6) – (97.6) – 4.4 0.2 – – 4.6 – (0.3) (0.4) – – 3.9 – (11.5) (7.6) (1.4) (9.0) – (9.0) – 4.3 0.3 – – 4.6 – (0.5) (0.6) – – 3.5 – (4.8) (1.3) (11.7) (13.0) – (13.0) – Other1 £m 6.5 0.1 – 16.0 22.6 (0.1) (1.1) (0.4) (12.3) (10.5) (1.8) 0.7 (36.7) (37.8) (11.6) (49.4) (0.3) (49.7) 1.2 Total £m 77.7 9.6 – 16.0 103.3 (0.5) (22.5) (3.8) (12.3) (10.5) 53.7 2.9 (630.3) (573.7) (41.7) (615.4) (1.3) (616.7) 17.7 (51.1) (62.6) (62.3) (180.1) (74.8) (97.6) (9.0) (13.0) (48.5) (599.0) 82.3 6.4 88.7 (3.1) (68.1) (71.2) – 17.5 1.6 171.5 7.5 179.0 (5.6) (189.9) (195.5) 16.5 – 0.7 112.3 6.0 118.3 (3.9) – (3.9) – 114.4 0.4 147.6 119.0 266.6 (25.6) (0.4) (26.0) – 240.6 53.1 200.0 12.2 212.2 (9.4) – (9.4) – 202.8 – 230.8 33.6 264.4 (17.3) (2.9) (20.2) – 244.2 12.9 investment properties2 83.8 172.6 115.0 147.5 205.0 253.4 Net (debt)/cash (63.3) (185.1) 1.9 2.7 2.8 1.9 Net investment At 1 April 2008 Properties contributed Cash contributed Distributions Fair value movement on cash fl ow hedges Disposals Loan advances Loan repayments Disposal of Trillium Share of losses of joint ventures after tax At 31 March 2009 73.0 – 0.4 – (4.8) – – – – (51.1) 17.5 69.9 – 5.8 (1.1) (12.0) – – – – (62.6) 179.6 – 1.4 (4.3) – – – – – 346.7 – – – – – 74.0 – – (62.3) (180.1) 289.3 – – – – – 0.3 (12.0) – (74.8) – 114.4 240.6 202.8 284.4 – – – – – 61.1 (3.7) – (97.6) 244.2 69.5 44.3 113.8 (1.0) (46.9) (47.9) – 65.9 – 70.0 (46.1) 64.5 – 17.6 (3.0) (4.2) – – – – (9.0) 65.9 83.9 3.1 87.0 (4.3) (75.6) (79.9) – 7.1 – 84.0 (74.8) 9.0 – 11.2 (0.1) – – – – – (13.0) 7.1 110.1 55.7 165.8 (29.0) (99.7) (128.7) 1.2 38.3 1.9 1,208.0 287.8 1,495.8 (99.2) (483.5) (582.7) 17.7 930.8 70.6 110.2 1,241.5 (99.4) (459.4) 94.2 27.3 4.1 (13.1) (0.3) (17.9) 0.2 (2.4) (5.3) (48.5) 38.3 1,410.6 27.3 40.5 (21.6) (21.3) (17.9) 135.6 (18.1) (5.3) (599.0) 930.8 1. Other principally includes The Martineau Galleries Limited Partnership, The Ebbsfl eet Limited Partnership and Millshaw Property Co. Limited. 2. The difference between the book value and the market value is the amount included in prepayments in respect of lease incentives, head leases capitalised and properties treated as fi nance leases. 3. Joint ventures with net liabilities are carried at zero value in the balance sheet where there is no commitment to fund the defi cit and any distributions are included in the consolidated income statement for the year. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 103 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 20. Investments in joint ventures continued Year ended 31 March 2008 and at 31 March 2008 The Scottish Retail Property Limited Partnership £m Metro Shopping Fund Limited Partnership £m Buchanan Partnership £m St. David’s Limited Partnership £m The Bull Ring Limited Partnership £m Bristol Alliance Limited Partnership £m The Harvest Limited Partnership £m The Oriana Limited Partnership £m Summary fi nancial information of Group’s share of joint ventures Income statement Rental income Service charge income Property services income Trading property sale proceeds Revenue Rents payable Other direct property expenditure Indirect property expenditure Cost of sales of trading properties (Loss)/profi t on disposal of non-current properties Net (defi cit)/surplus on revaluation of investment properties Operating (loss)/profi t Net interest (expense)/income (Loss)/profi t before tax Income tax Share of (losses)/profi ts of joint ventures after tax – continuing activities – discontinued operations Balance sheet Investment properties Current assets Current liabilities Non-current liabilities Net assets Capital commitments Market value of Net investment At 1 April 2007 Properties contributed Cash contributed Distributions Fair value movement on cash fl ow hedges taken to equity Loan advances Loan repayments Share of post-tax results: – continuing activities – discontinued operations At 31 March 2008 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 12.5 2.5 – – 15.0 (0.2) (4.6) (0.6) – 9.6 (7.6) (28.4) (26.4) (5.6) (32.0) (0.1) 14.0 3.0 – – 17.0 – (3.8) (1.1) – 12.1 0.6 9.9 0.7 – – 10.6 – (1.9) (0.1) – 8.6 – (12.1) (11.5) 0.6 (12.5) (11.9) (0.6) (2.9) (3.5) (6.4) – 5.4 0.7 – – 6.1 – (1.2) (0.3) – 4.6 – (21.8) (17.2) 0.4 (16.8) – 14.7 2.7 – – 17.4 – (4.1) (0.2) – 13.1 – (31.5) (18.4) 0.1 (18.3) – (32.1) (12.5) (6.4) (16.8) (18.3) – – – – – 126.7 11.2 137.9 (2.9) (62.0) (64.9) 73.0 2.9 246.4 38.3 284.7 (4.9) (209.9) (214.8) 69.9 0.6 145.8 – – (42.5) 1.8 – – 95.3 – 6.6 (14.2) (5.3) – – 176.0 6.1 182.1 (2.5) – (2.5) 179.6 2.9 180.0 0.7 188.6 – 3.4 (6.0) – – – 244.1 118.7 362.8 (15.7) (0.4) (16.1) 346.7 127.4 244.0 5.3 308.1 – – – – 55.4 – 288.4 9.1 297.5 (8.2) – (8.2) 289.3 – 293.3 3.1 321.1 – – – – – (13.5) (18.3) – 3.4 – – – 3.4 – (0.2) (0.2) – 3.0 – 6.3 9.3 0.4 9.7 – 9.7 – 291.5 12.4 303.9 (17.2) (2.3) (19.5) 284.4 27.7 294.5 (0.3) 198.6 – – – – 79.5 (3.4) 9.7 – (32.1) (12.5) (6.4) (16.8) – 73.0 – 69.9 – – 179.6 346.7 289.3 284.4 1.4 – – – 1.4 – – 1.4 – – – 1.4 – – (0.1) (0.2) – 1.3 – (9.7) (8.4) – (8.4) – – 1.2 – (15.6) (14.4) – (14.4) – Other £m 3.4 0.7 0.1 35.1 39.3 (0.1) (1.4) (0.1) (26.8) 10.9 (0.1) (9.9) 0.9 (0.3) 0.6 (2.4) Total £m 66.1 10.3 0.1 35.1 111.6 (0.3) (17.2) (2.9) (26.8) 64.4 (7.1) (134.2) (76.9) (21.0) (97.9) (3.1) (8.4) (14.4) (1.9) (101.1) – – 0.1 0.1 62.7 2.3 65.0 (0.5) – (0.5) 64.5 – 62.8 1.5 – 39.7 33.2 – – – – 87.3 1.5 88.8 (79.7) (0.1) (79.8) 9.0 – 87.3 1.4 – 205.8 – (0.8) – – (181.6) 55.9 73.7 129.6 (10.7) (24.7) (35.4) 94.2 8.3 55.5 (6.5) 81.3 – 26.3 (11.6) – – – 1,579.0 273.3 1,852.3 (142.3) (299.4) (441.7) 1,410.6 169.8 1,589.9 (253.5) 1,338.8 245.5 69.5 (75.1) (3.5) 134.9 (198.5) (8.4) (14.4) (1.9) (101.1) – 64.5 – 9.0 0.1 94.2 0.1 1,410.6 investment properties 125.9 246.6 Net (debt)/cash (53.1) (205.6) R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 104 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 21. Investments in Public Private Partnerships Group At the beginning of the year Arising on acquisitions during the year Additions Transferred to non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale Disposals included as part of the disposal of Trillium At the end of the year The Group’s share of the assets and liabilities of the PPP investments is as follows: Group Assets Liabilities Group’s share of net assets 22. Investments in subsidiary undertakings Company At the beginning of the year Capital contributions relating to share-based payments (note 35) Impairment to reduce net assets of the Company to net assets of the Group attributable to equity shareholders At the end of the year 2009 £m 25.4 – – (17.2) (8.2) – 2009 £m – – – 2008 £m – 17.2 8.2 – – 25.4 2008 £m 216.4 (191.0) 25.4 2009 £m 5,054.6 8.6 (234.7) 4,828.5 2008 £m 5,049.6 5.0 – 5,054.6 In accordance with IFRIC11 ‘IFRS2 – Group and Treasury Transactions’ the equity settled share-based charge for the employees of the Company’s subsidiaries are treated as an increase in the cost of investment in the subsidiaries and a corresponding increase in the Company’s equity. The Directors consider that to give full particulars of all subsidiary undertakings would lead to a statement of excessive length. The principal Group undertakings, all of which are wholly owned, either directly by the Company or through a fellow subsidiary undertaking are: Wholly owned subsidiary undertakings Group operations Land Securities Properties Limited Investment property business Land Securities Intermediate Limited Land Securities Property Holdings Limited Ravenseft Properties Limited The City of London Real Property Company Limited Ravenside Investments Limited All principal subsidiary undertakings operate in Great Britain and are registered in England and Wales. A full list of subsidiary undertakings at 31 March 2009 will be appended to the Company’s next annual return. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 105 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 23. Trading properties and long-term development contracts Group Trading properties: Development land and infrastructure Other trading properties Long-term development contracts Cost £m Impairment provision £m 159.1 26.0 2.1 187.2 (92.0) (0.3) – (92.3) 2009 Realisable value £m 67.1 25.7 2.1 94.9 Cost £m Impairment provision £m 128.2 44.8 – 173.0 – – – – 2008 Realisable value £m 128.2 44.8 – 173.0 The realisable value of the Group’s trading properties at 31 March 2009 has been arrived at on the basis of a valuation carried out at that date by Knight Frank LLP, external valuers. Long-term development contracts Income statement: Contract revenue recognised as revenue in the year Balance sheet: Contract costs incurred and recognised profi ts (less recognised losses) to date Advances received from customers Plus: gross amount due to customers for contract work (included in accruals and deferred income) Balance at the end of the year 24. Trade and other receivables Trade receivables Less: allowance for doubtful accounts Trade receivables – net Property sales receivables Other receivables Prepayments and accrued income Current tax assets Finance leases receivable within one year (note 16) Amounts due from joint ventures Loans to Group undertakings Group Movement in allowances for doubtful accounts At the beginning of the year Additions/reversal of allowance Write-offs charged against the allowances account Allowance included as part of disposal of Trillium discontinued operations At the end of the year 2009 £m 2008 £m 48.9 26.3 383.8 (390.8) (7.0) 9.1 2.1 2009 £m – – – – – 0.1 3.2 – – 5.5 8.8 2009 £m 15.0 10.5 (3.3) (1.9) 20.3 332.8 (346.0) (13.2) 13.2 – Company 2008 £m – – – – – 0.3 – – – 385.9 386.2 2008 £m 15.2 3.6 (3.8) – 15.0 2009 £m 53.6 (20.3) 33.3 64.9 35.6 212.9 – 0.8 44.6 – 392.1 Group 2008 £m 161.1 (15.0) 146.1 205.2 53.9 314.6 – 7.1 111.1 – 838.0 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 106 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 24. Trade and other receivables continued Group Accounts receivable past due As at 31 March 2009 Past due but not impaired Past due and impaired As at 31 March 20081 Past due but not impaired Past due and impaired 1-30 days past due £m Up to 6 months past due £m Up to 12 months past due £m More than 12 months past due £m 15.4 15.1 30.5 16.1 17.0 33.1 2.6 10.5 13.1 1.9 5.3 7.2 – 5.5 5.5 – 3.4 3.4 Group 2008 £m 25.7 – 25.7 22.7 – 22.7 – – – – 4.5 4.5 – 5.3 5.3 2009 £m 105.1 – 105.1 – – – – – – Total £m 18.0 35.6 53.6 18.0 31.0 49.0 Company 2008 £m 69.5 – 69.5 – – – – – – 1. The balance for the year ended 31 March 2008 excludes £112.1m that relates to the Trillium discontinued operations. In accordance with IFRS7, the amounts shown as past due represent the total credit exposure, not the amount actually past due. 25. Cash and cash equivalents Cash at bank and in hand: Unrestricted Restricted Short-term deposits: Unrestricted Restricted Liquidity funds: Unrestricted Restricted 2009 £m 108.1 0.1 108.2 750.0 29.8 779.8 751.0 – 751.0 1,639.0 48.4 105.1 69.5 Liquidity funds The liquidity funds are AAA rated cash-investment funds with constant net asset values, offering the Group same day access to the funds deposited. These investments yield a return of between 0.5% and 1.3% at 31 March 2009. Short-term deposits The effective interest rate on short-term deposits was 1.2% at 31 March 2009 (2008: 5.1%) and had an average maturity of 91 days (2008: one day). Restricted cash and deposits Restricted cash represents amounts held within the Security Group which requires the consent of the Security Group Trustee in order to be released for use by the Group. The requirement to hold restricted cash is an operating requirement under the terms of the Security Group’s debt programme, which encourages a reduction in gearing when either LTV or interest cover exceeds prescribed levels. This does not prevent the Group from optimising returns by putting this money on short-term deposit. Restricted balances do not meet the defi nition of cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the cash fl ow statement. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 107 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 25. Cash and cash equivalents continued For the purposes of the cash fl ow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following: Cash at bank and in hand Short-term deposits Liquidity funds Bank overdrafts (note 30) 26. Non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale Group Non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale Liabilities directly associated with non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale 2009 £m 108.1 750.0 751.0 (0.3) 1,608.8 Group 2008 £m 25.7 22.7 – (1.4) 47.0 2009 £m 105.1 – – – 105.1 2009 £m – – – Company 2008 £m 69.5 – – – 69.5 2008 £m 664.1 (427.7) 236.4 Non-current assets and liabilities held for sale at 31 March 2008 represented a number of PPP investments owned by Trillium which were to be sold to Trillium Investment Partners LP or to third parties. These investments were held as a disposal group within the Trillium operations that were divested on 12 January 2009. The Group has not recognised any profi ts or losses in respect of these investments in the year ended 31 March 2009, other than the £23.0m profi t on disposal of projects sold to Trillium Investment Partners LP and a £2.8m impairment charge, both of which are included within discontinued operations. Set out below is an analysis of the movements within the disposal group for the year ended 31 March 2009: Book value at the beginning of the year Projects transferred from Investments in Public Private Partnership contracts Projects sold to Trillium Investment Partners LP Project acquisitions Impairments Profi t from discontinued operations Cash received from the disposal group Disposals included as part of the disposal of Trillium Book value at the end of the year 27. Trade and other payables Trade payables Capital payables Other payables Accruals and deferred income Amounts owed to joint ventures Loans from Group undertakings Total £m 236.4 17.2 (97.3) 7.5 (2.8) 1.1 (1.8) (160.3) – Company 2008 £m – – – 0.2 – 874.5 874.7 2009 £m 2.7 129.7 46.6 278.2 168.6 – 625.8 Group 2008 £m 28.5 116.8 73.3 574.4 134.2 – 927.2 2009 £m – – – 5.2 – 113.7 118.9 Capital payables represent amounts due under contracts to purchase properties, which were unconditionally exchanged at the year end, and for work completed on investment properties but not paid for at the fi nancial year end. Deferred income principally relates to rents received in advance. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 108 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 28. Provisions Group At 1 April 2007 Net charge to income statement for the year (included in discontinued operations) Release of discount (included in discontinued operations) Utilised in the year At 31 March 2008 Net charge to income statement for the year (included in discontinued operations) Release of discount (included in discontinued operations) Utilised in the year Provisions included in the disposal of Trillium At 31 March 2009 Included in the balance above, the following amounts are anticipated to be utilised within one year: At 31 March 2009 Dilapidations £m 20.9 7.2 – (7.9) 20.2 6.0 – (2.4) (23.8) – – Onerous leases £m 39.8 0.4 1.6 (11.6) 30.2 5.5 1.2 (8.3) (28.6) – – Other £m 20.0 7.2 – – 27.2 1.4 – – (28.6) – – Total £m 80.7 14.8 1.6 (19.5) 77.6 12.9 1.2 (10.7) (81.0) – – At 31 March 2008 14.8 10.6 15.5 40.9 Dilapidations Provisions for dilapidations were made in respect of certain leasehold properties held within the Trillium operations that were disposed of on 12 January 2009. A provision was established where the Group anticipated incurring future expenditure at the end of the lease. The amounts provided were based on the current estimate of the future costs determined on the basis of the present condition of the relevant properties. Settlement of the amounts provided occurred once agreement was reached with the parties to the lease. Onerous leases An onerous lease provision related to leasehold properties held within the Trillium operations that were disposed of on 12 January 2009. A provision was established in respect of leasehold properties that were unoccupied or where the expected future rental income was not expected to meet the Group’s rental obligations. The provisions were based on assumptions about expected future rentals and voids. Other Other provisions included liabilities that arose from the contractual arrangements with clients of the disposed Trillium operations that included specifi c performance measurement targets and life cycle capital expenditure requirements. Settlement of the amounts provided followed agreement with the clients. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 109 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 29. Derivative fi nancial instruments Group Interest-rate swaps (cash fl ow hedges) Interest-rate swaps (non-designated) Forward foreign-exchange contracts (cash fl ow hedges) Total 2009 Assets £m Liabilities £m – – – – – 112.0 – 112.0 Assets £m – – 4.3 4.3 2008 Liabilities £m 0.8 9.9 – 10.7 Non-designated derivatives are classifi ed as a current asset or liability. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classifi ed as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months and as a current asset or liability if the maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months. Interest-rate swaps The Group uses interest-rate swaps to manage its exposure to interest-rate movements on its interest-bearing loans and borrowings. The fair value of these contracts is recorded in the balance sheet and is determined by discounting future cash fl ows at the prevailing market rates at the balance sheet date. The change in fair value of the contracts that are not designated as hedging instruments is taken to the income statement. For contracts that are designated as cash fl ow hedges the change in the fair value of the contracts is recognised directly in equity. There was no ineffectiveness to be recognised from the designated cash fl ow hedges. The deferred asset or liability assumed is released to the income statement during the term of each relevant swap. Forward foreign-exchange contracts The Group uses forward foreign-exchange contracts to manage its exposure to exchange-rate movements in relation to debt raised in currencies other than sterling, or to lock in the sterling equivalent of future committed expenditure denominated in foreign currencies. The fair value of these contracts is recorded in the balance sheet. The change in fair value of designated cash fl ow hedging instruments is recognised directly in equity. The asset acquired or liability assumed is released to the income statement in the period to which it relates. At the balance sheet date, the notional amount of outstanding derivative fi nancial instruments was as follows: Interest-rate swaps Forward foreign-exchange contracts 2009 £m 2,225.0 – 2,225.0 2008 £m 2,025.7 35.5 2,061.2 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 110 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 30. Borrowings Group Short-term borrowings and overdrafts Sterling Bank overdrafts Amounts payable under fi nance leases (note 32) Total short-term borrowings and overdrafts Non-current borrowings Sterling 4.625 per cent MTN due 2013 5.292 per cent MTN due 2015 4.875 per cent MTN due 2019 5.425 per cent MTN due 2022 4.875 per cent MTN due 2025 5.391 per cent MTN due 2026 5.391 per cent MTN due 2027 5.376 per cent MTN due 2029 5.396 per cent MTN due 2032 5.125 per cent MTN due 2036 Bond exchange de-recognition adjustment Syndicated bank debt Bilateral facilities Amounts payable under fi nance leases (note 32) Total non-current borrowings Total borrowings Secured/ unsecured Fixed/ fl oating Effective interest rate % Nominal/ notional value £m Unsecured Floating Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Floating Floating Fixed LIBOR+ margin LIBOR+ margin 5.5 2009 Book value £m 0.3 0.8 1.1 299.8 391.0 396.5 254.6 297.2 209.9 608.5 316.4 321.1 498.6 (499.8) 3,093.8 1,658.6 640.0 57.1 Fair value £m 0.3 0.8 1.1 294.3 383.4 370.0 230.9 237.2 175.9 509.6 256.1 258.6 376.1 – 3,092.1 1,662.8 640.0 68.0 – 5.5 4.7 5.3 5.0 5.5 4.9 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.1 0.3 0.8 1.1 300.0 391.5 400.0 255.3 300.0 210.7 611.1 317.9 322.9 500.0 – 3,609.4 1,662.8 640.0 57.1 5,969.3 5,462.9 5,449.5 5,970.4 5,464.0 5,450.6 Medium term notes (MTN) The MTN are secured on the fi xed and fl oating pool of assets of the Security Group. Debt investors benefi t from security over a pool of investment properties valued at £7.5bn at 31 March 2009 (2008: £11.0bn). The secured debt structure has a tiered operating covenant regime which gives the Group substantial fl exibility when the loan to value and interest cover in the Security Group are less than 65% and more than 1.45 times respectively. If these limits are exceeded the operating environment becomes more restrictive with provisions to encourage the reduction in gearing (see note 31). The interest rate is fi xed until the expected maturity, being two years before the legal maturity date for each MTN, whereupon the interest rate for the last two years is LIBOR plus a step-up margin. The effective interest rate includes the amortisation of issue costs. The MTN are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and their fair values are based on their respective market prices. Syndicated bank debt At 31 March 2009 the Group had two syndicated bank facilities: 1. £1.5bn authorised credit facility with a maturity of August 2013, which has been fully drawn. This facility is committed and is secured on the assets of the Security Group. The interest rates are fl oating at LIBOR plus a margin of between 0.15% and 0.25%; and 2. £352.0m committed development facility with a maturity of May 2013. This facility was taken out to fund the development of Leeds Trinity Quarter and is secured on this property; this facility is currently £162.8m drawn. The interest rates are fl oating at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.35%. There are £5.0m of issue costs which are being written off over the life of this facility. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 111 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 30. Borrowings continued Bilateral facilities Committed Bilateral facilities totalling £940.0m are available to the Group and are secured on the assets of the Security Group. These facilities mature between July and December 2011, with the exception of one undrawn facility for £40m which matures in September 2009. The Group has the option to extend any drawings for a further year past maturity, or two years in the case of the £40m facility. The interest rates are fl oating at LIBOR plus a margin of between 0.25% and 0.75%. Bond exchange de-recognition On 3 November 2004, a debt refi nancing was completed resulting in the Group exchanging all of its outstanding bond and debenture debt for new MTN with higher nominal values. The new MTN did not meet the IAS39 requirement to be substantially different from the debt that it replaced. Consequently the book value of the new debt is reduced to the book value of the original debt by the ‘bond exchange de-recognition’ adjustment which is then amortised to zero over the life of the new MTN. The amortisation is charged to net interest expenses in the income statement. Fair values The fair values of any fl oating rate fi nancial liabilities are assumed to be equal to their nominal value. Secured/ unsecured Fixed/ fl oating Effective interest rate % Nominal/ notional value £m Unsecured Unsecured Unsecured Unsecured Secured Secured Secured Floating Floating Floating Floating Floating Floating Fixed Fixed Unsecured Floating Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Secured Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Floating Floating Floating Floating Fixed 5.4 5.8 5.7 – 6.4 5.9 5.5 – 4.7 4.7 5.3 5.0 5.5 4.9 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.1 6.4 6.4 5.8 5.9 5.5 106.4 19.8 45.0 1.4 30.0 565.4 2.2 – 35.5 805.7 300.0 391.5 400.0 255.3 300.0 210.7 611.2 317.9 322.9 500.0 – 3,609.5 15.5 94.4 865.0 500.0 65.1 2008 Book value £m 106.4 19.8 45.0 1.4 30.0 565.4 2.2 (11.7) 35.5 794.0 299.7 390.9 396.1 254.5 297.0 209.8 608.5 316.3 321.0 498.5 (499.8) 3,092.5 15.5 94.4 865.0 500.0 65.1 Fair value £m 106.4 19.8 45.0 1.4 30.0 565.4 – – 35.5 803.5 292.9 384.0 369.9 240.0 257.2 190.5 547.6 283.4 285.2 426.6 – 3,277.3 15.5 94.4 865.0 500.0 79.5 5,149.5 4,831.7 4,632.5 5,955.2 5,635.2 5,426.5 Group Short-term borrowings and overdrafts Sterling Acquisition loan notes Euro Commercial Paper Money-market borrowings Bank overdrafts DWP term loan Bilateral facilities Amounts payable under fi nance leases (note 32) Bond exchange de-recognition adjustment Euro Commercial paper Total short-term borrowings and overdrafts Non-current borrowings Sterling 4.625 per cent MTN due 2013 5.292 per cent MTN due 2015 4.875 per cent MTN due 2019 5.425 per cent MTN due 2022 4.875 per cent MTN due 2025 5.391 per cent MTN due 2026 5.391 per cent MTN due 2027 5.376 per cent MTN due 2029 5.396 per cent MTN due 2032 5.125 per cent MTN due 2036 Bond exchange de-recognition adjustment Bank facility due 2010 DWP term loan Syndicated bank debt Bilateral facilities Amounts payable under fi nance leases (note 32) Total non-current borrowings Total borrowings Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 112 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 30. Borrowings continued Group Reconciliation of the movement in borrowings At the beginning of the year (Decrease)/increase in overdrafts Repayment of loans Proceeds from new loans Capitalisation of fi nance fees Amortisation of fi nance fees Amortisation of bond exchange de-recognition adjustment Net movement in fi nance lease obligations Borrowings included within the disposal of Trillium At the end of the year 2009 £m 5,426.5 (1.1) (1,612.0) 1,737.6 (5.0) 2.2 11.7 (9.4) (99.9) 2008 £m 5,155.2 1.4 (1,485.0) 1,748.9 – 2.1 7.6 (3.7) – 5,450.6 5,426.5 31. Financial risk management Introduction A review of the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing and monitoring risk is set out in the Financial review on pages 18 to 23 and Our risks and how we manage them on pages 30 to 32. This note provides further detail on fi nancial risk management and includes quantitative information on specifi c fi nancial risks. The Group is exposed to a variety of fi nancial risks: market risks (principally interest-rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management strategy seeks to minimise the potential adverse effects on the Group’s fi nancial performance, which includes the use of derivative fi nancial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures. Risk management is carried out by Group Treasury under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Capital structure The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders’ equity and net borrowings, including cash held on deposit. The type and maturity of the Group’s borrowings are analysed further in note 30 and the Group’s equity is analysed into its various components in note 37. Capital is managed so as to promote the long-term success of the business and to maintain sustainable returns for shareholders. The Group’s objective is to navigate a prudent course through the current downturn and market volatility. Whilst the Group is maintaining a strong focus on the business actions which are within its infl uence, a number of factors affecting the market in which the Group operates are beyond the Group’s control. The pace of valuation decline has, in recent months, exceeded the pace at which assets can be sold to counteract the impact of falling values on the Group’s balance sheet position, and this represents an ongoing risk. Given the prevailing market conditions and the Group’s fi nancing arrangements, the Group undertook a Rights Issue in March 2009 to improve the Group’s ability to preserve and create shareholder value through the downturn and into the next cycle by strengthening the Group’s balance sheet and providing fl exibility to react quickly to pricing and timing opportunities. The additional capital raised by the Rights Issue reduces the impact of the risk of prolonged falls in property values. Furthermore, the Group is now in a position to respond quickly to the turning point in the cycle, particularly in relation to the acquisition of assets and the commencement of development opportunities, and that fl exibility on timing is key to the creation of value. The Rights Issue also strengthens the Group’s position in refi nancing its debt facilities. The Group’s strategy is to maintain an appropriate net debt to total equity ratio (gearing) to ensure that asset level performance is translated into enhanced returns for shareholders whilst maintaining an appropriate risk reward balance to accommodate changing fi nancial and operating market cycles. The following table details the Group’s adjusted gearing, which includes the effects of our share of our joint ventures’ net debt. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 113 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 31. Financial risk management continued Group Adjusted net debt Borrowings (note 30) Cash and cash equivalents (note 25) Cumulative mark-to-market adjustment on fi nancial derivatives – Group Net debt Share of joint ventures’ net debt (note 20) Less: Cumulative mark-to-market adjustment on fi nancial derivatives – Group Reverse Bond exchange de-recognition – joint ventures Adjusted total equity Total equity Cumulative mark-to-market adjustment on fi nancial derivatives Reverse Bond exchange re-recognition – Group – joint ventures Gearing Adjusted gearing The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. 2009 £m 2008 £m 5,450.6 (1,639.0) 112.0 3,923.6 459.4 (112.0) (38.2) 499.8 5,426.5 (48.4) 6.4 5,384.5 253.5 (6.4) (2.0) 511.5 4,732.6 6,141.1 4,820.2 112.0 38.2 (499.8) 9,582.9 6.4 2.0 (511.5) 4,470.6 9,079.8 81.4% 105.9% 56.2% 67.6% Financial risk factors (i) Credit risk The Group’s principal fi nancial assets are cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, fi nance lease receivables, amounts due from joint ventures and loans to third parties. Bank and fi nancial institutions One of the principal credit risks of the Group arises from cash and cash equivalents, fi nancial derivative instruments and deposits with banks and fi nancial institutions. In line with the policy approved by the Board of Directors, only independently-rated banks and fi nancial institutions with a minimum rating of A are accepted. In light of market conditions, Group Treasury currently performs a weekly review of the credit ratings of all its fi nancial institution counterparties. Furthermore, Group Treasury ensures that funds deposited with a single fi nancial institution remain within the Group’s policy limits. Trade receivables Trade receivables are presented in the balance sheet net of allowances for doubtful receivables. Impairment is made where there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables concerned. The balance is low relative to the scale of the balance sheet and owing to the long-term nature and diversity of its tenancy arrangements, with central Government being the single largest tenant, the credit risk of trade receivables is considered to be low. Furthermore, a credit report is obtained from an independent rating agency prior to the inception of a lease with a new counterparty. This report is used to determine the size of the deposit that is required from the tenant at inception. In general these deposits represent between three and six months’ rent. Property sales Property sales receivables primarily relate to the sale of fi ve properties, for which all payments to date have been received when due. The credit risk on outstanding amounts is considered low. Finance lease receivables This balance relates to amounts receivable from tenants in respect of tenant fi nance leases. This is not considered a signifi cant credit risk as the tenants are generally of good fi nancial standing. Loans to third parties A loan maturing in 2035 was made to Semperian PPP (formerly Trillium Investment Partners LP) as part of the disposal of the Trillium business. This loan is not considered a signifi cant credit risk as it is repayable from dividends from investments in government infrastructure projects. (ii) Liquidity risk The Group actively maintains a mixture of Notes with fi nal maturities between 2013 and 2036, and long-term and short-term committed bank facilities that are designed to ensure that the Group has suffi cient available funds for its operations and its committed capital-expenditure programme. The Group’s core fi nancing structure is in the Security Group, although the remaining Non-Restricted Group may also secure independent funding. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 114 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 31. Financial risk management continued Security Group The Group’s principal fi nancing arrangements utilise the credit support of a ring-fenced group of assets (the Security Group) that comprises the majority of the Group’s investment property portfolio. These arrangements operate in ‘tiers’ determined by Loan-to-value ratio (LTV) and Interest cover ratio (ICR). This structure is fl exible at lower tiers (with a lower LTV and a higher ICR) and allows property acquisitions, disposals and developments to occur with relative freedom. In higher tiers, the requirements become more prescriptive. No fi nancial covenant default is triggered until the applicable LTV exceeds 100% or the ICR is less than 1.0. As at 31 March 2008, the reported LTV for the Security Group was 50.5%, meaning that the Group was operating in Tier 1 and benefi ted from maximum operational fl exibility. In January 2009, the Group borrowed a further £1,130.0m from its existing committed facilities to preserve operational fl exibility and currently holds the majority of the funds outside the Security Group. As a result, the Security Group moved into Tier 2 which imposes limited additional restrictions, such as liquidity requirements which require liquidity facilities or cash reserves to be put in place, or debt to be prepaid over an agreed amortisation period. After 31 March 2009, the Group expects to operate within Initial Tier 3 in the short to medium term, a more restrictive covenant regime which restricts, for example, payments being made from the Security Group to members of the wider Group. Management monitors the key covenants attached to the Security Group on a monthly basis, including LTV, ICR, sector and regional concentration and disposals. Non-Restricted Group The Non-Restricted Group obtains funding when required from a combination of inter-company loans from the Security Group and external bank debt. Bespoke credit facilities are established with banks when required for the Non-Restricted Group projects and joint ventures, usually on a limited-recourse basis. The Group’s objective is to navigate a prudent course through the current downturn and market volatility to avoid the Security Group moving into Final Tier 3 (80% LTV). As at 31 March 2009, as a result of the above decision to increase borrowings and fall in property values, the LTV was 76.7%. However, £1,596m of cash equivalents was held in the Non-Restricted Group and is available to be applied within the business, including being injected into the Security Group to maintain its LTV at less than 80% if further falls in property values are experienced. The Security Group would thus avoid entering Final Tier 3 and the signifi cant additional fi nancial and operational restrictions that would be imposed. The Group’s aim in the medium term is to return to Tier 1 or Tier 2 to allow greater access to the debt markets and avoid the restrictions imposed in Tier 3. The table below analyses the Group’s fi nancial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the expected maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash fl ows. Between 1 and 2 years £m 640.0 0.5 480.0 – – Between 2 and 5 years £m 1,962.8 0.7 1,705.0 – – 2009 Over 5 years £m 3,309.4 55.9 – – – 1,120.5 3,668.5 3,365.3 Between 1 and 2 years £m 500.0 2.4 46.7 – – 549.1 Between 2 and 5 years £m 315.5 6.4 1,721.9 – – 2,043.8 2008 Over 5 years £m 4,268.9 56.3 78.2 – – 4,403.4 Less than 1 year £m 0.3 0.8 40.0 2.7 129.7 173.5 Less than 1 year £m 803.5 2.2 214.4 28.5 116.8 1,165.4 Borrowings (excluding fi nance lease liabilities) Finance lease liabilities Derivative fi nancial instruments Trade payables Capital payables Borrowings (excluding fi nance lease liabilities) Finance lease liabilities Derivative fi nancial instruments Trade payables Capital payables Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 115 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 31. Financial risk management continued (iii) Market risk The Group is exposed to market risk through interest rates, currency fl uctuations and availability of credit. Interest rates The Group uses interest-rate swaps and similar instruments to manage its interest-rate exposure. With property and interest-rate cycles typically of four to seven years’ duration, the Group’s target is to have a minimum of 80% of anticipated debt at fi xed rates of interest over this timeframe. Due to a combination of factors, principally the high level of certainty required under IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, hedging instruments used in this context do not qualify for hedge accounting. Where specifi c hedges are used in geared joint ventures to fi x the interest exposure on limited-recourse debt these qualify for hedge accounting. At 31 March 2009, the Group (including joint ventures) had £2.7bn (2008: £2.3bn) of hedges in place, and its debt was 107% fi xed (2008: 80%). Consequently, based on year end balances, a 1% increase in interest rates would decrease the net interest payable in the income statement by £3.5m (2008: increased by £12.4m), and if interest rates fall by 1% then the reverse occurs. The sensitivity has been calculated by applying the interest rate change to the variable rate borrowings, net of interest-rate swaps and cash and cash equivalents. Foreign exchange Foreign-exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognised assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the Group’s functional currency. The Group does not normally enter into any foreign-currency transactions as it is UK based. However, where committed expenditure in foreign currencies is identifi ed, it is the Group’s policy to hedge 100% of that exposure by entering into forward purchases of foreign currency to fi x the Sterling value. Therefore the Group’s foreign-exchange risk is low. The Group had no foreign-currency exposure at 31 March 2009 and was fully hedged at 31 March 2008. Financial maturity analysis The interest rate and currency profi les of the Group’s undiscounted borrowings, after taking into account the effect of the foreign-currency swaps and interest-rate swaps, are set out below: Group Sterling The expected maturity profi les of the Group’s borrowings are as follows: Group One year or less, or on demand More than one year but not more than two years More than two years but not more than fi ve years More than fi ve years The expected maturity profi les of the Group’s derivative instruments are as follows: Group One year or less, or on demand More than one year but not more than two years More than two years but not more than fi ve years More than fi ve years Fixed rate £m Floating rate £m 2009 Total £m Fixed rate £m Floating rate £m 2008 Total £m 4,662.2 1,308.2 5,970.4 4,402.5 1,552.7 5,955.2 Fixed rate £m 1.1 740.2 947.3 2,973.6 Floating rate £m – 200.3 1,107.9 – 2009 Total £m 1.1 940.5 2,055.2 2,973.6 Fixed rate £m 172.2 464.4 321.9 3,444.0 Floating rate £m 633.5 38.0 – 881.2 4,662.2 1,308.2 5,970.4 4,402.5 1,552.7 Interest rate swaps £m 40.0 480.0 1,705.0 – 2,225.0 Foreign currency swaps £m – – – – – 2009 Total £m 40.0 480.0 1,705.0 – Interest rate swaps £m 178.9 46.7 1,721.9 78.2 2,225.0 2,025.7 Foreign currency swaps £m 35.5 – – – 35.5 2008 Total £m 805.7 502.4 321.9 4,325.2 5,955.2 2008 Total £m 214.4 46.7 1,721.9 78.2 2,061.2 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 116 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 32. Obligations under fi nance leases Group The minimum lease payments under fi nance leases fall due as follows: Not later than one year Later than one year but not more than fi ve years More than fi ve years Future fi nance charges on fi nance leases Present value of fi nance lease liabilities The present value of fi nance lease liabilities is as follows: Not later than one year Later than one year but not more than fi ve years More than fi ve years 2009 £m 2008 £m 4.7 16.3 426.6 447.6 (389.7) 57.9 0.8 1.2 55.9 57.9 6.6 24.8 393.3 424.7 (357.4) 67.3 2.2 8.8 56.3 67.3 The fair value of the Group’s lease obligations, using a discount rate of 5.5% (2008: 5.5%), is £68.8m (2008: £79.5m). 33. Net pension surplus Contributory money purchase scheme A contributory money purchase scheme was introduced on 1 January 1999 for all new administrative and senior property based employees, subject to eligibility, together with a separate similar scheme, effective 1 April 1998, for other property based employees. A further separate similar scheme, previously set up by Trillium, is also in operation for their employees. Pension costs for defi ned contribution schemes are as follows: Group Defi ned contribution schemes 2009 £m 2.3 2008 £m 2.0 Defi ned benefi t schemes Land Securities Scheme The Pension & Assurance Scheme of the Land Securities Group of Companies (the Scheme) is a wholly-funded scheme, and the assets of the Scheme are held in a self-administered trust fund which is separate from the Group’s assets. Contributions to the Scheme are determined by a qualifi ed independent actuary on the basis of triennial valuations using the projected-unit method. As the Scheme is closed to new members, the current service cost will be expected to increase as a percentage of salary, under the projected-unit method, as members approach retirement. A full actuarial valuation of the Land Securities Scheme was undertaken on 1 July 2006 by the independent actuaries, Hymans Robertson Consultants & Actuaries. This valuation was updated to 31 March 2009. As a result of the valuation performed on 1 July 2006, the Trustees and the Group have agreed that the employer contributions of 30% of pensionable salary will be paid together with additional employer contributions to address the defi cit at that time. All death-in-service and benefi ts for incapacity arising during employment are wholly insured. No post-retirement benefi ts other than pensions are made available to employees of the Group. The major assumptions used in the valuation were (in nominal terms): Group Rate of increase in pensionable salaries Rate of increase in pensions in payment Discount rate Infl ation Expected return on plan assets 2009 % 3.40 3.40 7.00 3.40 6.14 2008 % 3.60 3.60 6.90 3.60 6.44 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 117 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 33. Net pension surplus continued The expected return on plan assets is based on expectations for bonds and equities. At the year end, the expected return on bonds is based on market yields of long-dated bonds at that date. The estimated expected return on equities includes an additional equity-risk premium. The mortality assumptions used in this valuation were: Group Life expectancy at age 60 for current pensioners – Men – Women Life expectancy at age 60 for future pensioners (current age 40) – Men – Women 2009 Years 28.5 31.7 29.7 32.7 2008 Years 28.4 31.5 29.6 32.6 The fair value of the assets in the schemes (including annuities purchased to provide certain pensions in payment) and the expected rate of return (net of investment management expenses) were: Equities Bonds and insurance contracts Other Fair value of schemes’ assets Present value of schemes’ liabilities Non-permissible surplus Surplus/(defi cit) in the schemes Related deferred tax (liability)/asset Net pension asset/(liability) The major categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows: Group Equities Bonds and insurance contracts 2009 % 7.50 5.24 0.50 2008 % 7.50 5.35 5.25 2007 % 7.50 4.80 5.25 2009 £m 43.9 62.6 0.6 107.1 (104.1) – 3.0 (1.6) 1.4 2008 £m 70.5 68.0 0.5 139.0 (123.9) (4.1) 11.0 (0.8) 10.2 2009 % 41 59 2007 £m 70.8 71.6 2.0 144.4 (150.0) – (5.6) 0.4 (5.2) 2008 % 51 49 The plan assets do not include any directly owned fi nancial instruments issued by Land Securities Group PLC. Indirectly owned fi nancial instruments had a fair value of less than £0.1m (2008: £0.2m). Group Analysis of the amounts charged to the income statement Analysis of the amount charged to operating profi t Current service cost Charge to operating profi t Analysis of amount (credited)/charged to interest expense Expected return on plan assets Interest on schemes’ liabilities Net return 2009 £m 1.3 1.3 (8.1) 7.5 (0.6) 2008 £m 2.1 2.1 (9.0) 8.1 (0.9) During the year ended 31 March 2006, the Group introduced amendments to the main scheme, which were adopted by the Trustees for active members who had given their consent. As a result, the accrued entitlement of the active members at 31 March 2006 has been linked to infl ation, with future benefi ts accrued according to annual earnings. The effect of this change was a reduction of £8.3m in the Group’s pension liability associated with funding future anticipated salary increases. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 118 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 33. Net pension surplus continued The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the scheme liabilities are set out below: Assumption Discount rate Rate of mortality Change in assumption Impact on scheme liabilities Increase/decrease by 0.1% Increase by 1 year Decrease/increase by 2% or £2.0m Increase by 2.5% or £2.6m 2009 £m 123.9 1.3 7.5 (11.0) (4.2) 0.2 (13.6) 104.1 2009 £m 139.0 8.1 4.2 (26.2) (4.2) 0.2 (14.0) 107.1 2009 £m 11.0 (1.3) 8.1 (7.5) 4.2 (11.1) (0.4) 3.0 2009 £m (26.2) 11.0 4.1 (11.1) 2008 £m 150.0 2.1 8.1 (32.0) (4.5) 0.2 – 123.9 2008 £m 144.4 9.0 2.0 (12.1) (4.5) 0.2 – 139.0 2008 £m (5.6) (2.1) 9.0 (8.1) 2.0 15.8 – 11.0 2008 £m (12.1) 32.0 (4.1) 15.8 Group Changes in the present value of the defi ned-benefi t obligation At the beginning of the year Current service cost Interest cost Actuarial gains Benefi ts paid Contributions by plan participants Defi ned-benefi t obligation included in the disposal of Trillium At the end of the year Group Changes in the fair value of plan assets At the beginning of the year Expected return on plan assets Employer contributions Actual return less expected return on schemes’ assets Benefi ts paid Contributions by plan participants Pension assets included in the disposal of Trillium At the end of the year Group Analysis of the movement in the balance sheet surplus/(defi cit) At the beginning of the year Charge to operating profi t Expected return on plan assets Interest on schemes’ liabilities Employer contributions Actuarial (losses)/gains Transfer of defi ned-benefi t pension scheme on the disposal of Trillium At the end of the year Group Analysis of the amounts recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense Analysis of gains and losses Actual return less expected return on schemes’ assets Experience gains and losses arising on schemes’ liabilities Decrease/(increase) in non-permissible surplus Actuarial (losses)/gains Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately through the statement of recognised income and expense. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 119 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 33. Net pension surplus continued Group History of experience gains and losses Experience adjustments arising on schemes’ assets Amount Percentage of schemes’ assets Experience adjustments arising on schemes’ liabilities Amount Percentage of the present value of funded obligations Present value of schemes’ liabilities Fair value of schemes’ assets Non-permissible surplus Surplus/(defi cit) 2009 £m 2008 £m 2007 £m 2006 £m (26.2) 24.5% (12.1) 8.7% (2.6) 1.8% 15.5 10.3% 11.0 10.6% (104.1) 107.1 – 3.0 (32.0) 25.8% (123.9) 139.0 (4.1) 11.0 (1.3) 0.9% 20.5 13.1% (150.0) 144.4 – (5.6) (156.5) 150.0 – (6.5) (136.6) 125.7 – (10.9) 2005 £m 3.1 2.5% 7.8 5.7% The contributions expected to be paid in respect of the defi ned-benefi t schemes during the fi nancial year ending 31 March 2010 amount to £4.4m. The Company did not operate any defi ned-contribution schemes or defi ned-benefi t schemes during the fi nancial year ended 31 March 2009 or in the previous fi nancial year. 34. Deferred taxation Group At 1 April 2007 – Assets – Liabilities (Charged)/credited to income statement for the year1 Charged to equity At 31 March 2008 – Assets – Liabilities Disposal of Trillium (Charged)/credited to income statement for the year Credited to equity At 31 March 2009 – Assets – Liabilities Pension defi cit/(surplus) £m Accelerated tax depreciation £m Capitalised interest £m 0.4 – 0.4 (0.3) (0.9) – (0.8) (0.8) – (1.4) 0.6 – (1.6) (1.6) – (4.4) (4.4) 3.7 – – (0.7) (0.7) 1.4 1.2 – 1.9 – 1.9 – (0.9) (0.9) – – – (0.9) (0.9) – 0.9 – – – – 1. £3.3m of the net credit to the income statement for the year ended 31 March 2008 relates to Trillium and in compliance with IFRS5 has been reclassifi ed to discontinued operations. Group Deferred tax is provided as follows: Excess/(defi cit) of capital allowances over depreciation – operating properties Capitalised interest – operating properties Pension surplus Other temporary differences Total deferred tax asset/(liability) The Group has unutilised trading losses carried forward as at 31 March 2009 of approximately £92.0m (2008: nil). Other £m 0.9 – 0.9 – – 0.9 – 0.9 – (0.9) – – – -– 2009 £m 1.9 – (1.6) – 0.3 Total £m 1.3 (5.3) (4.0) 3.4 (0.9) 0.9 (2.4) (1.5) 1.4 (0.2) 0.6 1.9 (1.6) 0.3 2008 £m (0.7) (0.9) (0.8) 0.9 (1.5) Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 120 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 35. Share-based payments The Group’s share-based payments are all equity settled and comprise the Savings Related Share Option Schemes (Sharesave), various Executive Share Option Schemes (ESOS), Performance and Deferred Bonus share schemes related to the annual bonus scheme, and the Long-Term Incentive Plan. In accordance with IFRS2 ‘Share-based Payment’ the fair value of equity-settled share-based payments to employees is determined at the date of grant and is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period based on the Group’s estimate of shares or options that will eventually vest. The total cost recognised in the income statement is shown below: Group Savings Related Share Option Schemes* Executive Share Option Schemes* Performance Shares* Deferred Bonus Share Scheme* Long-Term Incentive Plan* Attributed to: Continuing activities Discontinued operations *Credited to equity as equity settled. 2009 £m 0.2 1.8 1.2 1.1 4.3 8.6 4.8 3.8 8.6 2008 £m 0.3 0.9 (0.1) 0.7 3.2 5.0 2.8 2.2 5.0 Impact of Rights Issue on share schemes The Rights Issue that completed in March 2009 offered shareholders the right to acquire fi ve shares for every eight shares that they held, for an issue price of 270p. As the issue price was below the market price of the ordinary shares a bonus share element was inherent in the Rights Issue. Both the number and exercise price of the share schemes outstanding at the date of the Rights Issue have therefore been adjusted to account for the dilutive impact of the bonus share element. Savings Related Share Option Schemes Under the 1993 and 2003 Savings Related Share Option Schemes all staff who have been with the Group for a continuous period of not less than six months are eligible to make regular monthly contributions into a Sharesave scheme operated by Lloyds Banking Group. On completion of the three, fi ve or seven year contract period, ordinary shares in Land Securities Group PLC may be purchased at a price based upon the current market price at date of invitation less 20% discount. Options are satisfi ed by the issue of new shares. Options are normally forfeited if the employee leaves the scheme before the options vest or lapse if options are not exercised within six months of the bonus date. In certain circumstances leavers may exercise their options early based upon current savings. Alternatively, they may continue saving to receive the tax-free bonus at the end of the contract or withdraw their cash immediately. Fair-value calculations, which relate to the 2003 Scheme only, assume a lapse rate, based upon historic values, of approximately 20% for employees leaving the Group before vesting. 1993 Savings Related Share Option Scheme At the beginning of the year Exercised Forfeited Lapsed Rights Issue adjustment At the end of the year Exercisable at the end of the year Weighted average remaining contractual life Number of options Weighted average exercise price 2009 2008 35,287 (18,951) (831) (3,397) 1,323 147,433 (111,548) (293) (305) – 13,431 35,287 – 3,312 2009 Pence 677 690 651 707 – 585 – Years 0.50 2008 Pence 656 649 650 650 – 677 650 Years 0.87 The options outstanding under the scheme are exercisable at 585p seven years from the date of grant during 2009. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise during the year was 1291p (2008: 1647p). Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 121 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 35. Share-based payments continued 2003 Savings Related Share Option Scheme At the beginning of the year Granted Exercised Forfeited Lapsed Rights Issue adjustment At the end of the year Exercisable at the end of the year Weighted average remaining contractual life Number of options Weighted average exercise price 2009 2008 507,472 – (56,303) (68,284) (66,258) 34,300 462,116 175,605 (75,748) (21,979) (32,522) – 350,927 507,472 86,563 14,919 2009 Pence 1248 – 746 1356 1356 – 1162 1016 Years 1.51 2008 Pence 1121 1460 937 1173 1376 – 1248 957 Years 2.33 The options outstanding under the scheme are exercisable at prices between 610p and 1372p after three, fi ve or seven years from the date of grant. 11,989 of the options outstanding are exercisable at 610p, 38,654 at 862p, 112,426 at 1032p, 113,149 at 1315p and 74,709 at 1372p during the periods 2009 to 2010, 2009 to 2011, 2009 to 2012, 2010 to 2014 and 2009 to 2013, respectively. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise during the year was 1129p (2008: 1559p). No options were granted during the year (2008: options were granted on 1 October 2007). The estimated fair value of the options granted in the previous year was £0.9m. Executive Share Option Schemes 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme At the beginning of the year Exercised Forfeited Rights Issue adjustment At the end of the year Exercisable at the end of the year Weighted average remaining contractual life Number of options Weighted average exercise price 2009 2008 237,692 (43,548) (16,806) 19,451 247,400 (8,660) (1,048) – 196,789 237,692 196,789 237,692 2009 Pence 839 855 850 – 752 752 Years 2.83 2008 Pence 839 835 869 – 839 839 Years 3.70 No new grants to Directors and senior management of the Group have been made under this scheme since 19 July 2002. These options have fully vested as the growth in the Group’s normalised adjusted diluted earnings per share exceeded the growth in the Retail Prices Index by 2.5% per annum over the vesting period. Options are satisfi ed by the issue of new shares. Options are forfeited, in most circumstances, when an employee leaves the Group before vesting or lapse if they are not exercised within 10 years of the date of grant. The options outstanding under the scheme are exercisable at prices between 732p and 783p up to 2012. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was 1286p (2008: 1650p). R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 122 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 35. Share-based payments continued 2002 Executive Share Option Scheme At the beginning of the year Exercised Forfeited Rights Issue adjustment At the end of the year Exercisable at the end of the year Weighted average remaining contractual life Number of options Weighted average exercise price 2009 2008 1,581,872 (114,005) (83,890) 151,865 1,977,946 (348,832) (47,242) – 1,535,842 1,581,872 1,535,842 1,581,872 2009 Pence 1036 996 1082 – 934 934 Years 4.94 2008 Pence 1036 1047 964 – 1036 1036 Years 5.94 The fi nal grants to Directors and senior management of the Group under this scheme were made on 12 July 2004. Vesting is subject to growth in the Group’s normalised adjusted diluted earnings per share exceeding the growth in the Retail Prices Index by 2.5% per annum over the three year vesting period. For options granted in the year ended 31 March 2004 there are a maximum of two retests for performance criteria in years four and fi ve. For options granted in the year ended 31 March 2005 there is no retesting of performance criteria. Options are satisfi ed by the issue of new shares. Options are normally forfeited if the employee leaves the scheme before the options vest or lapse if options are not exercised within 10 years of the date of grant. Fair value calculations assume a lapse rate, based upon historic values, of between 2% and 5% per annum for employees leaving the Group before vesting. 20,530, 483,608 and 1,031,704 of the options outstanding under the 2002 Executive Share Option Scheme are exercisable at 681p, 710p and 1044p respectively up to 2014, provided the associated performance conditions are met. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was 1278p (2008: 1658p). 2005 Executive Share Option Scheme At the beginning of the year Granted Exercised Forfeited Rights Issue adjustment At the end of the year Exercisable at the end of the year Weighted average remaining contractual life Number of options Weighted average exercise price 2009 2008 967,791 819,405 – (82,647) 185,007 589,039 450,656 (4,478) (67,426) – 1,889,556 967,791 280,509 – 2009 Pence 1640 1213 – 1470 – 1301 1280 Years 8.30 2008 Pence 1569 1731 1500 1636 – 1640 – Years 8.41 The 2005 Executive Share Option Scheme is open to executives and management staff not eligible to participate in the Land Securities 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan for senior executives. Options are granted in the ordinary shares of Land Securities Group PLC at the middle market price on the three dealing days immediately preceding the date of grant. The three year vesting period is not subject to performance conditions. Options are satisfi ed by the transfer of shares. Options are normally forfeited if the employee leaves the scheme before the options vest or lapse if options are not exercised within 10 years of the date of grant. Fair value calculations assume a lapse rate, based upon historic values, of 2% per annum for employees leaving the Group before vesting. The options outstanding under the scheme are exercisable at 1095p, 1280p, 1560p and 1565p during the periods 2011 to 2018, 2009 to 2015, 2010 to 2017 and 2009 to 2016, respectively. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the previous year was 1870p. During the year, 807,988 options were granted on 10 July 2008 and 11,417 options were granted on 30 March 2009 (2008: 29 June 2007). The estimated fair value of the options granted on those dates was £1.4m (2008: £1.2m). Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 123 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 35. Share-based payments continued Performance Shares At the beginning of the year Exercised Lapsed At the end of the year Exercisable at the end of the year Weighted average remaining contractual life Number of shares 2009 2008 137,334 (136,684) (650) – – Years – 244,710 (102,562) (4,814) 137,334 – Years 0.26 Under the Performance Shares plan approved by shareholders in 2002, senior executives of the Group received up to two shares for each deferred share received under the separate management bonus scheme depending on the extent to which performance criteria were satisfi ed. Half of these Performance Shares were dependent on the real increase in the Group’s normalised adjusted diluted earnings per share over three fi nancial years. The other half of the Performance Shares were subject to the Group’s total property return equalling or exceeding the Investment Property Databank (IPD) All Fund Universe Index over a three year rolling period. The fi nal grant under the scheme was made in July 2005. Awards under the plan are satisfi ed by transfer of existing shares. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for Performance Shares exercised during the year was 1176p (2008: 1745p). Deferred Bonus Shares Scheme At the beginning of the year Granted Capitalisation of dividends Exercised Forfeited Rights Issue adjustment At the end of the year Exercisable at the end of the year Weighted average remaining contractual life Number of shares 2009 2008 198,106 165,415 6,559 (153,252) (356) 6,040 221,064 46,386 7,565 (73,468) (3,441) – 222,512 198,106 – – Years 2.41 Years 1.05 Under the Executive Director and senior management bonus plans, participants are eligible for awards in cash and deferred shares. The underlying performance criteria are earnings per share and increase in net asset value over the previous year. In previous years, Executive Directors have had the opportunity to earn a bonus of up to 20% of salary in cash and 20% of salary in shares for meeting rigorous targets and up to a maximum of 40% of salary in cash and 40% of salary in shares for superior results. Following a review of the reward structure by the Remuneration Committee, Executive Directors are in future eligible for awards of up to 100% of salary, 25% of which must be taken in deferred shares. Other management grades must now take their entire bonus in cash. Awards under the plan are satisfi ed by transfers of existing shares held by the ESOP trust. The shares are deferred for three years and normally forfeited if the executive leaves employment during the period. Fair value has been adjusted for participants who have left the Group, but no adjustment has been made for future anticipated lapses. The deferred shares outstanding under the scheme are to be issued at nil consideration subject to vesting conditions being met. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for shares exercised during the year was 1090p (2008: 1741p). During the year, rights over 165,415 deferred shares were granted on 30 March 2009 (2008: 46,386 deferred shares were granted on 29 June 2007). The estimated fair value of the rights over shares granted on that date was £1.5m (2008: £0.7m). Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 124 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 35. Share-based payments continued 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan At the beginning of the year Granted Exercised Forfeited Rights Issue adjustment At the end of the year Exercisable at the end of the year Weighted average remaining contractual life Number of shares 2009 2008 1,263,526 508,527 (565,424) (220,908) 80,301 756,629 517,103 – (10,206) – 1,066,022 1,263,526 – – Years 1.57 Years 1.46 The Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) for Executive Directors and senior executives authorises the Remuneration Committee to make grants of LTIP shares with a face value of up to 100% of salary for Executive Directors and up to 75% of salary for senior executives. In addition, an award of matching shares can be made, linked to co-investment in shares by participants. The participant’s investment can be made through deferral of an annual bonus award and/or through optional pledging of shares purchased in the market. The maximum level of matching is shares with a face value of 50% of salary for Executive Directors and 25% of salary for senior executives. Performance conditions are similarly structured to those applying to the Performance Share Plan except that the EPS targets are increased and the IPD index measure is more closely targeted to the Group’s asset classes. Awards may be satisfi ed by the issue of new shares and/or transfer of treasury shares and/or transfer of shares other than treasury shares. Fair value calculations include the assumption that LTIP and matching shares will be awarded at 50% of the maximum possible under the scheme and have been adjusted for participants who have left the scheme but no adjustment has been made for future anticipated lapses. The shares outstanding under the scheme are to be issued at nil consideration provided performance conditions are met. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for shares exercised during the year was 983p. Rights to receive 180,957 Performance Shares were granted on 10 July 2008 and 200,066 on 30 March 2009 (2008: 288,121 Performance Shares were granted on 29 June 2007). Rights to receive 60,878 Matching Shares were granted on 31 July 2008 and 66,626 on 30 March 2009 (2008: 228,982 Matching Shares were granted on 31 July 2007). The estimated fair value of the rights over the shares granted on those dates was £2.6m (2008: £4.1m). Fair-values inputs Fair values are calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Inputs into this model for each scheme are as follows: Range of share prices at grant date Range of exercise prices Expected volatility Expected life Risk-free rate Expected dividend yield 2003 Savings Related Share Option Scheme 2002 Executive Share Option Scheme 2005 Executive Share Option Scheme 846p to 1903p 677p to 1523p 19% 3 to 7 years 4.19% to 5.67% 3.02% to 4.37% 756p to 1159p 756p to 1159p 19% 3 to 5 years 3.60% to 5.10% 4.11% to 4.34% 1095p to 1737p 1095p to 1737p 19% to 21% 2.3 to 5 years 2.04% to 5.67% 3.02% to 6.53% Performance Shares 787p to 1405p nil p 19% 3 years 4.17% 3.81% Deferred Bonus Shares 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan 787p to 1737p nil p 19% to 21% 3 to 5 years 2.04% to 5.67% 3.02% to 6.53% 1095p to 1737p nil p 19% to 21% 2.3 to 5 years 2.04% to 5.67% 3.02% to 6.53% Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historic volatility of the Group’s share price over the previous 10 years. The expected life used in the model has been determined, based upon management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. Risk-free rate is the yield, at the date of the grant of an option, on a gilt-edged stock with a redemption date equal to the anticipated exercise of that option. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 125 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 36. Called up share capital Group and Company Ordinary shares of 10p each Non-equity B shares of £1.02 each Redeemable preference shares of £1.00 each Authorised Allotted and fully paid 2009 Number million 1,000.0 38.9 0.1 2008 Number million 600.0 38.9 0.1 2009 £m 76.2 – – 76.2 2008 £m 47.1 – – 47.1 On 9 March 2009, an ordinary resolution was passed at a General Meeting that approved the increase in the authorised ordinary shares of 10p each from 600.0 million to 1,000.0 million. Movements in the share capital were: At the beginning of the year Issued on the exercise of options Rights Issue At the end of the year Number of shares 2009 2008 470,901,478 232,807 290,773,925 761,908,210 470,356,546 544,932 – 470,901,478 On 9 March 2009, a special resolution was passed that allowed the Company to proceed with a Rights Issue which provided shareholders with the right to acquire fi ve additional shares at an issue price of 270p for every eight shares held on 5 March 2009. The Rights Issue resulted in the issue of an additional 290,773,925 ordinary shares on 25 March 2009 and raised net proceeds of £755.7m, consisting of gross proceeds of £785.1m net of issue costs of £29.4m. The number of ordinary shares that would be issued if all options were exercised at 31 March 2009 is 3,986,545 (2008: 3,330,114). In July 2007 and 2008 the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting authorised the acquisition of shares issued by the Company representing up to 10% of its share capital to be held as treasury shares. At 31 March 2009 the Group owned 5,896,000 ordinary shares (2008: 5,896,000 ordinary shares) with a market value of £25.8m (2008: £87.6m). 37. Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company Group At 1 April 2007 Exercise of options Fair-value movement on cash fl ow hedges – Group – joint ventures Fair value of share-based payments (note 35) Release on exercise/forfeiture of share options Treasury shares acquired Actuarial gains on defi ned-benefi t pension schemes (net) Loss for the fi nancial year Dividends paid (note 9) Own shares acquired Transfer of shares to employees on exercise of share schemes At 31 March 2008 Rights Issue (note 36) Exercise of options Fair-value movement on cash fl ow hedges – Group – joint ventures Fair value of share-based payments (note 35) Release on exercise/forfeiture of share options Actuarial losses on defi ned-benefi t pension schemes (net) Loss for the fi nancial year Dividends paid (note 9) Transfer of shares to employees on exercise of share schemes Ordinary shares £m Share premium £m Capital redemption reserve £m Share- based payments £m 47.0 0.1 – – – – – – – – – – 47.1 29.1 – – – – – – – – – 51.5 5.1 – – – – – – – – – – 56.6 726.6 2.0 – – – – – – – – 30.5 – – – – – – – – – – – 30.5 – – – – – – – – – – 7.9 – – – 5.0 (1.6) – – – – – – 11.3 – – – – 8.6 (11.8) – – – – Retained earnings* £m 10,668.9 – (3.2) (3.5) – 1.6 (78.2) 14.9 (830.8) (308.4) – (1.6) 9,459.7 – – (0.2) (21.3) – 11.8 (10.5) (5,191.3) (302.4) (9.9) Own shares £m (14.5) – – – – – – – – – (9.4) 1.6 (22.3) – – – – – – – – – 9.9 Total £m 10,791.3 5.2 (3.2) (3.5) 5.0 – (78.2) 14.9 (830.8) (308.4) (9.4) – 9,582.9 755.7 2.0 (0.2) (21.3) 8.6 – (10.5) (5,191.3) (302.4) – At 31 March 2009 76.2 785.2 30.5 8.1 3,935.9 (12.4) 4,823.5 *Included within retained earnings are cumulative losses in respect of cash fl ow hedges (interest-rate swaps) of £17.1m (2008: gains of £4.4m). Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 126 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 37. Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company continued Company At 1 April 2007 Shares issued on exercise of options Fair value of share-based payments (note 35) Loss for the fi nancial year Dividends paid (note 9) At 31 March 2008 Rights Issue (note 36) Shares issued on exercise of options Fair value of share-based payments (note 35) Release on exercise/forfeiture of share options Loss for the fi nancial year Dividends paid (note 9) At 31 March 2009 *Available for distribution. Ordinary shares £m Share premium £m Capital redemption reserve £m 47.0 0.1 – – – 47.1 29.1 – – – – – 51.5 5.1 – – – 56.6 726.6 2.0 – – – – 30.5 – – – – 30.5 – – – – – – Merger reserve £m 373.6 – – – – 373.6 – – – – – – Share- based payments £m 12.5 – 5.0 – – 17.5 – – 8.6 (18.0) – – Retained earnings* £m 4,431.6 – – (15.3) (308.4) 4,107.9 – – – 18.0 (273.6) (302.4) Total £m 4,946.7 5.2 5.0 (15.3) (308.4) 4,633.2 755.7 2.0 8.6 – (273.6) (302.4) 76.2 785.2 30.5 373.6 8.1 3,549.9 4,823.5 The merger reserve arose on 6 September 2002 when the Company acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Land Securities PLC. The merger reserve represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the nominal value of the shares issued by the Company to acquire Land Securities PLC. The merger reserve does not represent a realised or distributable profi t. 38. Own shares Group Cost at the beginning of the year Acquisition of ordinary shares Transfer of shares to employees on exercise of share schemes Cost at the end of the year 2009 £m 22.3 – (9.9) 12.4 2008 £m 14.5 9.4 (1.6) 22.3 Own shares consist of shares in Land Securities Group PLC held by the Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) which is operated by the Group in respect of its commitment to the Deferred Bonus Shares Scheme (note 35). The number of shares held by the ESOP at 31 March 2009 was 887,914 (2008: 1,336,275). The market value of these shares at 31 March 2009 was £3.8m (2008: £20.2m). Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 127 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 39. Cash fl ow from operating activities Reconciliation of operating profi t to net cash infl ow from operating activities: Cash generated from operations Loss for the fi nancial year from continuing activities Income tax Loss before tax Share of losses of joint ventures (post-tax) Interest income Interest expense Operating loss from continuing activities Operating (loss)/profi t from discontinued operations Adjustments on continuing and discontinued operations for: Depreciation Loss/(profi t) on disposal of non-current properties Net defi cit on revaluation of investment properties Goodwill impairment Impairment of trading properties Impairment to investment in subsidiary undertakings Share-based payment charge Pension scheme charge Changes in working capital: (Increase)/decrease in trading properties and long-term development contracts Decrease/(increase) in receivables Increase/(decrease) in payables and provisions Net cash generated from operations 2009 £m (4,773.7) 0.5 (4,773.2) 599.0 (4,174.2) (32.5) 365.0 (3,841.7) (79.0) Group 2008 £m (972.9) (15.1) (988.0) 101.1 (886.9) (25.9) 312.3 (600.5) 108.2 2009 £m (273.6) (15.2) (288.8) – (288.8) (20.0) 53.9 (254.9) – (3,920.7) (492.3) (254.9) 24.3 129.1 4,123.4 148.6 92.3 – 8.6 1.3 45.8 (75.4) 1,170.3 – – – 5.0 2.1 – – – – – 234.7 – – Company 2008 £m (15.3) (6.6) (21.9) – (21.9) (14.7) 26.6 (10.0) – (10.0) – – – – – – – – 606.9 655.5 (20.2) (10.0) (34.0) 69.5 8.9 651.3 0.2 (26.3) 67.1 696.5 – 0.1 (375.3) (395.4) – (0.3) 443.5 433.2 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 128 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 40. Related party transactions Subsidiaries In accordance with IAS27 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’, transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. Joint ventures As disclosed in note 20, the Group has investments in a number of joint ventures. Details of transactions and balances between the Group and its joint ventures are disclosed as follows: The Scottish Retail Property Limited Partnership Metro Shopping Fund Limited Partnership Buchanan Partnership St. David’s Limited Partnership The Martineau Galleries Limited Partnership The Bull Ring Limited Partnership Bristol Alliance Limited Partnership The Martineau Limited Partnership A2 Limited Partnership Parc Tawe I Unit Trust Hungate (York) Regeneration Limited Countryside Land Securities (Springhead) Limited Investors in the Community The Ebbsfl eet Limited Partnership The Harvest Limited Partnership The Oriana Limited Partnership Millshaw Property Co. Limited Fen Farm Developments Limited The Empress State Limited Partnership HNJV Limited Year ended 31 March 2009 and at 31 March 2009 Year ended 31 March 2008 and at 31 March 2008 Net investments into joint ventures £m Revenues £m Loans to joint ventures £m Amounts owed to joint ventures £m Revenues £m Net investments into joint ventures £m Loans to joint ventures £m Amounts owed to joint ventures £m 0.5 0.8 5.3 8.0 0.2 – 7.0 0.1 – – – – – – 0.6 0.4 – 0.1 – – 0.4 4.7 (2.9) 74.0 (5.9) (11.7) 57.4 – (3.7) – – 0.9 0.2 – 14.6 11.1 – (3.5) 28.1 – 23.0 163.7 0.3 – 1.6 12.3 0.4 – 14.2 – – – – 0.6 – 0.2 0.6 2.5 – 11.1 0.1 0.7 44.6 (0.1) – – (115.1) – – – – – – – – – – (43.0) – (10.4) – – – (168.6) 0.6 0.9 3.7 5.4 0.2 – 9.0 – – – – – – – 0.1 – – 0.1 – – (42.5) (7.6) (2.6) 55.4 3.1 (13.5) 76.1 – (2.8) (1.4) 1.7 5.5 – – 72.9 23.4 14.2 (5.6) – – 0.9 0.7 0.5 4.3 0.3 – 11.7 – – – – – – 0.2 0.1 78.7 – 13.7 – – 20.0 176.3 111.1 (3.9) (2.0) – (116.9) – – – (0.1) – – – – – – (0.2) (0.3) (10.8) – – – (134.2) Further detail of the above transactions and balances can be seen in note 20. Remuneration of key management personnel The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for each of the applicable categories specifi ed in IAS24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’. Further information about the remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the audited part of the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 76 to 79. 2009 £m 3.2 0.6 2.6 6.4 2008 £m 7.7 0.6 3.2 11.5 Short-term employee benefi ts Post-employment benefi ts Share-based payments Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Financial statements 129 Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 41. Operating lease arrangements The Group earns rental income by leasing its investment and operating properties to tenants under non-cancellable operating leases. At the balance sheet date, the Group had contracted with tenants to receive the following future minimum lease payments: Not later than one year Later than one year but not more than fi ve years More than fi ve years 2009 £m 534.0 1,981.5 3,818.7 6,334.2 2008 £m 547.6 2,123.0 4,284.4 6,955.0 The total of contingent rents recognised as income during the year was £41.2m (2008: £38.8m). 42. Discontinued operations On 8 January 2009 Land Securities announced the sale of Trillium, its property outsourcing business, to Telereal. The sale was completed on 12 January 2009. The transaction included all of Trillium’s contracts with the exception of the Accor hotel portfolio, which is now included within the Retail Portfolio business segment. The Trillium operations represented a separate major line of business for Land Securities. As a result of the sale and in accordance with IFRS5, these operations have been treated as discontinued operations for the year ended 31 March 2009. A single amount is shown on the face of the income statement comprising the post-tax result of discontinued operations and the post-tax loss arising on the disposal of the discontinued operation. As a result, the income and expenses of Trillium are reported separately from the continuing activities of the Land Securities Group. The table below provides further details of the amount shown on the income statement. The income statement, and relevant notes, for the prior year have been restated to conform with this style of presentation. (Loss)/profi t for the fi nancial year from discontinued operations Loss on disposal Income statement of Trillium discontinued operations Revenue Costs Goodwill impairment Profi t on disposal of non-current properties Net defi cit on revaluation of investment properties Operating (loss)/profi t Interest expense Interest income Share of the loss of an associate undertaking (post-tax) Share of the profi t of joint ventures (post-tax) (Loss)/profi t before tax Income tax (Loss)/profi t for the fi nancial year Discontinued operations within Trillium 2009 £m (87.3) (333.6) (420.9) 20091 £m 558.1 (480.2) 77.9 (148.6) 1.7 (10.0) (79.0) (6.1) 2.1 (83.0) (16.6) – (99.6) (7.9) (107.5) 20.2 2008 £m 142.1 – 142.1 2008 £m 743.2 (641.2) 102.0 – 18.1 (11.9) 108.2 (12.1) 3.5 99.6 (0.5) 0.1 99.2 (4.6) 94.6 47.5 (Loss)/profi t for the fi nancial year from discontinued operations (87.3) 142.1 1. The 2009 income statement is for the period from 1 April 2008 to 12 January 2009, the date of the disposal of Trillium. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 130 Financial statements Notes to the fi nancial statements —for the year ended 31 March 2009 continued 42. Discontinued operations continued Loss on disposal Consideration received or receivable: Cash Present value of deferred sales proceeds Total disposal consideration Less: carrying amounts of net assets divested Less: cost of disposal Loss on sale before related income tax benefi t Income tax benefi t Loss on disposal Net cash infl ow on disposal Cash and cash equivalents consideration Less: cash and cash equivalents balance divested Reported in the cash fl ow statement 2009 £m 2008 £m 444.0 25.0 469.0 (792.8) (9.8) (333.6) – (333.6) 2009 £m 444.0 (51.3) 392.7 – – – – – – – – 2008 £m – – – The cash consideration includes the repayment of inter-company balances of £435.8m that were outstanding between the Group and Trillium at 12 January 2009. The Group cash fl ow statement contains the cash fl ows from the Trillium discontinued operations. The cash fl ows attributable to the operating activities of the Trillium discontinued operations are detailed in the following table: Operating cash fl ows Investing cash fl ows Financing cash fl ows Total cash fl ows 2009 £m 138.7 106.9 (24.4) 221.2 2008 £m 102.8 (195.5) (48.8) (141.5) Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Report of the Directors Covering the most significant strategic, financial and operational developments during the year. 05 Our priorities 06 All you need to know Performance overview 08 09 Key performance indicators 10 Our Chairman’s statement 12 Chief Executive’s report Financial review 18 27 Business review 27 — Why conduct a Rights Issue? 28 — Group business review — Our risks and how we 30 manage them 36 — Retail Portfolio 44 — London Portfolio 52 Board of Directors 54 Corporate responsibility 64 Corporate governance 68 Directors’ remuneration report Financial statements Including the independent auditors’ report, the income statement, balance sheets and the notes to the financial statements. 82 83 84 84 Directors’ statement of responsibilities Independent auditors’ report Income statement Statement of recognised income and expense 85 Balance sheets 86 Cash flow statements 87 Notes to the financial statements 132 Business analysis 138 Investor analysis 139 Five year summary 140 142 Glossary 143 144 Contact details Investor information Index Investor resource Helpful analysis, summaries and information on business performance and shareholdings. Key analysis Business analysis p132–137 Clear, detailed information on operational performance, including portfolio analysis. Investor analysis p138–139 An overview of our institutional investors, together with a five year summary. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 131 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 132 132 C6_Small Page Links C1_Section Header Business analysis A1_Page Header —A2_Page Subheading Our performance in detail In this section we provide a detailed, transparent picture of our business performance. We include comprehensive information on our portfolio, occupiers and rental income. And we show our performance relative to the IPD industry benchmark. Table 62 % Portfolio by value and number of property holdings at 31 March 2009 £m 0 – 9.99 10 – 24.99 25 – 49.99 50 – 99.99 100 – 149.99 150 – 199.99 200 + Total Includes share of joint venture properties Value % Number of properties 3.6 5.8 13.2 18.8 17.0 12.7 28.9 87 34 36 26 13 7 9 100.0 212 Table 63 Like-for-like reversionary potential at 31 March 2009 Reversionary potential Gross reversions Over-rented Net reversionary potential 31/03/09 % of rent roll 31/03/08 % of rent roll 7.0 (4.8) 2.2 15.5 (1.1) 14.4 The reversion is calculated with reference to the gross secure rent roll after the expiry of rent-free periods on those properties which fall under the like-for-like defi nition as set out in the notes to the combined portfolio analysis. Reversionary potential excludes additional income from the letting of voids. Of the over-rented income, £14.4m is subject to a lease expiry or break clause in the next fi ve years. Table 65 Long-term performance versus IPD – ungeared total property returns to 31 March 2009 Table 66 One year performance versus IPD – ungeared total property returns to 31 March 2009 Land Securities % pa (7.5) 2.8 6.2 IPD % pa (7.8) 1.9 6.2 3 years 5 years 10 years Source: IPD Quarterly Universe Land Securities % pa (34.8) (30.6) (28.2) (12.0) (29.7) IPD % pa (29.8) (27.9) (29.2) (16.8) (25.5) Retail – Shopping centres and shops Retail warehouses Central London offi ces Central London Retail Total portfolio Source: IPD Quarterly Universe Table 68 Combined portfolio value by location Shopping centres and shops % Retail warehouses and food stores % Offi ces % Other % Central, inner and outer London South-east and Eastern Midlands Wales and South-west North, North-west, Yorkshire and Humberside Scotland and Northern Ireland Total 13.5 3.7 3.1 6.6 6.5 4.5 37.9 0.8 3.7 1.1 0.9 4.1 1.3 11.9 % fi gures calculated by reference to the combined portfolio value of £9.4bn 42.3 – 0.1 0.1 0.2 – 42.7 4.5 1.3 0.5 0.1 0.8 0.3 7.5 Total % 61.1 8.7 4.8 7.7 11.6 6.1 100.0 Table 64 Average rents at 31 March 2009 Retail Shopping centres and shops Retail warehouses and food stores Offi ces London offi ce portfolio Average rent £/m2 Average ERV £/m2 n/a 203 373 n/a 207 342 Average rent and estimated rental value have not been provided where it is considered that the fi gures would be potentially misleading (i.e. where there is a combination of analysis on rents on an overall and Zone A basis in the retail sector or where there is a combination of uses, or small sample sizes). This is not a like- for-like analysis with the previous year. Excludes properties in the development programme and voids. Table 67 Top 12 occupiers Central Government Accor Hotels Royal Bank of Scotland Deloitte Arcadia Group Boots DSG Mellon Bank Marks & Spencer J Sainsbury Eversheds Next Total portfolio Includes share of joint venture properties Current gross rent roll % 9.5 4.2 2.7 2.3 1.7 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 29.1 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Business analysis 133 133 Chart 69 Combined portfolio value by location Scotland and Northern Ireland Retail warehouses and food stores 1.3% Shopping centres and shops 4.5% Offices – Other 0.3% Total 6.1% Midlands Retail warehouses and food stores 1.1% Shopping centres and shops 3.1% Offices 0.1% Other 0.5% Total 4.8% Wales and South-west Retail warehouses and food stores 0.9% Shopping centres and shops 6.6% Total by use Retail warehouses and food stores 11.9% Shopping centres and shops 27.5% Central London Retail 10.4% Offices 0.1% Other 0.1% Total 7.7% Offices 42.7% Other 7.5% Total 100.0% Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 North, North-west, Yorkshire and Humberside Retail warehouses and food stores 4.1% Shopping centres and shops 6.5% Offices 0.2% Other 0.8% Total 11.6% South-east and Eastern Retail warehouses and food stores 3.7% Shopping centres and shops 3.7% Offices – Other 1.3% Total 8.7% 6.1% 11.6% 4.8% 8.7% 7.7% 61.1%* *Retail and London Portfolios combined Central, inner and outer London Retail warehouses and food stores 0.8% Shopping centres and shops 13.5% Offices 42.3% Other 4.5% Total 61.1% 134 Business analysis Summary income statement and balance sheet based on proportional consolidation The following pro-forma information is unaudited and does not form part of the consolidated fi nancial statements or the associated notes. They present the results of the Group, with the Group’s share of joint ventures and associates proportionately consolidated on a line-by-line basis. Consolidated income statement Revenue Costs (Loss)/profi t on disposal of non-current properties Impairment of trading properties Net defi cit on revaluation of investment properties Operating loss Net interest expense Loss before tax Income tax (expense)/credit Adjustment due to net liabilities Loss for the year from continuing activities Consolidated balance sheet Investment properties Other tangible fi xed assets Net debt Investments in joint ventures* Other net assets Unadjusted net assets Minority interest EPRA adjustments EPRA adjusted net assets Reverse bond exchange de-recognition adjustment Adjusted net assets attributable to equity shareholders Gearing Adjusted gearing (excluding JVs) Adjusted gearing (including JVs) *Excludes investments in associates of £nil (31 March 2008: £68.3m) Year ended 31/03/09 Year ended 31/03/08 Group (excl. JVs) £m JVs £m Total £m Group (excl. JVs) £m JVs £m Total £m 821.2 (326.4) 103.3 (37.3) 924.5 (363.7) 818.0 (317.4) 494.8 (130.8) (92.3) (4,113.4) 66.0 2.9 (12.3) (630.3) 560.8 (127.9) (104.6) (4,743.7) 500.6 57.3 – (1,158.4) (3,841.7) (332.5) (573.7) (41.7) (4,415.4) (374.2) (4,174.2) (0.5) (615.4) (1.3) (4,789.6) (1.8) (4,174.7) – (616.7) 17.7 (4,791.4) 17.7 (600.5) (286.4) (886.9) 15.1 (871.8) – 111.6 (47.3) 64.3 (7.1) – (134.2) (77.0) (21.0) (98.0) (3.1) (101.1) – 929.6 (364.7) 564.9 50.2 – (1,292.6) (677.5) (307.4) (984.9) 12.0 (972.9) – (4,174.7) (599.0) (4,773.7) (871.8) (101.1) (972.9) At 31/03/09 At 31/03/08 Group £m JVs £m Total £m Group £m JVs £m Total £m 7,929.4 14.3 1,208.0 – 9,137.4 14.3 12,296.7 618.4 1,579.0 – 13,875.7 618.4 7,943.7 (3,923.6) 930.8 (130.7) 1,208.0 (459.4) (930.8) 182.2 9,151.7 (4,383.0) – 51.5 12,915.1 (5,384.5) 1,410.6 641.7 1,579.0 (253.5) (1,410.6) 85.1 14,494.1 (5,638.0) – 726.8 4,820.2 3.3 150.2 4,973.7 (499.8) 4,473.9 81.4% 96.4% – – – – – – 4,820.2 3.3 150.2 9,582.9 – 12.7 4,973.7 (499.8) 9,595.6 (511.5) 4,473.9 9,084.1 90.9% 105.9% 56.2% 64.9% – – – – – – 9,582.9 – 12.7 9,595.6 (511.5) 9,084.1 58.8% 67.6% Reconciliation of net book value of the investment properties to the market value Net book value Plus: amount included in prepayments in respect of lease incentives Less: head leases capitalised Plus: properties treated as fi nance leases Market value Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Group (excl. JVs) £m 7,929.4 189.3 (57.9) 104.7 At 31/03/09 At 31/03/08 JVs £m Total £m Group (excl. JVs) £m JVs £m Total £m 1,208.0 31.6 (4.9) 6.8 9,137.4 220.9 (62.8) 111.5 12,296.7 180.6 (67.3) 149.2 1,579.0 6.6 (4.4) 8.7 13,875.7 187.2 (71.7) 157.9 8,165.5 1,241.5 9,407.0 12,559.2 1,589.9 14,149.1 Business analysis 135 Combined portfolio reconciliation Retail Portfolio £m London Portfolio £m Other £m 31/03/09 £m Retail Portfolio £m London Portfolio £m Other £m 31/03/08 £m Income statement – gross rental income reconciliation Combined portfolio Central London shops (excluding Metro Shopping Fund LP) Inner London offi ces in Metro Shopping Fund LP Rest of UK offi ces Other Less fi nance lease adjustment 374.5 (42.8) 0.8 1.5 40.6 374.6 (2.7) 306.1 42.8 (0.8) 0.2 4.5 352.8 (5.3) Total rental income for combined portfolio 371.9 347.5 46.8 – – (1.7) (45.1) – – – 727.4 – – – – 727.4 (8.0) 373.5 (45.4) 0.8 2.3 39.4 370.6 (2.9) 282.1 45.4 (0.8) – 15.8 342.5 (5.9) 719.4 367.7 336.6 57.5 – – (2.3) (55.2) – – – 713.1 – – – – 713.1 (8.8) 704.3 Open market value reconciliation Combined portfolio Central London shops (excluding Metro Shopping Fund LP) Inner London offi ces in Metro Shopping Fund LP Rest of UK offi ces Other 4,687.3 (939.2) 9.8 51.1 508.6 3,969.0 939.2 (9.8) – 191.0 750.7 – – (51.1) (699.6) 9,407.0 – – – – 6,851.9 (1,008.0) 18.0 79.6 731.8 6,124.0 1,008.0 (18.0) – 235.3 1,046.7 – – (79.6) (967.1) 14,022.6 – – – – Per business unit 4,317.6 5,089.4 – 9,407.0 6,673.3 7,349.3 – 14,022.6 Gross estimated rental value reconciliation Combined portfolio Central London shops (excluding Metro Shopping Fund LP) Inner London offi ces in Metro Shopping Fund LP Rest of UK offi ces Other Per business unit Development pipeline fi nancial summary 455.5 (85.7) 0.9 5.0 40.1 325.6 85.7 (0.9) – 8.5 53.6 – – (5.0) (48.6) 415.8 418.9 – 834.7 – – – – 834.7 451.6 (70.1) 1.0 5.7 46.3 431.6 70.1 (1.0) – 11.5 434.5 512.2 63.5 – – (5.7) (57.8) – 946.7 – – – – 946.7 Cumulative movements on the development programme to 31/03/09 Total scheme details Market value at start of scheme £m Capital expenditure incurred to date £m Capitalised interest to date £m Disposals, Revaluation SIC 15 rent (defi cit)/ surplus and other to date1 adjustments £m £m Market value at 31/03/09 £m Estimated total capital expenditure4 £m Estimated total capitalised interest £m Estimated total cost less residential2 £m Net income/ ERV3 £m Valuation defi cit for year ended 31/03/09 1 £m Development programme transferred or sold Retail warehouses London Portfolio Development programme completed, approved or in progress Shopping centres and shops London Portfolio 11.9 16.0 27.9 6.7 152.0 158.7 52.5 441.7 622.2 564.5 494.2 1,186.7 0.1 10.6 10.7 38.3 52.7 91.0 (6.7) 55.7 49.0 0.2 2.2 2.4 12.2 236.5 248.7 6.7 157.1 163.8 0.1 10.6 10.7 18.7 183.7 202.4 1.1 16.7 17.8 (4.6) (24.9) (29.5) (315.9) (321.3) 5.5 67.4 402.6 805.0 752.6 1,019.6 43.7 103.8 811.7 1,456.5 44.4 95.2 (289.9) (453.7) (637.2) 72.9 1,207.6 1,772.2 147.5 2,268.2 139.6 (743.6) Movement on proposed developments for the year ended 31/03/09 Proposed developments Shopping centres and shops London Portfolio 207.0 426.8 633.8 36.2 46.9 83.1 11.6 2.4 14.0 (161.8) (228.2) (390.0) (8.0) 28.9 20.9 85.0 276.8 260.1 1,181.2 30.1 158.5 375.2 1,165.0 27.5 97.8 (161.8) (228.2) 361.8 1,441.3 188.6 1,540.2 125.3 (390.0) Notes: 1. 2. Includes profit realised on the disposal of property. Includes the property at the market valuation at the start of the financial year in which the property was added to the Development Programme together with estimated capitalised interest. For Proposed Development properties, the market value of the property at 31 March 2009 is included in the estimated total cost. Estimated total cost is stated net of the cost of residential properties for Shopping Centres and shops of £37.1m for developments in progress. The London Portfolio development programme and proposed developments are stated net of the cost of residential properties of £108.6m and £451.5m respectively. Allowances for rent-free periods are excluded from cost. 3. Net headline annual rental payable on let units plus net ERV at 31 March 2009 on unlet units. 4. For Proposed Development properties the estimated total capital expenditure represents the outstanding costs required to complete the scheme as at 31 March 2009. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 136 Business analysis Combined portfolio analysis The like-for-like portfolio2 Shopping centres and shops Shopping centres and shops Central London shops Retail warehouses Open market value8 Valuation defi cit1 Gross rental income Annual net rent9 Annual net estimated rental value10 31/03/09 £m 31/03/08 £m 31/03/09 £m 31/03/09 % 31/03/09 £m 31/03/08 £m 31/03/09 £m 31/03/08 £m 31/03/09 £m 31/03/08 £m 1,883.8 622.3 2,951.1 693.7 (1,089.2) (77.8) (36.8) (11.1) 192.1 35.0 2,506.1 3,644.8 (1,167.0) (31.9) 227.1 192.0 32.2 224.2 168.2 35.9 204.1 170.3 30.2 200.5 182.9 39.5 222.4 191.4 38.2 229.6 Retail warehouses and food stores 1,018.2 1,538.1 (543.5) (35.5) 79.5 76.6 81.3 80.1 87.1 91.5 3,524.3 5,182.9 (1,710.5) (33.0) 306.6 300.8 285.4 280.6 309.5 321.1 Total retail London offi ces West End City Mid-town Inner London Total London offi ces Rest of UK Total offi ces Other 999.3 414.9 306.5 197.0 1,917.7 42.1 1,959.8 223.8 1,500.0 670.9 462.3 289.3 (511.4) (263.8) (147.4) (92.5) 2,922.5 67.1 (1,015.1) (25.3) 2,989.6 295.2 (1,040.4) (77.9) (34.3) (38.9) (37.8) (32.0) (35.6) (37.4) (35.7) (26.1) 85.7 36.7 25.5 16.8 164.7 1.4 166.1 11.0 Like-for-like portfolio2 5,707.9 8,467.7 (2,828.8) (33.7) 483.7 Proposed developments3 Completed developments4 Acquisitions5 Sales and restructured interests6 Development programme7 361.8 1,352.7 777.0 – 1,207.6 662.7 1,782.1 863.4 723.3 1,523.4 (390.0) (458.8) (322.5) – (743.6) (52.3) (26.4) (29.2) – (39.3) 18.2 95.9 66.3 23.2 40.1 Combined portfolio 9,407.0 14,022.6 (4,743.7) (34.2) 727.4 713.1 655.6 650.9 Properties treated as fi nance leases Combined portfolio Total portfolio analysis Shopping centres and shops Shopping centres and shops Central London shops Retail warehouses (8.0) (8.8) 719.4 704.3 2,587.6 976.1 3,987.3 1,060.8 (1,675.0) (125.9) (39.7) (11.4) 233.8 45.7 3,563.7 5,048.1 (1,800.9) (33.9) 279.5 229.3 48.0 277.3 212.4 47.4 259.8 196.7 40.4 237.1 256.5 86.6 343.1 Retail warehouses and food stores 1,123.6 1,803.8 (603.7) (35.6) 95.0 96.2 87.7 93.9 96.1 84.9 36.3 24.1 15.8 161.1 1.4 162.5 10.5 473.8 28.4 59.1 46.5 80.9 24.4 80.8 37.6 26.2 17.2 161.8 4.2 166.0 15.2 466.6 16.0 77.3 63.3 – 32.4 80.8 37.1 25.5 16.2 159.6 3.6 163.2 14.4 458.2 29.7 57.1 55.2 41.1 9.6 79.0 33.3 25.5 17.5 155.3 4.8 160.1 16.9 486.5 26.7 87.9 69.9 – 141.4 812.4 Total retail London offi ces West End City Mid-town Inner London Total London offi ces Rest of UK Total offi ces Other Combined portfolio Properties treated as fi nance leases Combined portfolio Represented by: Investment portfolio Share of joint ventures Combined portfolio Land Securities Annual Report 2009 4,687.3 6,851.9 (2,404.6) (34.3) 374.5 373.5 347.5 331.0 439.2 1,841.7 732.7 783.2 611.4 3,969.0 51.1 4,020.1 699.6 2,745.6 1,155.5 1,272.0 950.9 (849.9) (516.7) (463.2) (267.7) 6,124.0 79.6 (2,097.5) (28.6) 6,203.6 967.1 (2,126.1) (213.0) (32.2) (41.7) (40.5) (31.3) (35.7) (34.4) (35.7) (23.4) 141.0 53.9 62.4 48.8 306.1 1.7 307.8 45.1 9,407.0 14,022.6 (4,743.7) (34.2) 727.4 126.5 52.5 52.1 51.0 282.1 2.3 284.4 55.2 713.1 132.7 51.5 40.6 30.3 255.1 4.2 259.3 48.8 655.6 124.0 51.8 50.4 35.1 261.3 3.9 265.2 54.7 650.9 126.7 76.0 66.5 50.5 319.7 4.9 324.6 48.6 812.4 (8.0) (8.8) 719.4 704.3 8,165.5 1,241.5 12,432.7 1,589.9 (4,113.4) (630.3) (34.2) (34.3) 649.7 77.7 9,407.0 14,022.6 (4,743.7) (34.2) 727.4 646.9 66.2 713.1 569.1 86.5 655.6 582.7 68.2 650.9 693.5 118.9 812.4 807.6 121.3 928.9 104.6 40.0 31.4 18.8 194.8 5.0 199.8 16.3 537.2 37.6 102.0 68.2 46.4 137.5 928.9 257.0 73.0 330.0 108.1 438.1 185.8 87.3 88.9 65.5 427.5 5.5 433.0 57.8 928.9 Business analysis 137 Combined portfolio analysis continued The like-for-like portfolio2 Gross income yield11 Equivalent yield12 Annual gross estimated rental value13 Voids (by ERV)14 Lease length at 31/03/0915 31/03/09 % 31/03/08 % 31/03/09 % 31/03/08 % 31/03/09 £m 31/03/08 £m 31/03/09 % 31/03/08 % Median years (i) Mean years (ii) 8.9 5.8 8.1 8.0 8.1 8.1 9.1 8.5 8.7 8.4 10.0 8.5 6.8 8.2 3.0 5.8 8.1 – 3.1 7.0 8.2 4.9 7.3 7.8 7.4 7.2 7.0 5.2 5.0 6.4 8.2 6.5 7.0 7.0 6.7 8.6 7.0 5.8 4.4 5.5 5.2 5.4 5.4 5.5 5.5 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.5 4.9 5.4 4.5 3.2 6.4 5.7 0.6 4.6 4.9 3.8 4.7 5.2 4.8 4.5 4.5 4.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 4.3 5.7 4.6 4.3 7.5 4.6 8.1 5.8 7.5 8.1 7.7 7.5 8.0 7.6 8.4 7.7 9.8 7.8 7.8 7.7 5.3 6.7 7.2 – 7.5 7.5 7.9 5.8 7.4 8.0 7.5 7.2 7.8 7.4 7.7 7.4 9.6 7.4 7.1 7.5 7.5 7.2 7.5 5.7 5.0 5.5 5.5 5.5 6.1 6.3 6.0 7.6 6.1 7.0 6.2 5.8 5.8 6.1 5.9 6.2 – 5.4 5.7 5.6 5.0 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.9 6.2 5.8 7.6 6.0 7.0 6.0 5.9 5.7 5.8 5.4 5.7 Shopping centres and shops Shopping centres and shops Central London shops Retail warehouses Retail warehouses and food stores Total retail London offi ces West End City Mid-town Inner London Total London offi ces Rest of UK Total offi ces Other Like-for-like portfolio2 Proposed developments3 Completed developments4 Acquisitions5 Sales and restructured interests6 Development programme7 Combined portfolio Total portfolio analysis Shopping centres and shops Shopping centres and shops Central London shops Retail warehouses Retail warehouses and food stores Total retail London offi ces West End City Mid-town Inner London Total London offi ces Rest of UK Total offi ces Other Combined portfolio Represented by: Investment portfolio Share of joint ventures Combined portfolio Land Securities Annual Report 2009 193.3 39.7 233.0 202.6 38.5 241.1 87.8 92.3 320.8 333.4 79.4 35.4 26.2 17.5 158.5 4.9 163.4 16.9 501.1 26.7 89.8 70.4 – 146.7 834.7 105.0 42.1 31.8 18.8 197.7 5.1 202.8 16.3 552.5 37.6 103.0 68.5 46.7 138.4 946.7 7.0 0.8 6.0 0.9 4.6 7.2 3.0 0.5 1.9 4.6 12.6 4.8 2.1 4.6 44.1 1.0 7.3 n/a n/a n/a 4.8 7.0 5.1 2.7 4.5 1.4 2.9 0.9 1.5 1.7 12.6 1.9 2.6 3.5 9.1 3.6 6.1 n/a n/a n/a 6.5 4.3 5.9 11.2 7.5 5.3 1.8 3.8 4.9 4.0 3.3 4.0 12.9 5.8 0.8 12.5 9.6 n/a n/a n/a 7.6 5.8 7.3 11.6 8.6 7.1 3.6 7.4 5.7 6.2 3.8 6.1 12.5 7.8 7.1 12.9 9.8 n/a n/a n/a Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. The valuation deficit is stated after adjusting for the effect of SIC 15 under IFRS, but before restating for finance leases. The like-for-like portfolio includes all properties which have been in the portfolio since 1 April 2007 but excluding those which were acquired, sold or included in the development programme at any time during that period. Capital expenditure on refurbishments, acquisitions of headleases and similar capital expenditure has been allocated to the like-for-like portfolio in preparing this table. Changes in valuation from period-to-period reflect this capital expenditure as well as the disclosed valuation deficits. Proposed developments are properties which have not yet received final Board approval or are still subject to main planning conditions being satisfied. Completed developments represent those properties previously included in the development programme, which have been completed, let and removed from the development programme since 1 April 2007. Includes all properties acquired in the period since 1 April 2007. Includes all properties sold (other than directly out of the development programme), or where the ownership interest has been restructured, in the period since 1 April 2007. Ongoing developments are properties in the development programme. They exclude completed developments as defined in note 4 above. For the statutory accounts, Park House has been transferred back to Portfolio Management at 31 March 2009 following deferral of this scheme. For comparative purposes, Park House has been included in the development programme in the combined portfolio analysis and will be transferred on 1 April 2009. 8. 9. The open market value figures include the Group’s share of the various joint ventures. Annual net rent is annual cash rents at 31 March 2009 (including units in administration where leases have not yet been disclaimed) after deduction of ground rents. It excludes the value of voids and current rent-free periods. 10. Annual net estimated rental value includes vacant space, rent-frees and future estimated rental values for properties in the development programme and is calculated after deducting expected ground rents. 11. The gross income yield represents the annual cash net rent (including units in administration where leases have not yet been disclaimed) expressed as a percentage of the market value ignoring costs of purchase or sale. 12. The net nominal equivalent yield has been calculated on the gross outlays for a purchase of the property (including purchase costs) and assuming that rent is received annually in arrears. 13. Annual gross estimated rental value is calculated in the same way as net estimated rental value before the deduction of ground rents. 14. Voids represent all unlet space in the properties, including voids where refurbishment work is being carried out and voids in respect of pre-development properties. Voids are calculated based on their gross estimated rental value as defined in note 13 above. 15. The definition for the figures in each column is: (i) (ii) Median is the number of years until half of income is subject to lease expiry/break clauses. Mean is the rent-weighted average remaining term on leases subject to lease expiry/ break clauses. R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 138 Investor analysis Our investors Here we provide analysis of our shareholder community. We include breakdowns by geography, size and type. We show how the nature of our investors compares to share ownership within our industry and the FTSE 100. And we present a fi ve year results summary. Chart 70 Geographical spread of equity shareholders European breakdown – Company versus Real Estate & FTSE 100 North American breakdown – Company versus Real Estate & FTSE 100 Chart 71 Company Chart 72 Company Asia Other Unidentified UK France Netherlands Europe other USA and Canada 8.52 0.43 10.74 44.64 3.46 7.19 12.32 12.70 Table 73 Analysis of equity shareholdings by size of holding Range Number of holdings Balance as at 31/03/09 % 1 – 500 11,155 42.90 2,902,106 501 – 1,000 6,111 23.50 4,461,644 % 0.38 0.59 1,001 – 5,000 5,001 – 10,000 10,001 – 50,000 50,001 – 100,000 100,001 – 500,000 500,001 – 1,000,000 1,000,001 – highest 6,854 26.37 13,821,117 1.81 664 2.55 4,666,066 0.61 600 2.31 12,850,432 1.69 144 0.55 10,296,555 1.35 261 1.00 60,579,155 7.95 86 0.33 59,165,248 7.77 127 0.49 593,165,887 77.85 Totals 26,002 100.00 761,908,210 100.00 Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Netherlands Isle of Man France Switzerland Luxembourg Norway Belgium Others Chart 74 Real Estate average Netherlands Isle of Man France Switzerland Luxembourg Norway Belgium Others Chart 76 FTSE 100 average Luxembourg Norway Others Netherlands Germany Sweden Switzerland France USA Canada 12.1% 0.6% Rest of World 87.3% Chart 75 Real Estate average USA Canada 8.8% 0.5% Rest of World 90.7% Chart 77 FTSE 100 average USA Canada 15.3% 0.7% Rest of World 84.0% 7.2% 5.9% 3.5% 1.8% 1.0% 0.9% 0.8% 2.1% 6.1% 1.9% 2.1% 1.3% 0.6% 0.5% 0.7% 1.3% 1.0% 0.6% 1.2% 4.0% 1.4% 1.3% 1.2% 1.1% Investor analysis Five year summary Income statement Before exceptional items Group revenue Costs Loss/(profit) on disposal of non-current asset properties Net (deficit)/surplus on revaluation of investment properties Operating (loss)/profit Net interest expense Share of the (loss)/profit of joint ventures and associates (post-tax) (Loss)/profit before tax Income tax (Loss)/profit after tax Exceptional items Goodwill impairment Profit on disposal of joint venture (Telereal) Debt restructuring costs Exceptional tax in joint ventures Total exceptional items Tax on exceptional items Exceptional items post tax (Loss)/profit for the financial year from continuing activities Discontinued operations (Loss)/profit for the financial year Revaluation (deficit)/surplus for the year Group Joint ventures Total Revenue profit Balance sheet Investment properties Operating properties Net investment in finance leases Goodwill Investment in joint ventures, associates, Public Private Partnerships and loans Other property, plant and equipment Net pension benefit assets Deferred tax assets Total non-current assets Trading properties and long-term development contracts Cash, cash equivalents, short-term borrowings, overdrafts and derivative financial instruments Other current assets and liabilities Non-current assets classified as held for sale (net) Total current assets and liabilities Provisions Borrowings Net pension benefits obligation Deferred tax liabilities Total non-current liabilities Net assets Net debt Results per share from continuing activities Total dividend payable in respect of the financial year (actual) Total dividend payable in respect of the financial year (restated)4 Basic (loss)/earnings per share2,3 Diluted (loss)/earnings per share2,3 Adjusted earnings per share2,3 Adjusted diluted earnings per share2,3 Net assets per share2,3 Diluted net assets per share2,3 Adjusted net assets per share2,3 Adjusted diluted net assets per share2,3 139 R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 2009 £m 20081 £m 2007 £m 2006 £m 2005 £m 1,641.1 (1,046.2) 1,828.7 (1,267.8) 1,627.1 (1,134.7) 821.2 (418.7) 402.5 (130.8) (4,113.4) (3,841.7) (332.5) (4,174.2) (599.0) (4,773.2) (0.5) (4,773.7) – – – – – – – 818.0 (317.4) 500.6 57.3 (1,158.4) (600.5) (286.4) (886.9) (101.1) (988.0) 15.1 (972.9) – – – – – – – (4,773.7) (420.9) (5,194.6) (972.9) 142.1 (830.8) (4,113.4) (630.3) (1,158.4) (134.2) (4,743.7) (1,292.6) 314.9 284.8 594.9 118.2 1,307.6 2,020.7 (220.9) 1,799.8 81.3 1,881.1 (445.0) 1,436.1 – – – 98.0 98.0 1,994.2 2,092.2 3,528.3 – 3,528.3 1,307.6 75.1 1,382.7 392.2 560.9 74.5 1,579.5 2,214.9 (194.5) 2,020.4 110.3 2,130.7 (593.3) 1,537.4 (64.5) 293.0 – – 228.5 (90.0) 138.5 1,675.9 – 1,675.9 1,579.5 105.5 1,685.0 391.3 7,929.4 – 116.3 – 980.8 14.3 3.0 1.9 9,045.7 94.9 1,525.9 (395.2) – 1,225.6 – (5,449.5) – (1.6) 12,296.7 544.8 333.7 148.6 1,478.9 73.6 11.0 0.9 13,319.3 551.5 262.4 129.6 1,338.8 78.2 – – 11,467.6 536.1 233.9 34.3 829.5 73.6 – – 14,888.2 15,679.8 13,175.0 173.0 (752.0) (250.2) 236.4 (592.8) (77.6) (4,632.5) – (2.4) 148.3 (1,615.9) (677.9) 819.3 (1,326.2) (80.7) (3,472.0) (5.6) (4.0) 255.9 (148.0) (218.6) – (110.7) (58.2) (3,537.9) (6.5) (1,967.8) 492.4 112.0 827.9 1,432.3 (189.0) 1,243.3 141.5 1,384.8 (265.8) 1,119.0 (12.7) – (64.6) – (77.3) 19.2 (58.1) 1,060.9 – 1,060.9 827.9 69.5 897.4 361.8 8,240.1 546.3 163.4 34.3 854.9 57.9 – – 9,896.9 164.0 (45.8) (101.6) – 16.6 (42.0) (2,392.3) (10.9) (1,418.0) (5,451.1) (4,712.5) (3,562.3) (5,570.4) (3,863.2) 4,820.2 9,582.9 10,791.3 7,493.9 6,050.3 (3,923.6) (5,384.5) (5,087.9) (3,685.9) (2,438.1) 56.50p 51.61p (918.04)p (918.04)p 62.60p 62.57p 639p 639p 593p 593p 64.00p 57.68p (188.43)p (188.43)p 60.93p 60.79p 1862p 1859p 1765p 1763p 53.00p 47.76p 679.04p 676.29p 63.51p 63.26p 2076p 2070p 1972p 1965p 46.70p 42.08p 322.54p 321.23p 63.76p 63.50p 1439p 1433p 1730p 1723p 43.25p 38.97p 204.83p 204.05p 60.49p 60.25p 1165p 1161p 1345p 1341p 1. The income statement and earnings per share figures for the year ended 31 March 2008 have been restated, in compliance with IFRS5, to reclassify the results of Trillium from continuing activities to discontinued operations. 2. The (loss)/earnings per share and the net asset per share for the year ended 31 March 2007, 31 March 2006 and 31 March 2005 have been adjusted for the bonus element inherent in the Rights Issue that was approved on 9 March 2009. The (loss)/earnings per share and the net asset per share for the year ended 31 March 2008 have been adjusted for the bonus element inherent in the Rights Issue that was approved on 9 March 2009 and the reclassification of the 3. Trillium discontinued operations from continuing activities to discontinued operations. The restated total dividend payable represents the theoretical dividend per share that would have been paid had the bonus shares inherent in the Rights Issue been in existence at the relevant dividend dates. 4 . Land Securities Annual Report 2009 140 Investor information Table 78 Financial calendar Ex-dividend date – 2008/09 fi nal dividend Record date – 2008/09 fi nal dividend Payment date – 2008/09 fi nal dividend Date 17 June 2009 19 June 2009 24 July 2009 Quarter One Interim Management Statement announcement 15 July 2009 AGM – London Ex-dividend date – 1st interim dividend Payment date – 1st interim dividend 2009/10 Half-yearly results announcement Ex-dividend date – 2nd interim dividend Payment date – 2nd interim dividend 16 July 2009 September 2009 October 2009 November 2009 December 2009 January 2010 Quarter Three Interim Management Statement announcement January 2010 Ex-dividend date – 3rd interim dividend Payment date – 3rd interim dividend 2009/10 Preliminary results announcement March 2010 April 2010 May 2010 Table 79 REIT balance of business tests Adjusted profi t before tax (£m) Balance of business – 75% profi ts test Adjusted total assets (£m) Balance of business – 75% assets test For the year ended/as at 31/03/09 For the year ended/as at 31/03/08 Tax- Exempt Business 174.8 190.8% 9,229.5 78.8% Residual Business (83.2) (90.8)% 2,487.3 21.2% Adjusted Results 91.6 11,716.8 Tax- Exempt Business 351.1 97.3% 14,766.8 88.3% Residual Business 9.7 2.7% 1,962.9 11.7% Adjusted Results 360.8 16,729.7 REIT dividend payments As a UK REIT, the Company is exempted from corporation tax on rental income and gains on its property rental business but is required to pay Property Income Distributions (PIDs). UK shareholders will generally be taxed on PIDs received at their full marginal tax rates. A REIT may in addition pay normal dividends and the Company currently expects that its first three quarterly dividends will be paid entirely as PIDs, while its final dividend may have both a PID and a normal dividend element. For most shareholders, PIDs will be paid after deducting withholding tax at the basic rate. However, certain categories of shareholder are entitled to receive PIDs without withholding tax, principally UK resident companies, UK public bodies, UK pension funds and managers of ISAs, PEPs and Child Trust Funds. A detailed note on the tax consequences for shareholders and forms to enable certain classes of shareholder to claim exemption from withholding tax are available in the ‘Investor’ area at www.landsecurities.com Balance of business tests REIT legislation specifies conditions in relation to the type of business a REIT may conduct, which the Group is required to meet in order to retain its REIT status. In summary, at least 75% of the Group’s profits must be derived from REIT qualifying activities (the 75% profits test) and 75% of the Group’s assets must be employed in REIT qualifying activities (the 75% assets test). Qualifying activities means a property rental business. For the results of these tests for the Group for the financial year, and at the balance sheet date, see Table 79. Our website The report and financial statements, share price information, company presentations, primary financial statements as Excel downloads, the financial calendar, corporate governance, contact details and other debt and equity investor information on the Group are available in the ‘Investor’ area of our website www.landsecurities.com Registrar All general enquiries concerning holdings of ordinary shares in Land Securities Group PLC, should be addressed to: Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA Telephone: 0871 384 2128 Textphone: 0871 384 2255 International dialling: +44 (0)121 415 7049 Website: www.shareview.co.uk Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Investor information 141 Share price information The latest information on Land Securities Group PLC share price is available on our website www.landsecurities.com Unsolicited mail The Company is obliged by law to make its share register available on request to other organisations. This may result in you receiving unsolicited mail. If you wish to limit the receipt of unsolicited mail you can write to the Mailing Preference Service, an independent organisation whose services are free to you. If you would like more details, you should write to: The Mailing Preference Service FREEPOST 29 LON 20771 London W1E 0ZT Or telephone their helpline on 0845 703 4599 or register on their website at www.mpsonline.org.uk Registered office 5 Strand, London WC2N 5AF Registered in England and Wales No. 4369054 Offices 5 Strand, London WC2N 5AF and at: City Exchange, 11 Albion Street, Leeds LS1 5ES 120 Bath Street, Glasgow G2 2EN R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s p 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s p 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e p 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 An online share management service is available, enabling shareholders to access details of their Land Securities shareholdings electronically. Shareholders wishing to view this information, together with additional information such as indicative share prices and information on recent dividends, should visit the ‘Investor’ area at www.landsecurities.com or www.shareview.co.uk e-communication UK shareholders may elect to receive communications electronically. Shareholders who opt to receive electronic communications can also submit their proxy votes electronically. To register for this service, shareholders should visit the ‘Investor’ area at www.landsecurities.com or www.shareview.co.uk Payment of dividends Shareholders whose dividends are not currently paid to mandated accounts may wish to consider having their dividends paid directly into their bank or building society account. This has a number of advantages, including the crediting of cleared funds into the nominated account on the dividend payment date. If shareholders would like their future dividends to be paid in this way, they should complete a mandate instruction available from the registrars. Under this arrangement, tax vouchers are sent to the shareholder’s registered address. Dividends for shareholders resident outside the UK Instead of waiting for a sterling cheque to arrive by mail, you can ask us to send your dividends direct to your bank account. This is a service our Registrar can arrange in over 30 different countries worldwide and it normally costs less than paying in a sterling cheque. For more information contact the Company’s Registrar, Equiniti, on +44 (0)121 415 7047 or download an application form online at www.shareview.co.uk or by writing to our Registrars at the address given. Dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP) The Company offers shareholders the option to participate in a DRIP. This enables shareholders to reinvest their cash dividends in Land Securities Group PLC shares. For further details, contact: The Share Dividend Team, Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA Telephone: 0871 384 2268 International dialling: +44 (0)121 415 7049 For participants in the plan, key dates can be found in the online financial calendar in the ‘Investor’ area at www.landsecurities.com Low-cost share dealing facilities Shareview provides both existing and prospective UK shareholders with simple, low-cost ways of buying and selling Land Securities Group PLC ordinary shares by telephone, internet or post. For telephone dealing, call 0845 603 7037 between 8.00am and 4.30pm Monday to Friday. For internet dealing, log on to www.shareview.co.uk/ dealing. For postal dealing, call 0871 384 2248 for full details and a form. Existing shareholders will need to provide the account/shareholder reference number, shown on the share certificate. ShareGift Shareholders with a small number of shares, the value of which makes it uneconomic to sell them, may wish to consider donating them to the charity ShareGift (registered charity 1052686), which specialises in using such holdings for charitable benefit. A ShareGift Donation form can be obtained from: Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA Further information about ShareGift is available at www.sharegift.org or by writing to: ShareGift, 17 Carlton House Terrace, London SW1Y 5AH Telephone: 020 7930 3737 Corporate Individual Savings Accounts (ISAs) The Company has arranged for a Corporate ISA to be managed by Equiniti Financial Services Limited, who can be contacted at: Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6UY Telephone: 0871 384 2244 Capital gains tax For the purpose of capital gains tax, the price of the Company’s ordinary shares at 31 March 1982, adjusted for the capitalisation issue in November 1983 and the Scheme of Arrangement in September 2002, was 203p. The appropriate value to be used as a base cost in respect of these shares, assuming you took up the 5 for 8 Rights Issue in full, is 229p. Unclaimed Assets Register The Company participates in the Unclaimed Assets Register, which provides a search facility for financial assets which may have been forgotten. For further information, contact: The Unclaimed Assets Register, PO Box 9501, Nottingham NG80 1WD Telephone: 0870 241 1713 Fax: 0115 976 8785 Website: www.uar.co.uk Land Securities Annual Report 2009 142 Glossary Adjusted earnings per share (EPS) Earnings per share based on revenue profit plus profits/(losses) on trading properties and long-term development contracts all after tax. Initial yield Annualised net rents on investment properties expressed as a percentage of the acquisition cost. Adjusted net asset value (NAV) per share NAV per share adjusted to add back the adjustment arising from the de-recognition of the bond exchange, together with cumulative mark-to-market adjustment arising on interest swaps and similar instruments used for hedging purposes. Average unexpired lease term Excludes short-term lettings such as car parks and advertising hoardings, residential leases and long ground leases. Balanced scorecard An approach to strategic management developed in the early 1990s by Drs. Robert Kaplan and David Norton to translate an organisation’s vision into a set of performance indicators distributed among four perspectives: Financial, Customer, Internal Business Processes, and Learning and Growth. Book value The amount at which assets and liabilities are reported in the financial statements. BREEAM Building Research Establishment’s Environmental Assessment Method, the world’s most widely used environmental assessment method for buildings which assesses environmental impact against a set of objective criteria. CABE Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment (CABE). Combined portfolio The combined portfolio is our wholly-owned investment property portfolio combined with our share of the value of properties held in joint ventures. Unless stated these are the pro-forma numbers we use when discussing the investment property business. Development pipeline The Group’s development programme together with any proposed schemes that are not yet included in the development programme but which are more likely to proceed than not. Development programme The Group’s development programme comprises projects which are completed but less than 95% let; developments on site; committed developments (being projects which are approved and the building contract let); and authorised developments (those projects approved by the Board for which the building contract has not yet been let). For reporting purposes we retain properties in the programme until they are 95% let. Development surplus Excess of latest valuation over the total development cost (TDC). Interest Cover Ratio (ICR) A calculation of a company’s ability to meet its interest payments on outstanding debt. Interest rate swap A financial instrument where two parties agree to exchange an interest rate obligation for a predetermined amount of time. These are used by the Group to convert floating rate debt to fixed rates. Investment portfolio The investment portfolio comprises the Group’s wholly-owned investment properties together with the properties held for development. Joint venture (JV) An entity in which the Group holds an interest on a long-term basis and is jointly controlled by the Group and one or more venturers under a contractual arrangement whereby decisions on financial and operating policies essential to the operation, performance and financial position of the venture require each venturer’s consent. Lease incentives Any incentive offered to occupiers to enter into a lease. Typically the incentive will be an initial rent-free period, or a cash contribution to fit-out or similar costs. For accounting purposes, under IFRS, the value of the rent-free period is spread over the non-cancellable life of the lease. LIBOR The London Interbank Offered Rate, the interest rate charged by one bank to another for lending money. Like-for-like portfolio Properties that have been in the investment or combined portfolio for the whole of the current and previous financial year. Loan-to-value (LTV) Group LTV is the ratio of the sum of investment properties, net investment in finance leases and trading properties of both the Group and joint ventures to net debt, including joint ventures, expressed as a percentage. For the Security Group, LTV is the ratio of debt lent to the Security Group divided by the value of secured assets. London Portfolio This business includes all London offices and Central London retail, but excludes those assets held in the Metro Shopping Fund LP. Mark-to-market adjustment An accounting adjustment to change the book value of an asset or liability to its market value. Diluted figures Reported amount adjusted to include the effects of potential dilutive shares issuable under employee share schemes. Net asset value (NAV) per share Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue at the period end. Earnings per share (EPS) Profit after taxation attributable to ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year. Open A1 planning consent Planning permission for the retail sale of any goods. EPRA European Public Real Estate Association. Equivalent yield The internal rate of return from an investment property, based on the gross outlays for the purchase of a property (including purchase costs), reflecting reversions to current market rent, and such items as voids and expenditures but disregarding potential changes in market rents and reflecting the actual cash flow rents. Estimated rental value (ERV) The estimated market rental value of lettable space as determined biannually by the Group’s valuers. This will normally be different to the rent being paid. Exceptional item An item of income or expense that is deemed to be sufficiently material, either by its size or nature, to require separate disclosure. Finance lease A lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership from the lessor to the lessee. Gearing (net) Total borrowings, including bank overdrafts, less short-term deposits, corporate bonds and cash, at book value, plus cumulative mark-to-market adjustment on financial derivatives as a percentage of total equity. Gross income yield The annual cash net rent on investment properties (including those tenants in administration) expressed as a percentage of the valuation ignoring costs of purchase or sale. Head lease A lease under which the Group holds an investment property. Open market value Open market value is an opinion of the best price at which the sale of an interest in the property would complete unconditionally for cash consideration on the date of valuation (as determined by the Group’s external valuers). In accordance with usual practice, the Group’s external valuer’s report valuations net, after the deduction of the prospective purchaser’s costs, including stamp duty, agent and legal fees. Outline planning consent This gives consent in principle for a development, and covers matters such as use and building mass. Full details of the development scheme must be provided in an application for full planning consent, including detailed design, external appearance and landscaping before a project can proceed. An outline planning permission will lapse if full planning permission is not granted within three years. Over-rented Space that is let at a rent above its ERV. Passing rent The annual rental income receivable which may be more or less than the ERV (see over-rented and reversionary). Property Income Distribution (PID) A PID is a distribution by a REIT to its shareholders paid out of qualifying profits. A REIT is required to distribute at least 90% of its qualifying profits as a PID to its shareholders. Proposed developments Schemes that are not yet included in the development programme but which are more likely to proceed than not. Pre-let A lease signed with an occupier prior to completion of a development. Qualifying activities/Qualifying assets The ownership (activity) of property (assets) which is held to earn rental income and qualifies for tax-exempt treatment (income and capital gains) under UK REIT legislation. Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) A REIT must be a publicly quoted company with at least three quarters of its profits and assets derived from a qualifying property rental business. Income and capital gains from the property rental business are exempt from tax but the REIT is required to distribute at least 90% of those profits to shareholders. Corporation tax is payable on non-qualifying activities in the normal way. Rental value growth Increase in the current rental value, as determined by the Company’s valuers, over the 12 month period on a like-for-like basis. Retail Portfolio This business includes our shopping centres, shops, retail warehouse properties, Accor hotel portfolio and assets held in retail joint ventures but not Central London retail. Retail park A scheme of three or more retail warehouse units aggregating over 4,650m2 with shared parking. Retail Price Index (RPI) An indicator of inflation in the UK. It measures the average change from month to month in the prices of goods and services in the UK. Return on average capital employed Group profit before interest, plus joint venture profit before tax, divided by the average capital employed (defined as shareholders’ funds plus net debt). Return on average equity Group profit before tax plus joint venture tax divided by the average equity shareholders’ funds. Revenue profit Profit before tax, excluding profits on the sale of non-current asset and trading properties, profits on long-term development contracts, revaluation surpluses, mark-to-market adjustments on interest rate swaps and similar instruments used for hedging purposes, the adjustment to interest payable resulting from the amortisation of the bond exchange de-recognition, debt and other restructuring charges and any exceptional items. Reversionary or under-rented Space where the passing rent is below the ERV. Reversionary yield The anticipated yield to which the initial yield will rise once the rent reaches the ERV. Total business return Dividend per share, plus the increase in adjusted diluted net asset value per share, divided by the adjusted diluted net asset value per share at the beginning of the year. Total development cost (TDC) All capital expenditure on a project including the opening book value of the property on commencement of development, together with all finance costs less residential costs. Total property return (TPR) Valuation surplus, profit/(loss) on property sales and net rental income in respect of investment properties expressed as a percentage of opening book value, together with the time weighted value for capital expenditure incurred during the current year, on the investment property portfolio. Total shareholder return The growth in value of a shareholding over a specified period, assuming that dividends are reinvested to purchase additional units of the stock. Trading properties Properties held for trading purposes and shown as current assets in the balance sheet. Turnover rent Rental income which is related to an occupier’s turnover. Underlying operating profit Operating profit before profit on disposal of non-current properties, revaluation of investment properties, and exceptional items stated within operating profit. Voids The area in a property or portfolio, excluding developments, which is currently available for letting. Weighted average cost of capital (WACC) Weighted average cost of debt and notional cost of equity, used as a benchmark to assess investment returns. Yield shift A movement (negative or positive) in the equivalent yield of a property asset. Zone A A means of analysing and comparing the rental value of retail space by dividing it into zones parallel with the main frontage. The most valuable zone, Zone A, is at the front of the unit. Each successive zone is valued at half the rate of the zone in front of it. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 N Notes to the financial statements P Payment policy People Communication and engagement Reward and recognition Employment policies Performance overview Our performance at a glance KPIs Principal risks Financial Property Investment Property development R Report of the Directors Report of the Directors – Additional Disclosures Share capital Substantial shareholders Directors’ indemnities Auditors and disclosure of information to auditors Annual General Meeting Retail Portfolio Key objectives Top 6 properties Our market Our performance Top Retail Portfolio properties over £50m by location Development Looking ahead Development pipeline Development timeline Rights Issue Risk management T Total shareholder returns W What would you like to know about Land Securities? Annual Report Corporate Responsibility Report Website 6-7 6 6 7 7 52-53 132-137 132-133 136-137 135 135 28 28-51 10-11 12-14 144 1, 81, 131 64-67 64 64 64 64 65 65 65 66 66 66 66 66 66 67 67 54-63 55 57 58-59 59-60 61-63 28 D Development stakeholders Directors’ statements of responsibilities Directors’ remuneration report Introduction and compliance Q and A Compliance The Committee Remuneration policy and philosophy Directors’ remuneration Basic salary Annual bonus Long-term incentives Share options Directors’ emoluments Pensions Non-executive Directors Service agreements Directors’ shareholdings Shareholding guidelines Information regarding senior managers below Board level Performance graphs F Financial calendar Financial review Headline results Loss before tax Valuation deficit Impairment of trading properties Interest rate swaps Revenue profit (Loss)/earnings per share Total dividend Net assets Net pension surplus Cash flow, net debt and gearing Financing strategy Rights Issue Financing and capital Hedging Taxation Financial statements Income statement Statement of recognised income and expense Balance sheets Cash flow statements Five year summary G Glossary I Independent auditors’ report Index Investor analysis Investor information L London Portfolio Key objectives Top 6 properties Our market Our performance Top London Portfolio properties over £100m by location Development Looking ahead Development pipeline Development timeline 29 82 68-79 68-69 70 70 70 70-79 71 71 71 72 72 72 72-73 73 73 73 73 73 140 18-23 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 21 21 22 22 22-23 23 23 23 23 84-130 84 84 85 86 139 142 83 143 138-139 140-141 44-51 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 51 143 67-130 80 28-29 28 29 29 8-9 8 9 30-32 30 31 32 1-80 80 80 80 80 80 80 36-43 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 43 27 67 11 IBC IBC IBC IBC R e p o r t o f t h e D i r e c t o r s P 0 1 – 8 0 i F n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s P 8 1 – 1 3 0 I n v e s t o r r e s o u r c e P 1 3 1 – 1 4 4 Index A All you need to know Group structure Strategy Values Vision B Board of Directors Business analysis Our performance in detail Investment property business – combined portfolio analysis Investment property business – combined portfolio reconciliation Development pipeline financial summary Business model Business review C Chairman’s message Chief Executive’s report Contact details Contents Corporate governance Introduction Role of the Board Board balance and independence Information and professional development Board performance evaluation Nominations Committee Remuneration Committee Investor Relations Audit Committee External auditors Valuers Financial reporting Going concern Internal control Risk Management process Corporate responsibility Strategy People Buildings Communities Performance during 2008/09 Customers Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Contact details If you have any comments about this year’s Annual Report please contact: Investor Relations Department Land Securities Group PLC 5 Strand London WC2N 5AF T: +44 (0)20 7413 9000 E: investor.relations@landsecurities.com W: www.landsecurities.com If you have any other comments or queries on any aspect of our business, please do not hesitate to contact us as above and we will pass your enquiry on to the relevant person. 144 to read Forward-looking statements By their nature, the statements concerning the risks and uncertainties facing the Group in the 2009 Annual Report involve uncertainty since future events and circumstances can cause results and developments to differ materially from those anticipated. The statements reflect knowledge and information available at the date of preparation of this Annual Report and the Company undertakes no obligation to update these statements. Nothing in this Annual Report should be construed as a profit forecast. Website Land Securities’ website www.landsecurities.com gives additional information on the Group. Information made available on the website does not constitute part of this Annual Report. Notice regarding limitations on Directors’ liability under English law Under the UK Companies Act 2006, a new safe harbour limits the liability of Directors in respect of statements in and omissions from the Report of the Directors contained on pages 6 to 80. Under English law the Directors would be liable to the Company (but not to any third party) if the Report of the Directors contains errors as a result of recklessness or knowing misstatement or dishonest concealment of a material fact, but would not otherwise be liable. Report of the Directors Pages 6 to 80 inclusive consist of a Report of the Directors that has been drawn up and presented in accordance with and in reliance upon English law and the liabilities of the Directors in connection with that report shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions provided by such law. Land Securities Annual Report 2009 Corporate Responsibility Report www.landsecurities.com/crreport09 Corporate website www.landsecurities.com ■ Our approach to corporate responsibility ■ Our response to climate change ■ Corporate responsibility stakeholders ■ 2008/09 activities and achievements ■ Future challenges Information on our Retail Portfolio and London Portfolio ■ Our vision, strategy, objectives and values ■ ■ Structure and Senior Management at Land Securities ■ Latest information for investors ■ Corporate responsibility ■ Media centre ■ Working at Land Securities ■ Frequently asked questions Design by sasdesign.co.uk Words by Tim Rich Illustrations by James Graham Location photography by Michael Christopher Brown Portraits by Andy Lane Printed at St Ives Westerham Press Ltd, ISO14001, FSC certified and CarbonNeutral® This brochure has been printed on Naturalis Absolute White paper. This paper is made up of 100% fibre ECF virgin wood fibre, independently certified in accordance with the FSC (Forest Stewardship Council). The paper is manufactured at a mill that is certified to ISO14001 environmental management standards. All of the pulp is bleached using an elemental chlorine free (ECF) process and the inks used are all vegetable oil based. Land Securities Group PLC Copyright and trade mark notices All rights reserved. ©Copyright 2009 Land Securities Group PLC. Land Securities, LandSecurities (stylised), the Cornerstones logo and Making Property Work, are trade marks of Land Securities Group PLC. All other trade marks and registered trade marks are the property of their respective owners.

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above